1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
415
416
417
418
419
420
421
422
423
424
425
426
427
428
429
430
431
432
433
434
435
436
437
438
439
440
441
442
443
444
445
446
447
448
449
450
451
452
453
454
455
456
457
458
459
460
461
462
463
464
465
466
467
468
469
470
471
472
473
474
475
476
477
478
479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487
488
489
490
491
492
493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
502
503
504
505
506
507
508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
537
538
539
540
541
542
543
544
545
546
547
548
549
550
551
552
553
554
555
556
557
558
559
560
561
562
563
564
565
566
567
568
569
570
571
572
573
574
575
576
577
578
579
580
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589
590
591
592
593
594
595
596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
604
605
606
607
608
609
610
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
687
688
689
690
691
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
746
747
748
749
750
751
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
866
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
968
969
970
971
972
973
974
975
976
977
978
979
980
981
982
983
984
985
986
987
988
989
990
991
992
993
994
995
996
997
998
999
1000
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
1097
1098
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
1301
1302
1303
1304
1305
1306
1307
1308
1309
1310
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
1328
1329
1330
1331
1332
1333
1334
1335
1336
1337
1338
1339
1340
1341
1342
1343
1344
1345
1346
1347
1348
1349
1350
1351
1352
1353
1354
1355
1356
1357
1358
1359
1360
1361
1362
1363
1364
1365
1366
1367
1368
1369
1370
1371
1372
1373
1374
1375
1376
1377
1378
1379
1380
1381
1382
1383
1384
1385
1386
1387
1388
1389
1390
1391
1392
1393
1394
1395
1396
1397
1398
1399
1400
1401
1402
1403
1404
1405
1406
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
1462
1463
1464
1465
1466
1467
1468
1469
1470
1471
1472
1473
1474
1475
1476
1477
1478
1479
1480
1481
1482
1483
1484
1485
1486
1487
1488
1489
1490
1491
1492
1493
1494
1495
1496
1497
1498
1499
1500
1501
1502
1503
1504
1505
1506
1507
1508
1509
1510
1511
1512
1513
1514
1515
1516
1517
1518
1519
1520
1521
1522
1523
1524
1525
1526
1527
1528
1529
1530
1531
1532
1533
1534
1535
1536
1537
1538
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
1558
1559
1560
1561
1562
1563
1564
1565
1566
1567
1568
1569
1570
1571
1572
1573
1574
1575
1576
1577
1578
1579
1580
1581
1582
1583
1584
1585
1586
1587
1588
1589
1590
1591
1592
1593
1594
1595
1596
1597
1598
1599
1600
1601
1602
1603
1604
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
1644
1645
1646
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653
1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
1661
1662
1663
1664
1665
1666
1667
1668
1669
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
1685
1686
1687
1688
1689
1690
1691
1692
1693
1694
1695
1696
1697
1698
1699
1700
1701
1702
1703
1704
1705
1706
1707
1708
1709
1710
1711
1712
1713
1714
1715
1716
1717
1718
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
1735
1736
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
1814
1815
1816
1817
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
1834
1835
1836
1837
1838
1839
1840
1841
1842
1843
1844
1845
1846
1847
1848
1849
1850
1851
1852
1853
1854
1855
1856
1857
1858
1859
1860
1861
1862
1863
1864
1865
1866
1867
1868
1869
1870
1871
1872
1873
1874
1875
1876
1877
1878
1879
1880
1881
1882
1883
1884
1885
1886
1887
1888
1889
1890
1891
1892
1893
1894
1895
1896
1897
1898
1899
1900
1901
1902
1903
1904
1905
1906
1907
1908
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
1927
1928
1929
1930
1931
1932
1933
1934
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
1957
1958
1959
1960
1961
1962
1963
1964
1965
1966
1967
1968
1969
1970
1971
1972
1973
1974
1975
1976
1977
1978
1979
1980
1981
1982
1983
1984
1985
1986
1987
1988
1989
1990
1991
1992
1993
1994
1995
1996
1997
1998
1999
2000
2001
2002
2003
2004
2005
2006
2007
2008
2009
2010
2011
2012
2013
2014
2015
2016
2017
2018
2019
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029
2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
2040
2041
2042
2043
2044
2045
2046
2047
2048
2049
2050
2051
2052
2053
2054
2055
2056
2057
2058
2059
2060
2061
2062
2063
2064
2065
2066
2067
2068
2069
2070
2071
2072
2073
2074
2075
2076
2077
2078
2079
2080
2081
2082
2083
2084
2085
2086
2087
2088
2089
2090
2091
2092
2093
2094
2095
2096
2097
2098
2099
2100
2101
2102
2103
2104
2105
2106
2107
2108
2109
2110
2111
2112
2113
2114
2115
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
2132
2133
2134
2135
2136
2137
2138
2139
2140
2141
2142
2143
2144
2145
2146
2147
2148
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
2165
2166
2167
2168
2169
2170
2171
2172
2173
2174
2175
2176
2177
2178
2179
2180
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
2298
2299
2300
2301
2302
2303
2304
2305
2306
2307
2308
2309
2310
2311
2312
2313
2314
2315
2316
2317
2318
2319
2320
2321
2322
2323
2324
2325
2326
2327
2328
2329
2330
2331
2332
2333
2334
2335
2336
2337
2338
2339
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
2357
2358
2359
2360
2361
2362
2363
2364
2365
2366
2367
2368
2369
2370
2371
2372
2373
2374
2375
2376
2377
2378
2379
2380
2381
2382
2383
2384
2385
2386
2387
2388
2389
2390
2391
2392
2393
2394
2395
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
2461
2462
2463
2464
2465
2466
2467
2468
2469
2470
2471
2472
2473
2474
2475
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
2492
2493
2494
2495
2496
2497
2498
2499
2500
2501
2502
2503
2504
2505
2506
2507
2508
2509
2510
2511
2512
2513
2514
2515
2516
2517
2518
2519
2520
2521
2522
2523
2524
2525
2526
2527
2528
2529
2530
2531
2532
2533
2534
2535
2536
2537
2538
2539
2540
2541
2542
2543
2544
2545
2546
2547
2548
2549
2550
2551
2552
2553
2554
2555
2556
2557
2558
2559
2560
2561
2562
2563
2564
2565
2566
2567
2568
2569
2570
2571
2572
2573
2574
2575
2576
2577
2578
2579
2580
2581
2582
2583
2584
2585
2586
2587
2588
2589
2590
2591
2592
2593
2594
2595
2596
2597
2598
2599
2600
2601
2602
2603
2604
2605
2606
2607
2608
2609
2610
2611
2612
2613
2614
2615
2616
2617
2618
2619
2620
2621
2622
2623
2624
2625
2626
2627
2628
2629
2630
2631
2632
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
2666
2667
2668
2669
2670
2671
2672
2673
2674
2675
2676
2677
2678
2679
2680
2681
2682
2683
2684
2685
2686
2687
2688
2689
2690
2691
2692
2693
2694
2695
2696
2697
2698
2699
2700
2701
2702
2703
2704
2705
2706
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
2725
2726
2727
2728
2729
2730
2731
2732
2733
2734
2735
2736
2737
2738
2739
2740
2741
2742
2743
2744
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
2769
2770
2771
2772
2773
2774
2775
2776
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
2808
2809
2810
2811
2812
2813
2814
2815
2816
2817
2818
2819
2820
2821
2822
2823
2824
2825
2826
2827
2828
2829
2830
2831
2832
2833
2834
2835
2836
2837
2838
2839
2840
2841
2842
2843
2844
2845
2846
2847
2848
2849
2850
2851
2852
2853
2854
2855
2856
2857
2858
2859
2860
2861
2862
2863
2864
2865
2866
2867
2868
2869
2870
2871
2872
2873
2874
2875
2876
2877
2878
2879
2880
2881
2882
2883
2884
2885
2886
2887
2888
2889
2890
2891
2892
2893
2894
2895
2896
2897
2898
2899
2900
2901
2902
2903
2904
2905
2906
2907
2908
2909
2910
2911
2912
2913
2914
2915
2916
2917
2918
2919
2920
2921
2922
2923
2924
2925
2926
2927
2928
2929
2930
2931
2932
2933
2934
2935
2936
2937
2938
2939
2940
2941
2942
2943
2944
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
2961
2962
2963
2964
2965
2966
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
2983
2984
2985
2986
2987
2988
2989
2990
2991
2992
2993
2994
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
3027
3028
3029
3030
3031
3032
3033
3034
3035
3036
3037
3038
3039
3040
3041
3042
3043
3044
3045
3046
3047
3048
3049
3050
3051
3052
3053
3054
3055
3056
3057
3058
3059
3060
3061
3062
3063
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
3080
3081
3082
3083
3084
3085
3086
3087
3088
3089
3090
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
3107
3108
3109
3110
3111
3112
3113
3114
3115
3116
3117
3118
3119
3120
3121
3122
3123
3124
3125
3126
3127
3128
3129
3130
3131
3132
3133
3134
3135
3136
3137
3138
3139
3140
3141
3142
3143
3144
3145
3146
3147
3148
3149
3150
3151
3152
3153
3154
3155
3156
3157
3158
3159
3160
3161
3162
3163
3164
3165
3166
3167
3168
3169
3170
3171
3172
3173
3174
3175
3176
3177
3178
3179
3180
3181
3182
3183
3184
3185
3186
3187
3188
3189
3190
3191
3192
3193
3194
3195
3196
3197
3198
3199
3200
3201
3202
3203
3204
3205
3206
3207
3208
3209
3210
3211
3212
3213
3214
3215
3216
3217
3218
3219
3220
3221
3222
3223
3224
3225
3226
3227
3228
3229
3230
3231
3232
3233
3234
3235
3236
3237
3238
3239
3240
3241
3242
3243
3244
3245
3246
3247
3248
3249
3250
3251
3252
3253
3254
3255
3256
3257
3258
3259
3260
3261
3262
3263
3264
3265
3266
3267
3268
3269
3270
3271
3272
3273
3274
3275
3276
3277
3278
3279
3280
3281
3282
3283
3284
3285
3286
3287
3288
3289
3290
3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
3317
3318
3319
3320
3321
3322
3323
3324
3325
3326
3327
3328
3329
3330
3331
3332
3333
3334
3335
3336
3337
3338
3339
3340
3341
3342
3343
3344
3345
3346
3347
3348
3349
3350
3351
3352
3353
3354
3355
3356
3357
3358
3359
3360
3361
3362
3363
3364
3365
3366
3367
3368
3369
3370
3371
3372
3373
3374
3375
3376
3377
3378
3379
3380
3381
3382
3383
3384
3385
3386
3387
3388
3389
3390
3391
3392
3393
3394
3395
3396
3397
3398
3399
3400
3401
3402
3403
3404
3405
3406
3407
3408
3409
3410
3411
3412
3413
3414
3415
3416
3417
3418
3419
3420
3421
3422
3423
3424
3425
3426
3427
3428
3429
3430
3431
3432
3433
3434
3435
3436
3437
3438
3439
3440
3441
3442
3443
3444
3445
3446
3447
3448
3449
3450
3451
3452
3453
3454
3455
3456
3457
3458
3459
3460
3461
3462
3463
3464
3465
3466
3467
3468
3469
3470
3471
3472
3473
3474
3475
3476
3477
3478
3479
3480
3481
3482
3483
3484
3485
3486
3487
3488
3489
3490
3491
3492
3493
3494
3495
3496
3497
3498
3499
3500
3501
3502
3503
3504
3505
3506
3507
3508
3509
3510
3511
3512
3513
3514
3515
3516
3517
3518
3519
3520
3521
3522
3523
3524
3525
3526
3527
3528
3529
3530
3531
3532
3533
3534
3535
3536
3537
3538
3539
3540
3541
3542
3543
3544
3545
3546
3547
3548
3549
3550
3551
3552
3553
3554
3555
3556
3557
3558
3559
3560
3561
3562
3563
3564
3565
3566
3567
3568
3569
3570
3571
3572
3573
3574
3575
3576
3577
3578
3579
3580
3581
3582
3583
3584
3585
3586
3587
3588
3589
3590
3591
3592
3593
3594
3595
3596
3597
3598
3599
3600
3601
3602
3603
3604
3605
3606
3607
3608
3609
3610
3611
3612
3613
3614
3615
3616
3617
3618
3619
3620
3621
3622
3623
3624
3625
3626
3627
3628
3629
3630
3631
3632
3633
3634
3635
3636
3637
3638
3639
3640
3641
3642
3643
3644
3645
3646
3647
3648
3649
3650
3651
3652
3653
3654
3655
3656
3657
3658
3659
3660
3661
3662
3663
3664
3665
3666
3667
3668
3669
3670
3671
3672
3673
3674
3675
3676
3677
3678
3679
3680
3681
3682
3683
3684
3685
3686
3687
3688
3689
3690
3691
3692
3693
3694
3695
3696
3697
3698
3699
3700
3701
3702
3703
3704
3705
3706
3707
3708
3709
3710
3711
3712
3713
3714
3715
3716
3717
3718
3719
3720
3721
3722
3723
3724
3725
3726
3727
3728
3729
3730
3731
3732
3733
3734
3735
3736
3737
3738
3739
3740
3741
3742
3743
3744
3745
3746
3747
3748
3749
3750
3751
3752
3753
3754
3755
3756
3757
3758
3759
3760
3761
3762
3763
3764
3765
3766
3767
3768
3769
3770
3771
3772
3773
3774
3775
3776
3777
3778
3779
3780
3781
3782
3783
3784
3785
3786
3787
3788
3789
3790
3791
3792
3793
3794
3795
3796
3797
3798
3799
3800
3801
3802
3803
3804
3805
3806
3807
3808
3809
3810
3811
3812
3813
3814
3815
3816
3817
3818
3819
3820
3821
3822
3823
3824
3825
3826
3827
3828
3829
3830
3831
3832
3833
3834
3835
3836
3837
3838
3839
3840
3841
3842
3843
3844
3845
3846
3847
3848
3849
3850
3851
3852
3853
3854
3855
3856
3857
3858
3859
3860
3861
3862
3863
3864
3865
3866
3867
3868
3869
3870
3871
3872
3873
3874
3875
3876
3877
3878
3879
3880
3881
3882
3883
3884
3885
3886
3887
3888
3889
3890
3891
3892
3893
3894
3895
3896
3897
3898
3899
3900
3901
3902
3903
3904
3905
3906
3907
3908
3909
3910
3911
3912
3913
3914
3915
3916
3917
3918
3919
3920
3921
3922
3923
3924
3925
3926
3927
3928
3929
3930
3931
3932
3933
3934
3935
3936
3937
3938
3939
3940
3941
3942
3943
3944
3945
3946
3947
3948
3949
3950
3951
3952
3953
3954
3955
3956
3957
3958
3959
3960
3961
3962
3963
3964
3965
3966
3967
3968
3969
3970
3971
3972
3973
3974
3975
3976
3977
3978
3979
3980
3981
3982
3983
3984
3985
3986
3987
3988
3989
3990
3991
3992
3993
3994
3995
3996
3997
3998
3999
4000
4001
4002
4003
4004
4005
4006
4007
4008
4009
4010
4011
4012
4013
4014
4015
4016
4017
4018
4019
4020
4021
4022
4023
4024
4025
4026
4027
4028
4029
4030
4031
4032
4033
4034
4035
4036
4037
4038
4039
4040
4041
4042
4043
4044
4045
4046
4047
4048
4049
4050
4051
4052
4053
4054
4055
4056
4057
4058
4059
4060
4061
4062
4063
4064
4065
4066
4067
4068
4069
4070
4071
4072
4073
4074
4075
4076
4077
4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
4093
4094
4095
4096
4097
4098
4099
4100
4101
4102
4103
4104
4105
4106
4107
4108
4109
4110
4111
4112
4113
4114
4115
4116
4117
4118
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
4134
4135
4136
4137
4138
4139
4140
4141
4142
4143
4144
4145
4146
4147
4148
4149
4150
4151
4152
4153
4154
4155
4156
4157
4158
4159
4160
4161
4162
4163
4164
4165
4166
4167
4168
4169
4170
4171
4172
4173
4174
4175
4176
4177
4178
4179
4180
4181
4182
4183
4184
4185
4186
4187
4188
4189
4190
4191
4192
4193
4194
4195
4196
4197
4198
4199
4200
4201
4202
4203
4204
4205
4206
4207
4208
4209
4210
4211
4212
4213
4214
4215
4216
4217
4218
4219
4220
4221
4222
4223
4224
4225
4226
4227
4228
4229
4230
4231
4232
4233
4234
4235
4236
4237
4238
4239
4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
4255
4256
4257
4258
4259
4260
4261
4262
4263
4264
4265
4266
4267
4268
4269
4270
4271
4272
4273
4274
4275
4276
4277
4278
4279
4280
4281
4282
4283
4284
4285
4286
4287
4288
4289
4290
4291
4292
4293
4294
4295
4296
4297
4298
4299
4300
4301
4302
4303
4304
4305
4306
4307
4308
4309
4310
4311
4312
4313
4314
4315
4316
4317
4318
4319
4320
4321
4322
4323
4324
4325
4326
4327
4328
4329
4330
4331
4332
4333
4334
4335
4336
4337
4338
4339
4340
4341
4342
4343
4344
4345
4346
4347
4348
4349
4350
4351
4352
4353
4354
4355
4356
4357
4358
4359
4360
4361
4362
4363
4364
4365
4366
4367
4368
4369
4370
4371
4372
4373
4374
4375
4376
4377
4378
4379
4380
4381
4382
4383
4384
4385
4386
4387
4388
4389
4390
4391
4392
4393
4394
4395
4396
4397
4398
4399
4400
4401
4402
4403
4404
4405
4406
4407
4408
4409
4410
4411
4412
4413
4414
4415
4416
4417
4418
4419
4420
4421
4422
4423
4424
4425
4426
4427
4428
4429
4430
4431
4432
4433
4434
4435
4436
4437
4438
4439
4440
4441
4442
4443
4444
4445
4446
4447
4448
4449
4450
4451
4452
4453
4454
4455
4456
4457
4458
4459
4460
4461
4462
4463
4464
4465
4466
4467
4468
4469
4470
4471
4472
4473
4474
4475
4476
4477
4478
4479
4480
4481
4482
4483
4484
4485
4486
4487
4488
4489
4490
4491
4492
4493
4494
4495
4496
4497
4498
4499
4500
4501
4502
4503
4504
4505
4506
4507
4508
4509
4510
4511
4512
4513
4514
4515
4516
4517
4518
4519
4520
4521
4522
4523
4524
4525
4526
4527
4528
4529
4530
4531
4532
4533
4534
4535
4536
4537
4538
4539
4540
4541
4542
4543
4544
4545
4546
4547
4548
4549
4550
4551
4552
4553
4554
4555
4556
4557
4558
4559
4560
4561
4562
4563
4564
4565
4566
4567
4568
4569
4570
4571
4572
4573
4574
4575
4576
4577
4578
4579
4580
4581
4582
4583
4584
4585
4586
4587
4588
4589
4590
4591
4592
4593
4594
4595
4596
4597
4598
4599
4600
4601
4602
4603
4604
4605
4606
4607
4608
4609
4610
4611
4612
4613
4614
4615
4616
4617
4618
4619
4620
4621
4622
4623
4624
4625
4626
4627
4628
4629
4630
4631
4632
4633
4634
4635
4636
4637
4638
4639
4640
4641
4642
4643
4644
4645
4646
4647
4648
4649
4650
4651
4652
4653
4654
4655
4656
4657
4658
4659
4660
4661
4662
4663
4664
4665
4666
4667
4668
4669
4670
4671
4672
4673
4674
4675
4676
4677
4678
4679
4680
4681
4682
4683
4684
4685
4686
4687
4688
4689
4690
4691
4692
4693
4694
4695
4696
4697
4698
4699
4700
4701
4702
4703
4704
4705
4706
4707
4708
4709
4710
4711
4712
4713
4714
4715
4716
4717
4718
4719
4720
4721
4722
4723
4724
4725
4726
4727
4728
4729
4730
4731
4732
4733
4734
4735
4736
4737
4738
4739
4740
4741
4742
4743
4744
4745
4746
4747
4748
4749
4750
4751
4752
4753
4754
4755
4756
4757
4758
4759
4760
4761
4762
4763
4764
4765
4766
4767
4768
4769
4770
4771
4772
4773
4774
4775
4776
4777
4778
4779
4780
4781
4782
4783
4784
4785
4786
4787
4788
4789
4790
4791
4792
4793
4794
4795
4796
4797
4798
4799
4800
4801
4802
4803
4804
4805
4806
4807
4808
4809
4810
4811
4812
4813
4814
4815
4816
4817
4818
4819
4820
4821
4822
4823
4824
4825
4826
4827
4828
4829
4830
4831
4832
4833
4834
4835
4836
4837
4838
4839
4840
4841
4842
4843
4844
4845
4846
4847
4848
4849
4850
4851
4852
4853
4854
4855
4856
4857
4858
4859
4860
4861
4862
4863
4864
4865
4866
4867
4868
4869
4870
4871
4872
4873
4874
4875
4876
4877
4878
4879
4880
4881
4882
4883
4884
4885
4886
4887
4888
4889
4890
4891
4892
4893
4894
4895
4896
4897
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
4917
4918
4919
4920
4921
4922
4923
4924
4925
4926
4927
4928
4929
4930
4931
4932
4933
4934
4935
4936
4937
4938
4939
4940
4941
4942
4943
4944
4945
4946
4947
4948
4949
4950
4951
4952
4953
4954
4955
4956
4957
4958
4959
4960
4961
4962
4963
4964
4965
4966
4967
4968
4969
4970
4971
4972
4973
4974
4975
4976
4977
4978
4979
4980
4981
4982
4983
4984
4985
4986
4987
4988
4989
4990
4991
4992
4993
4994
4995
4996
4997
4998
4999
5000
5001
5002
5003
5004
5005
5006
5007
5008
5009
5010
5011
5012
5013
5014
5015
5016
5017
5018
5019
5020
5021
5022
5023
5024
5025
5026
5027
5028
5029
5030
5031
5032
5033
5034
5035
5036
5037
5038
5039
5040
5041
5042
5043
5044
5045
5046
5047
5048
5049
5050
5051
5052
5053
5054
5055
5056
5057
5058
5059
5060
5061
5062
5063
5064
5065
5066
5067
5068
5069
5070
5071
5072
5073
5074
5075
5076
5077
5078
5079
5080
5081
5082
5083
5084
5085
5086
5087
5088
5089
5090
5091
5092
5093
5094
5095
5096
5097
5098
5099
5100
5101
5102
5103
5104
5105
5106
5107
5108
5109
5110
5111
5112
5113
5114
5115
5116
5117
5118
5119
5120
5121
5122
5123
5124
5125
5126
5127
5128
5129
5130
5131
5132
5133
5134
5135
5136
5137
5138
5139
5140
5141
5142
5143
5144
5145
5146
5147
5148
5149
5150
5151
5152
5153
5154
5155
5156
5157
5158
5159
5160
5161
5162
5163
5164
5165
5166
5167
5168
5169
5170
5171
5172
5173
5174
5175
5176
5177
5178
5179
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
5195
5196
5197
5198
5199
5200
5201
5202
5203
5204
5205
5206
5207
5208
5209
5210
5211
5212
5213
5214
5215
5216
5217
5218
5219
5220
5221
5222
5223
5224
5225
5226
5227
5228
5229
5230
5231
5232
5233
5234
5235
5236
5237
5238
5239
5240
5241
5242
5243
5244
5245
5246
5247
5248
5249
5250
5251
5252
5253
5254
5255
5256
5257
5258
5259
5260
5261
5262
5263
5264
5265
5266
5267
5268
5269
5270
5271
5272
5273
5274
5275
5276
5277
5278
5279
5280
5281
5282
5283
5284
5285
5286
5287
5288
5289
5290
5291
5292
5293
5294
5295
5296
5297
5298
5299
5300
5301
5302
5303
5304
5305
5306
5307
5308
5309
5310
5311
5312
5313
5314
5315
5316
5317
5318
5319
5320
5321
5322
5323
5324
5325
5326
5327
5328
5329
5330
5331
5332
5333
5334
5335
5336
5337
5338
5339
5340
5341
5342
5343
5344
5345
5346
5347
5348
5349
5350
5351
5352
5353
5354
5355
5356
5357
5358
5359
5360
5361
5362
5363
5364
5365
5366
5367
5368
5369
5370
5371
5372
5373
5374
5375
5376
5377
5378
5379
5380
5381
5382
5383
5384
5385
5386
5387
5388
5389
5390
5391
5392
5393
5394
5395
5396
5397
5398
5399
5400
5401
5402
5403
5404
5405
5406
5407
5408
5409
5410
5411
5412
5413
5414
5415
5416
5417
5418
5419
5420
5421
5422
5423
5424
5425
5426
5427
5428
5429
5430
5431
5432
5433
5434
5435
5436
5437
5438
5439
5440
5441
5442
5443
5444
5445
5446
5447
5448
5449
5450
5451
5452
5453
5454
5455
5456
5457
5458
5459
5460
5461
5462
5463
5464
5465
5466
5467
5468
5469
5470
5471
5472
5473
5474
5475
5476
5477
5478
5479
5480
5481
5482
5483
5484
5485
5486
5487
5488
5489
5490
5491
5492
5493
5494
5495
5496
5497
5498
5499
5500
5501
5502
5503
5504
5505
5506
5507
5508
5509
5510
5511
5512
5513
5514
5515
5516
5517
5518
5519
5520
5521
5522
5523
5524
5525
5526
5527
5528
5529
5530
5531
5532
5533
5534
5535
5536
5537
5538
5539
5540
5541
5542
5543
5544
5545
5546
5547
5548
5549
5550
5551
5552
5553
5554
5555
5556
5557
5558
5559
5560
5561
5562
5563
5564
5565
5566
5567
5568
5569
5570
5571
5572
5573
5574
5575
5576
5577
5578
5579
5580
5581
5582
5583
5584
5585
5586
5587
5588
5589
5590
5591
5592
5593
5594
5595
5596
5597
5598
5599
5600
5601
5602
5603
5604
5605
5606
5607
5608
5609
5610
5611
5612
5613
5614
5615
5616
5617
5618
5619
5620
5621
5622
5623
5624
5625
5626
5627
5628
5629
5630
5631
5632
5633
5634
5635
5636
5637
5638
5639
5640
5641
5642
5643
5644
5645
5646
5647
5648
5649
5650
5651
5652
5653
5654
5655
5656
5657
5658
5659
5660
5661
5662
5663
5664
5665
5666
5667
5668
5669
5670
5671
5672
5673
5674
5675
5676
5677
5678
5679
5680
5681
5682
5683
5684
5685
5686
5687
5688
5689
5690
5691
5692
5693
5694
5695
5696
5697
5698
5699
5700
5701
5702
5703
5704
5705
5706
5707
5708
5709
5710
5711
5712
5713
5714
5715
5716
5717
5718
5719
5720
5721
5722
5723
5724
5725
5726
5727
5728
5729
5730
5731
5732
5733
5734
5735
5736
5737
5738
5739
5740
5741
5742
5743
5744
5745
5746
5747
5748
5749
5750
5751
5752
5753
5754
5755
5756
5757
5758
5759
5760
5761
5762
5763
5764
5765
5766
5767
5768
5769
5770
5771
5772
5773
5774
5775
5776
5777
5778
5779
5780
5781
5782
5783
5784
5785
5786
5787
5788
5789
5790
5791
5792
5793
5794
5795
5796
5797
5798
5799
5800
5801
5802
5803
5804
5805
5806
5807
5808
5809
5810
5811
5812
5813
5814
5815
5816
5817
5818
5819
5820
5821
5822
5823
5824
5825
5826
5827
5828
5829
5830
5831
5832
5833
5834
5835
5836
5837
5838
5839
5840
5841
5842
5843
5844
5845
5846
5847
5848
5849
5850
5851
5852
5853
5854
5855
5856
5857
5858
5859
5860
5861
5862
5863
5864
5865
5866
5867
5868
5869
5870
5871
5872
5873
5874
5875
5876
5877
5878
5879
5880
5881
5882
5883
5884
5885
5886
5887
5888
5889
5890
5891
5892
5893
5894
5895
5896
5897
5898
5899
5900
5901
5902
5903
5904
5905
5906
5907
5908
5909
5910
5911
5912
5913
5914
5915
5916
5917
5918
5919
5920
5921
5922
5923
5924
5925
5926
5927
5928
5929
5930
5931
5932
5933
5934
5935
5936
5937
5938
5939
5940
5941
5942
5943
5944
5945
5946
5947
5948
5949
5950
5951
5952
5953
5954
5955
5956
5957
5958
5959
5960
5961
5962
5963
5964
5965
5966
5967
5968
5969
5970
5971
5972
5973
5974
5975
5976
5977
5978
5979
5980
5981
5982
5983
5984
5985
5986
5987
5988
5989
5990
5991
5992
5993
5994
5995
5996
5997
5998
5999
6000
6001
6002
6003
6004
6005
6006
6007
6008
6009
6010
6011
6012
6013
6014
6015
6016
6017
6018
6019
6020
6021
6022
6023
6024
6025
6026
6027
6028
6029
6030
6031
6032
6033
6034
6035
6036
6037
6038
6039
6040
6041
6042
6043
6044
6045
6046
6047
6048
6049
6050
6051
6052
6053
6054
6055
6056
6057
6058
6059
6060
6061
6062
6063
6064
6065
6066
6067
6068
6069
6070
6071
6072
6073
6074
6075
6076
6077
6078
6079
6080
6081
6082
6083
6084
6085
6086
6087
6088
6089
6090
6091
6092
6093
6094
6095
6096
6097
6098
6099
6100
6101
6102
6103
6104
6105
6106
6107
6108
6109
6110
6111
6112
6113
6114
6115
6116
6117
6118
6119
6120
6121
6122
6123
6124
6125
6126
6127
6128
6129
6130
6131
6132
6133
6134
6135
6136
6137
6138
6139
6140
6141
6142
6143
6144
6145
6146
6147
6148
6149
6150
6151
6152
6153
6154
6155
6156
6157
6158
6159
6160
6161
6162
6163
6164
6165
6166
6167
6168
6169
6170
6171
6172
6173
6174
6175
6176
6177
6178
6179
6180
6181
6182
6183
6184
6185
6186
6187
6188
6189
6190
6191
6192
6193
6194
6195
6196
6197
6198
6199
6200
6201
6202
6203
6204
6205
6206
6207
6208
6209
6210
6211
6212
6213
6214
6215
6216
6217
6218
6219
6220
6221
6222
6223
6224
6225
6226
6227
6228
6229
6230
6231
6232
6233
6234
6235
6236
6237
6238
6239
6240
6241
6242
6243
6244
6245
6246
6247
6248
6249
6250
6251
6252
6253
6254
6255
6256
6257
6258
6259
6260
6261
6262
6263
6264
6265
6266
6267
6268
6269
6270
6271
6272
6273
6274
6275
6276
6277
6278
6279
6280
6281
6282
6283
6284
6285
6286
6287
6288
6289
6290
6291
6292
6293
6294
6295
6296
6297
6298
6299
6300
6301
6302
6303
6304
6305
6306
6307
6308
6309
6310
6311
6312
6313
6314
6315
6316
6317
6318
6319
6320
6321
6322
6323
6324
6325
6326
6327
6328
6329
6330
6331
6332
6333
6334
6335
6336
6337
6338
6339
6340
6341
6342
6343
6344
6345
6346
6347
6348
6349
6350
6351
6352
6353
6354
6355
6356
6357
6358
6359
6360
6361
6362
6363
6364
6365
6366
6367
6368
6369
6370
6371
6372
6373
6374
6375
6376
6377
6378
6379
6380
6381
6382
6383
6384
6385
6386
6387
6388
6389
6390
6391
6392
6393
6394
6395
6396
6397
6398
6399
6400
6401
6402
6403
6404
6405
6406
6407
6408
6409
6410
6411
6412
6413
6414
6415
6416
6417
6418
6419
6420
6421
6422
6423
6424
6425
6426
6427
6428
6429
6430
6431
6432
6433
6434
6435
6436
6437
6438
6439
6440
6441
6442
6443
6444
6445
6446
6447
6448
6449
6450
6451
6452
6453
6454
6455
6456
6457
6458
6459
6460
6461
6462
6463
6464
6465
6466
6467
6468
6469
6470
6471
6472
6473
6474
6475
6476
6477
6478
6479
6480
6481
6482
6483
6484
6485
6486
6487
6488
6489
6490
6491
6492
6493
6494
6495
6496
6497
6498
6499
6500
6501
6502
6503
6504
6505
6506
6507
6508
6509
6510
6511
6512
6513
6514
6515
6516
6517
6518
6519
6520
6521
6522
6523
6524
6525
6526
6527
6528
6529
6530
6531
6532
6533
6534
6535
6536
6537
6538
6539
6540
6541
6542
6543
6544
6545
6546
6547
6548
6549
6550
6551
6552
6553
6554
6555
6556
6557
6558
6559
6560
6561
6562
6563
6564
6565
6566
6567
6568
6569
6570
6571
6572
6573
6574
6575
6576
6577
6578
6579
6580
6581
6582
6583
6584
6585
6586
6587
6588
6589
6590
6591
6592
6593
6594
6595
6596
6597
6598
6599
6600
6601
6602
6603
6604
6605
6606
6607
6608
6609
6610
6611
6612
6613
6614
6615
6616
6617
6618
6619
6620
6621
6622
6623
6624
6625
6626
6627
6628
6629
6630
6631
6632
6633
6634
6635
6636
6637
6638
6639
6640
6641
6642
6643
6644
6645
6646
6647
6648
6649
6650
6651
6652
6653
6654
6655
6656
6657
6658
6659
6660
6661
6662
6663
6664
6665
6666
6667
6668
6669
6670
6671
6672
6673
6674
6675
6676
6677
6678
6679
6680
6681
6682
6683
6684
6685
6686
6687
6688
6689
6690
6691
6692
6693
6694
6695
6696
6697
6698
6699
6700
6701
6702
6703
6704
6705
6706
6707
6708
6709
6710
6711
6712
6713
6714
6715
6716
6717
6718
6719
6720
6721
6722
6723
6724
6725
6726
6727
6728
6729
6730
6731
6732
6733
6734
6735
6736
6737
6738
6739
6740
6741
6742
6743
6744
6745
6746
6747
6748
6749
6750
6751
6752
6753
6754
6755
6756
6757
6758
6759
6760
6761
6762
6763
6764
6765
6766
6767
6768
6769
6770
6771
6772
6773
6774
6775
6776
6777
6778
6779
6780
6781
6782
6783
6784
6785
6786
6787
6788
6789
6790
6791
6792
6793
6794
6795
6796
6797
6798
6799
6800
6801
6802
6803
6804
6805
6806
6807
6808
6809
6810
6811
6812
6813
6814
6815
6816
6817
6818
6819
6820
6821
6822
6823
6824
6825
6826
6827
6828
6829
6830
6831
6832
6833
6834
6835
6836
6837
6838
6839
6840
6841
6842
6843
6844
6845
6846
6847
6848
6849
6850
6851
6852
6853
6854
6855
6856
6857
6858
6859
6860
6861
6862
6863
6864
6865
6866
6867
6868
6869
6870
6871
6872
6873
6874
6875
6876
6877
6878
6879
6880
6881
6882
6883
6884
6885
6886
6887
6888
6889
6890
6891
6892
6893
6894
6895
6896
6897
6898
6899
6900
6901
6902
6903
6904
6905
6906
6907
6908
6909
6910
6911
6912
6913
6914
6915
6916
6917
6918
6919
6920
6921
6922
6923
6924
6925
6926
6927
6928
6929
6930
6931
6932
6933
6934
6935
6936
6937
6938
6939
6940
6941
6942
6943
6944
6945
6946
6947
6948
6949
6950
6951
6952
6953
6954
6955
6956
6957
6958
6959
6960
6961
6962
6963
6964
6965
6966
6967
6968
6969
6970
6971
6972
6973
6974
6975
6976
6977
6978
6979
6980
6981
6982
6983
6984
6985
6986
6987
6988
6989
6990
6991
6992
6993
6994
6995
6996
6997
6998
6999
7000
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
7012
7013
7014
7015
7016
7017
7018
7019
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
7028
7029
7030
7031
7032
7033
7034
7035
7036
7037
7038
7039
7040
7041
7042
7043
7044
7045
7046
7047
7048
7049
7050
7051
7052
7053
7054
7055
7056
7057
7058
7059
7060
7061
7062
7063
7064
7065
7066
7067
7068
7069
7070
7071
7072
7073
7074
7075
7076
7077
7078
7079
7080
7081
7082
7083
7084
7085
7086
7087
7088
7089
7090
7091
7092
7093
7094
7095
7096
7097
7098
7099
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
7107
7108
7109
7110
7111
7112
7113
7114
7115
7116
7117
7118
7119
7120
7121
7122
7123
7124
7125
7126
7127
7128
7129
7130
7131
7132
7133
7134
7135
7136
7137
7138
7139
7140
7141
7142
7143
7144
7145
7146
7147
7148
7149
7150
7151
7152
7153
7154
7155
7156
7157
7158
7159
7160
7161
7162
7163
7164
7165
7166
7167
7168
7169
7170
7171
7172
7173
7174
7175
7176
7177
7178
7179
7180
7181
7182
7183
7184
7185
7186
7187
7188
7189
7190
7191
7192
7193
7194
7195
7196
7197
7198
7199
7200
7201
7202
7203
7204
7205
7206
7207
7208
7209
7210
7211
7212
7213
7214
7215
7216
7217
7218
7219
7220
7221
7222
7223
7224
7225
7226
7227
7228
7229
7230
7231
7232
7233
7234
7235
7236
7237
7238
7239
7240
7241
7242
7243
7244
7245
7246
7247
7248
7249
7250
7251
7252
7253
7254
7255
7256
7257
7258
7259
7260
7261
7262
7263
7264
7265
7266
7267
7268
7269
7270
7271
7272
7273
7274
7275
7276
7277
7278
7279
7280
7281
7282
7283
7284
7285
7286
7287
7288
7289
7290
7291
7292
7293
7294
7295
7296
7297
7298
7299
7300
7301
7302
7303
7304
7305
7306
7307
7308
7309
7310
7311
7312
7313
7314
7315
7316
7317
7318
7319
7320
7321
7322
7323
7324
7325
7326
7327
7328
7329
7330
7331
7332
7333
7334
7335
7336
7337
7338
7339
7340
7341
7342
7343
7344
7345
7346
7347
7348
7349
7350
7351
7352
7353
7354
7355
7356
7357
7358
7359
7360
7361
7362
7363
7364
7365
7366
7367
7368
7369
7370
7371
7372
7373
7374
7375
7376
7377
7378
7379
7380
7381
7382
7383
7384
7385
7386
7387
7388
7389
7390
7391
7392
7393
7394
7395
7396
7397
7398
7399
7400
7401
7402
7403
7404
7405
7406
7407
7408
7409
7410
7411
7412
7413
7414
7415
7416
7417
7418
7419
7420
7421
7422
7423
7424
7425
7426
7427
7428
7429
7430
7431
7432
7433
7434
7435
7436
7437
7438
7439
7440
7441
7442
7443
7444
7445
7446
7447
7448
7449
7450
7451
7452
7453
7454
7455
7456
7457
7458
7459
7460
7461
7462
7463
7464
7465
7466
7467
7468
7469
7470
7471
7472
7473
7474
7475
7476
7477
7478
7479
7480
7481
7482
7483
7484
7485
7486
7487
7488
7489
7490
7491
7492
7493
7494
7495
7496
7497
7498
7499
7500
7501
7502
7503
7504
7505
7506
7507
7508
7509
7510
7511
7512
7513
7514
7515
7516
7517
7518
7519
7520
7521
7522
7523
7524
7525
7526
7527
7528
7529
7530
7531
7532
7533
7534
7535
7536
7537
7538
7539
7540
7541
7542
7543
7544
7545
7546
7547
7548
7549
7550
7551
7552
7553
7554
7555
7556
7557
7558
7559
7560
7561
7562
7563
7564
7565
7566
7567
7568
7569
7570
7571
7572
7573
7574
7575
7576
7577
7578
7579
7580
7581
7582
7583
7584
7585
7586
7587
7588
7589
7590
7591
7592
7593
7594
7595
7596
7597
7598
7599
7600
7601
7602
7603
7604
7605
7606
7607
7608
7609
7610
7611
7612
7613
7614
7615
7616
7617
7618
7619
7620
7621
7622
7623
7624
7625
7626
7627
7628
7629
7630
7631
7632
7633
7634
7635
7636
7637
7638
7639
7640
7641
7642
7643
7644
7645
7646
7647
7648
7649
7650
7651
7652
7653
7654
7655
7656
7657
7658
7659
7660
7661
7662
7663
7664
7665
7666
7667
7668
7669
7670
7671
7672
7673
7674
7675
7676
7677
7678
7679
7680
7681
7682
7683
7684
7685
7686
7687
7688
7689
7690
7691
7692
7693
7694
7695
7696
7697
7698
7699
7700
7701
7702
7703
7704
7705
7706
7707
7708
7709
7710
7711
7712
7713
7714
7715
7716
7717
7718
7719
7720
7721
7722
7723
7724
7725
7726
7727
7728
7729
7730
7731
7732
7733
7734
7735
7736
7737
7738
7739
7740
7741
7742
7743
7744
7745
7746
7747
7748
7749
7750
7751
7752
7753
7754
7755
7756
7757
7758
7759
7760
7761
7762
7763
7764
7765
7766
7767
7768
7769
7770
7771
7772
7773
7774
7775
7776
7777
7778
7779
7780
7781
7782
7783
7784
7785
7786
7787
7788
7789
7790
7791
7792
7793
7794
7795
7796
7797
7798
7799
7800
7801
7802
7803
7804
7805
7806
7807
7808
7809
7810
7811
7812
7813
7814
7815
7816
7817
7818
7819
7820
7821
7822
7823
7824
7825
7826
7827
7828
7829
7830
7831
7832
7833
7834
7835
7836
7837
7838
7839
7840
7841
7842
7843
7844
7845
7846
7847
7848
7849
7850
7851
7852
7853
7854
7855
7856
7857
7858
7859
7860
7861
7862
7863
7864
7865
7866
7867
7868
7869
7870
7871
7872
7873
7874
7875
7876
7877
7878
7879
7880
7881
7882
7883
7884
7885
7886
7887
7888
7889
7890
7891
7892
7893
7894
7895
7896
7897
7898
7899
7900
7901
7902
7903
7904
7905
7906
7907
7908
7909
7910
7911
7912
7913
7914
7915
7916
7917
7918
7919
7920
7921
7922
7923
7924
7925
7926
7927
7928
7929
7930
7931
7932
7933
7934
7935
7936
7937
7938
7939
7940
7941
7942
7943
7944
7945
7946
7947
7948
7949
7950
7951
7952
7953
7954
7955
7956
7957
7958
7959
7960
7961
7962
7963
7964
7965
7966
7967
7968
7969
7970
7971
7972
7973
7974
7975
7976
7977
7978
7979
7980
7981
7982
7983
7984
7985
7986
7987
7988
7989
7990
7991
7992
7993
7994
7995
7996
7997
7998
7999
8000
8001
8002
8003
8004
8005
8006
8007
8008
8009
8010
8011
8012
8013
8014
8015
8016
8017
8018
8019
8020
8021
8022
8023
8024
8025
8026
8027
8028
8029
8030
8031
8032
8033
8034
8035
8036
8037
8038
8039
8040
8041
8042
8043
8044
8045
8046
8047
8048
8049
8050
8051
8052
8053
8054
8055
8056
8057
8058
8059
8060
8061
8062
8063
8064
8065
8066
8067
8068
8069
8070
8071
8072
8073
8074
8075
8076
8077
8078
8079
8080
8081
8082
8083
8084
8085
8086
8087
8088
8089
8090
8091
8092
8093
8094
8095
8096
8097
8098
8099
8100
8101
8102
8103
8104
8105
8106
8107
8108
8109
8110
8111
8112
8113
8114
8115
8116
8117
8118
8119
8120
8121
8122
8123
8124
8125
8126
8127
8128
8129
8130
8131
8132
8133
8134
8135
8136
8137
8138
8139
8140
8141
8142
8143
8144
8145
8146
8147
8148
8149
8150
8151
8152
8153
8154
8155
8156
8157
8158
8159
8160
8161
8162
8163
8164
8165
8166
8167
8168
8169
8170
8171
8172
8173
8174
8175
8176
8177
8178
8179
8180
8181
8182
8183
8184
8185
8186
8187
8188
8189
8190
8191
8192
8193
8194
8195
8196
8197
8198
8199
8200
8201
8202
8203
8204
8205
8206
8207
8208
8209
8210
8211
8212
8213
8214
8215
8216
8217
8218
8219
8220
8221
8222
8223
8224
8225
8226
8227
8228
8229
8230
8231
8232
8233
8234
8235
8236
8237
8238
8239
8240
8241
8242
8243
8244
8245
8246
8247
8248
8249
8250
8251
8252
8253
8254
8255
8256
8257
8258
8259
8260
8261
8262
8263
8264
8265
8266
8267
8268
8269
8270
8271
8272
8273
8274
8275
8276
8277
8278
8279
8280
8281
8282
8283
8284
8285
8286
8287
8288
8289
8290
8291
8292
8293
8294
8295
8296
8297
8298
8299
8300
8301
8302
8303
8304
8305
8306
8307
8308
8309
8310
8311
8312
8313
8314
8315
8316
8317
8318
8319
8320
8321
8322
8323
8324
8325
8326
8327
8328
8329
8330
8331
8332
8333
8334
8335
8336
8337
8338
8339
8340
8341
8342
8343
8344
8345
8346
8347
8348
8349
8350
8351
8352
8353
8354
8355
8356
8357
8358
8359
8360
8361
8362
8363
8364
8365
8366
8367
8368
8369
8370
8371
8372
8373
8374
8375
8376
8377
8378
8379
8380
8381
8382
8383
8384
8385
8386
8387
8388
8389
8390
8391
8392
8393
8394
8395
8396
8397
8398
8399
8400
8401
8402
8403
8404
8405
8406
8407
8408
8409
8410
8411
8412
8413
8414
8415
8416
8417
8418
8419
8420
8421
8422
8423
8424
8425
8426
8427
8428
8429
8430
8431
8432
8433
8434
8435
8436
8437
8438
8439
8440
8441
8442
8443
8444
8445
8446
8447
8448
8449
8450
8451
8452
8453
8454
8455
8456
8457
8458
8459
8460
8461
8462
8463
8464
8465
8466
8467
8468
8469
8470
8471
8472
8473
8474
8475
8476
8477
8478
8479
8480
8481
8482
8483
8484
8485
8486
8487
8488
8489
8490
8491
8492
8493
8494
8495
8496
8497
8498
8499
8500
8501
8502
8503
8504
8505
8506
8507
8508
8509
8510
8511
8512
8513
8514
8515
8516
8517
8518
8519
8520
8521
8522
8523
8524
8525
8526
8527
8528
8529
8530
8531
8532
8533
8534
8535
8536
8537
8538
8539
8540
8541
8542
8543
8544
8545
8546
8547
8548
8549
8550
8551
8552
8553
8554
8555
8556
8557
8558
8559
8560
8561
8562
8563
8564
8565
8566
8567
8568
8569
8570
8571
8572
8573
8574
8575
8576
8577
8578
8579
8580
8581
8582
8583
8584
8585
8586
8587
8588
8589
8590
8591
8592
8593
8594
8595
8596
8597
8598
8599
8600
8601
8602
8603
8604
8605
8606
8607
8608
8609
8610
8611
8612
8613
8614
8615
8616
8617
8618
8619
8620
8621
8622
8623
8624
8625
8626
8627
8628
8629
8630
8631
8632
8633
8634
8635
8636
8637
8638
8639
8640
8641
8642
8643
8644
8645
8646
8647
8648
8649
8650
8651
8652
8653
8654
8655
8656
8657
8658
8659
8660
8661
8662
8663
8664
8665
8666
8667
8668
8669
8670
8671
8672
8673
8674
8675
8676
8677
8678
8679
8680
8681
8682
8683
8684
8685
8686
8687
8688
8689
8690
8691
8692
8693
8694
8695
8696
8697
8698
8699
8700
8701
8702
8703
8704
8705
8706
8707
8708
8709
8710
8711
8712
8713
8714
8715
8716
8717
8718
8719
8720
8721
8722
8723
8724
8725
8726
8727
8728
8729
8730
8731
8732
8733
8734
8735
8736
8737
8738
8739
8740
8741
8742
8743
8744
8745
8746
8747
8748
8749
8750
8751
8752
8753
8754
8755
8756
8757
8758
8759
8760
8761
8762
8763
8764
8765
8766
8767
8768
8769
8770
8771
8772
8773
8774
8775
8776
8777
8778
8779
8780
8781
8782
8783
8784
8785
8786
8787
8788
8789
8790
8791
8792
8793
8794
8795
8796
8797
8798
8799
8800
8801
8802
8803
8804
8805
8806
8807
8808
8809
8810
8811
8812
8813
8814
8815
8816
8817
8818
8819
8820
8821
8822
8823
8824
8825
8826
8827
8828
8829
8830
8831
8832
8833
8834
8835
8836
8837
8838
8839
8840
8841
8842
8843
8844
8845
8846
8847
8848
8849
8850
8851
8852
8853
8854
8855
8856
8857
8858
8859
8860
8861
8862
8863
8864
8865
8866
8867
8868
8869
8870
8871
8872
8873
8874
8875
8876
8877
8878
8879
8880
8881
8882
8883
8884
8885
8886
8887
8888
8889
8890
8891
8892
8893
8894
8895
8896
8897
8898
8899
8900
8901
8902
8903
8904
8905
8906
8907
8908
8909
8910
8911
8912
8913
8914
8915
8916
8917
8918
8919
8920
8921
8922
8923
8924
8925
8926
8927
8928
8929
8930
8931
8932
8933
8934
8935
8936
8937
8938
8939
8940
8941
8942
8943
8944
8945
8946
8947
8948
8949
8950
8951
8952
8953
8954
8955
8956
8957
8958
8959
8960
8961
8962
8963
8964
8965
8966
8967
8968
8969
8970
8971
8972
8973
8974
8975
8976
8977
8978
8979
8980
8981
8982
8983
8984
8985
8986
8987
8988
8989
8990
8991
8992
8993
8994
8995
8996
8997
8998
8999
9000
9001
9002
9003
9004
9005
9006
9007
9008
9009
9010
9011
9012
9013
9014
9015
9016
9017
9018
9019
9020
9021
9022
9023
9024
9025
9026
9027
9028
9029
9030
9031
9032
9033
9034
9035
9036
9037
9038
9039
9040
9041
9042
9043
9044
9045
9046
9047
9048
9049
9050
9051
9052
9053
9054
9055
9056
9057
9058
9059
9060
9061
9062
9063
9064
9065
9066
9067
9068
9069
9070
9071
9072
9073
9074
9075
9076
9077
9078
9079
9080
9081
9082
9083
9084
9085
9086
9087
9088
9089
9090
9091
9092
9093
9094
9095
9096
9097
9098
9099
9100
9101
9102
9103
9104
9105
9106
9107
9108
9109
9110
9111
9112
9113
9114
9115
9116
9117
9118
9119
9120
9121
9122
9123
9124
9125
9126
9127
9128
9129
9130
9131
9132
9133
9134
9135
9136
9137
9138
9139
9140
9141
9142
9143
9144
9145
9146
9147
9148
9149
9150
9151
9152
9153
9154
9155
9156
9157
9158
9159
9160
9161
9162
9163
9164
9165
9166
9167
9168
9169
9170
9171
9172
9173
9174
9175
9176
9177
9178
9179
9180
9181
9182
9183
9184
9185
9186
9187
9188
9189
9190
9191
9192
9193
9194
9195
9196
9197
9198
9199
9200
9201
9202
9203
9204
9205
9206
9207
9208
9209
9210
9211
9212
9213
9214
9215
9216
9217
9218
9219
9220
9221
9222
9223
9224
9225
9226
9227
9228
9229
9230
9231
9232
9233
9234
9235
9236
9237
9238
9239
9240
9241
9242
9243
9244
9245
9246
9247
9248
9249
9250
9251
9252
9253
9254
9255
9256
9257
9258
9259
9260
9261
9262
9263
9264
9265
9266
9267
9268
9269
9270
9271
9272
9273
9274
9275
9276
9277
9278
9279
9280
9281
9282
9283
9284
9285
9286
9287
9288
9289
9290
9291
9292
9293
9294
9295
9296
9297
9298
9299
9300
9301
9302
9303
9304
9305
9306
9307
9308
9309
9310
9311
9312
9313
9314
9315
9316
9317
9318
9319
9320
9321
9322
9323
9324
9325
9326
9327
9328
9329
9330
9331
9332
9333
9334
9335
9336
9337
9338
9339
9340
9341
9342
9343
9344
9345
9346
9347
9348
9349
9350
9351
9352
9353
9354
9355
9356
9357
9358
9359
9360
9361
9362
9363
9364
9365
9366
9367
9368
9369
9370
9371
9372
9373
9374
9375
9376
9377
9378
9379
9380
9381
9382
9383
9384
9385
9386
9387
9388
9389
9390
9391
9392
9393
9394
9395
9396
9397
9398
9399
9400
9401
9402
9403
9404
9405
9406
9407
9408
9409
9410
9411
9412
9413
9414
9415
9416
9417
9418
9419
9420
9421
9422
9423
9424
9425
9426
9427
9428
9429
9430
9431
9432
9433
9434
9435
9436
9437
9438
9439
9440
9441
9442
9443
9444
9445
9446
9447
9448
9449
9450
9451
9452
9453
9454
9455
9456
9457
9458
9459
9460
9461
9462
9463
9464
9465
9466
9467
9468
9469
9470
9471
9472
9473
9474
9475
9476
9477
9478
9479
9480
9481
9482
9483
9484
9485
9486
9487
9488
9489
9490
9491
9492
9493
9494
9495
9496
9497
9498
9499
9500
9501
9502
9503
9504
9505
9506
9507
9508
9509
9510
9511
9512
9513
9514
9515
9516
9517
9518
9519
9520
9521
9522
9523
9524
9525
9526
9527
9528
9529
9530
9531
9532
9533
9534
9535
9536
9537
9538
9539
9540
9541
9542
9543
9544
9545
9546
9547
9548
9549
9550
9551
9552
9553
9554
9555
9556
9557
9558
9559
9560
9561
9562
9563
9564
9565
9566
9567
9568
9569
9570
9571
9572
9573
9574
9575
9576
9577
9578
9579
9580
9581
9582
9583
9584
9585
9586
9587
9588
9589
9590
9591
9592
9593
9594
9595
9596
9597
9598
9599
9600
9601
9602
9603
9604
9605
9606
9607
9608
9609
9610
9611
9612
9613
9614
9615
9616
9617
9618
9619
9620
9621
9622
9623
9624
9625
9626
9627
9628
9629
9630
9631
9632
9633
9634
9635
9636
9637
9638
9639
9640
9641
9642
9643
9644
9645
9646
9647
9648
9649
9650
9651
9652
9653
9654
9655
9656
9657
9658
9659
9660
9661
9662
9663
9664
9665
9666
9667
9668
9669
9670
9671
9672
9673
9674
9675
9676
9677
9678
9679
9680
9681
9682
9683
9684
9685
9686
9687
9688
9689
9690
9691
9692
9693
9694
9695
9696
9697
9698
9699
9700
9701
9702
9703
9704
9705
9706
9707
9708
9709
9710
9711
9712
9713
9714
9715
9716
9717
9718
9719
9720
9721
9722
9723
9724
9725
9726
9727
9728
9729
9730
9731
9732
9733
9734
9735
9736
9737
9738
9739
9740
9741
9742
9743
9744
9745
9746
9747
9748
9749
9750
9751
9752
9753
9754
9755
9756
9757
9758
9759
9760
9761
9762
9763
9764
9765
9766
9767
9768
9769
9770
9771
9772
9773
9774
9775
9776
9777
9778
9779
9780
9781
9782
9783
9784
9785
9786
9787
9788
9789
9790
9791
9792
9793
9794
9795
9796
9797
9798
9799
9800
9801
9802
9803
9804
9805
9806
9807
9808
9809
9810
9811
9812
9813
9814
9815
9816
9817
9818
9819
9820
9821
9822
9823
9824
9825
9826
9827
9828
9829
9830
9831
9832
9833
9834
9835
9836
9837
9838
9839
9840
9841
9842
9843
9844
9845
9846
9847
9848
9849
9850
9851
9852
9853
9854
9855
9856
9857
9858
9859
9860
9861
9862
9863
9864
9865
9866
9867
9868
9869
9870
9871
9872
9873
9874
9875
9876
9877
9878
9879
9880
9881
9882
9883
9884
9885
9886
9887
9888
9889
9890
9891
9892
9893
9894
9895
9896
9897
9898
9899
9900
9901
9902
9903
9904
9905
9906
9907
9908
9909
9910
9911
9912
9913
9914
9915
9916
9917
9918
9919
9920
9921
9922
9923
9924
9925
9926
9927
9928
9929
9930
9931
9932
9933
9934
9935
9936
9937
9938
9939
9940
9941
9942
9943
9944
9945
9946
9947
9948
9949
9950
9951
9952
9953
9954
9955
9956
9957
9958
9959
9960
9961
9962
9963
9964
9965
9966
9967
9968
9969
9970
9971
9972
9973
9974
9975
9976
9977
9978
9979
9980
9981
9982
9983
9984
9985
9986
9987
9988
9989
9990
9991
9992
9993
9994
9995
9996
9997
9998
9999
10000
10001
10002
10003
10004
10005
10006
10007
10008
10009
10010
10011
10012
10013
10014
10015
10016
10017
10018
10019
10020
10021
10022
10023
10024
10025
10026
10027
10028
10029
10030
10031
10032
10033
10034
10035
10036
10037
10038
10039
10040
10041
10042
10043
10044
10045
10046
10047
10048
10049
10050
10051
10052
10053
10054
10055
10056
10057
10058
10059
10060
10061
10062
10063
10064
10065
10066
10067
10068
10069
10070
10071
10072
10073
10074
10075
10076
10077
10078
10079
10080
10081
10082
10083
10084
10085
10086
10087
10088
10089
10090
10091
10092
10093
10094
10095
10096
10097
10098
10099
10100
10101
10102
10103
10104
10105
10106
10107
10108
10109
10110
10111
10112
10113
10114
10115
10116
10117
10118
10119
10120
10121
10122
10123
10124
10125
10126
10127
10128
10129
10130
10131
10132
10133
10134
10135
10136
10137
10138
10139
10140
10141
10142
10143
10144
10145
10146
10147
10148
10149
10150
10151
10152
10153
10154
10155
10156
10157
10158
10159
10160
10161
10162
10163
10164
10165
10166
10167
10168
10169
10170
10171
10172
10173
10174
10175
10176
10177
10178
10179
10180
10181
10182
10183
10184
10185
10186
10187
10188
10189
10190
10191
10192
10193
10194
10195
10196
10197
10198
10199
10200
10201
10202
10203
10204
10205
10206
10207
10208
10209
10210
10211
10212
10213
10214
10215
10216
10217
10218
10219
10220
10221
10222
10223
10224
10225
10226
10227
10228
10229
10230
10231
10232
10233
10234
10235
10236
10237
10238
10239
10240
10241
10242
10243
10244
10245
10246
10247
10248
10249
10250
10251
10252
10253
10254
10255
10256
10257
10258
10259
10260
10261
10262
10263
10264
10265
10266
10267
10268
10269
10270
10271
10272
10273
10274
10275
10276
10277
10278
10279
10280
10281
10282
10283
10284
10285
10286
10287
10288
10289
10290
10291
10292
10293
10294
10295
10296
10297
10298
10299
10300
10301
10302
10303
10304
10305
10306
10307
10308
10309
10310
10311
10312
10313
10314
10315
10316
10317
10318
10319
10320
10321
10322
10323
10324
10325
10326
10327
10328
10329
10330
10331
10332
10333
10334
10335
10336
10337
10338
10339
10340
10341
10342
10343
10344
10345
10346
10347
10348
10349
10350
10351
10352
10353
10354
10355
10356
10357
10358
10359
10360
10361
10362
10363
10364
10365
10366
10367
10368
10369
10370
10371
10372
10373
10374
10375
10376
10377
10378
10379
10380
10381
10382
10383
10384
10385
10386
10387
10388
10389
10390
10391
10392
10393
10394
10395
10396
10397
10398
10399
10400
10401
10402
10403
10404
10405
10406
10407
10408
10409
10410
10411
10412
10413
10414
10415
10416
10417
10418
10419
10420
10421
10422
10423
10424
10425
10426
10427
10428
10429
10430
10431
10432
10433
10434
10435
10436
10437
10438
10439
10440
10441
10442
10443
10444
10445
10446
10447
10448
10449
10450
10451
10452
10453
10454
10455
10456
10457
10458
10459
10460
10461
10462
10463
10464
10465
10466
10467
10468
10469
10470
10471
10472
10473
10474
10475
10476
10477
10478
10479
10480
10481
10482
10483
10484
10485
10486
10487
10488
10489
10490
10491
10492
10493
10494
10495
10496
10497
10498
10499
10500
10501
10502
10503
10504
10505
10506
10507
10508
10509
10510
10511
10512
10513
10514
10515
10516
10517
10518
10519
10520
10521
10522
10523
10524
10525
10526
10527
10528
10529
10530
10531
10532
10533
10534
10535
10536
10537
10538
10539
10540
10541
10542
10543
10544
10545
10546
10547
10548
10549
10550
10551
10552
10553
10554
10555
10556
10557
10558
10559
10560
10561
10562
10563
10564
10565
10566
10567
10568
10569
10570
10571
10572
10573
10574
10575
10576
10577
10578
10579
10580
10581
10582
10583
10584
10585
10586
10587
10588
10589
10590
10591
10592
10593
10594
10595
10596
10597
10598
10599
10600
10601
10602
10603
10604
10605
10606
10607
10608
10609
10610
10611
10612
10613
10614
10615
10616
10617
10618
10619
10620
10621
10622
10623
10624
10625
10626
10627
10628
10629
10630
10631
10632
10633
10634
10635
10636
10637
10638
10639
10640
10641
10642
10643
10644
10645
10646
10647
10648
10649
10650
10651
10652
10653
10654
10655
10656
10657
10658
10659
10660
10661
10662
10663
10664
10665
10666
10667
10668
10669
10670
10671
10672
10673
10674
10675
10676
10677
10678
10679
10680
10681
10682
10683
10684
10685
10686
10687
10688
10689
10690
10691
10692
10693
10694
10695
10696
10697
10698
10699
10700
10701
10702
10703
10704
10705
10706
10707
10708
10709
10710
10711
10712
10713
10714
10715
10716
10717
10718
10719
10720
10721
10722
10723
10724
10725
10726
10727
10728
10729
10730
10731
10732
10733
10734
10735
10736
10737
10738
10739
10740
10741
10742
10743
10744
10745
10746
10747
10748
10749
10750
10751
10752
10753
10754
10755
10756
10757
10758
10759
10760
10761
10762
10763
10764
10765
10766
10767
10768
10769
10770
10771
10772
10773
10774
10775
10776
10777
10778
10779
10780
10781
10782
10783
10784
10785
10786
10787
10788
10789
10790
10791
10792
10793
10794
10795
10796
10797
10798
10799
10800
10801
10802
10803
10804
10805
10806
10807
10808
10809
10810
10811
10812
10813
10814
10815
10816
10817
10818
10819
10820
10821
10822
10823
10824
10825
10826
10827
10828
10829
10830
10831
10832
10833
10834
10835
10836
10837
10838
10839
10840
10841
10842
10843
10844
10845
10846
10847
10848
10849
10850
10851
10852
10853
10854
10855
10856
10857
10858
10859
10860
10861
10862
10863
10864
10865
10866
10867
10868
10869
10870
10871
10872
10873
10874
10875
10876
10877
10878
10879
10880
10881
10882
10883
10884
10885
10886
10887
10888
10889
10890
10891
10892
10893
10894
10895
10896
10897
10898
10899
10900
10901
10902
10903
10904
10905
10906
10907
10908
10909
10910
10911
10912
10913
10914
10915
10916
10917
10918
10919
10920
10921
10922
10923
10924
10925
10926
10927
10928
10929
10930
10931
10932
10933
10934
10935
10936
10937
10938
10939
10940
10941
10942
10943
10944
10945
10946
10947
10948
10949
10950
10951
10952
10953
10954
10955
10956
10957
10958
10959
10960
10961
10962
10963
10964
10965
10966
10967
10968
10969
10970
10971
10972
10973
10974
10975
|
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
<html>
<head>
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1">
<title>The pkgsrc guide</title>
<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="/global.css">
<meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets VX.X.X">
<meta name="description" content="pkgsrc is a centralized package management system for Unix-like operating systems. This guide provides information for users and developers of pkgsrc. It covers installation of binary and source packages, creation of binary and source packages and a high-level overview about the infrastructure.">
</head>
<body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="book">
<div class="titlepage">
<div>
<div><h1 class="title">
<a name="the-pkgsrc-guide"></a>The pkgsrc guide</h1></div>
<div><h2 class="subtitle">Documentation on the NetBSD packages system</h2></div>
<div><div class="authorgroup">
<div class="author">
<h3 class="author">
<span class="firstname">Alistair</span> <span class="surname">Crooks</span>
</h3>
<div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:agc@NetBSD.org">agc@NetBSD.org</a>></code></p></div></div>
</div>
<div class="author">
<h3 class="author">
<span class="firstname">Hubert</span> <span class="surname">Feyrer</span>
</h3>
<div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:hubertf@NetBSD.org">hubertf@NetBSD.org</a>></code></p></div></div>
</div>
<h3 class="corpauthor">
The pkgsrc Developers
</h3>
</div></div>
<div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 1994-2007 The NetBSD Foundation, Inc</p></div>
<div><p class="pubdate">$NetBSD: pkgsrc.xml,v 1.26 2007/09/18 08:17:21 rillig Exp $</p></div>
<div><div class="abstract">
<p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p>
<p>pkgsrc is a centralized package management system for
Unix-like operating systems. This guide provides information for
users and developers of pkgsrc. It covers installation of binary
and source packages, creation of binary and source packages and
a high-level overview about the infrastructure.</p>
</div></div>
</div>
<hr>
</div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#introduction">1. What is pkgsrc?</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#introduction-section">1.1. Introduction</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#why-pkgsrc">1.1.1. Why pkgsrc?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intro.platforms">1.1.2. Supported platforms</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#overview">1.2. Overview</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#terminology">1.3. Terminology</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#term.roles">1.3.1. Roles involved in pkgsrc</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#typography">1.4. Typography</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="part"><a href="#users-guide">I. The pkgsrc user's guide</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#getting">2. Where to get pkgsrc and how to keep it up-to-date</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#getting-first">2.1. Getting pkgsrc for the first time</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#getting-via-tar">2.1.1. As tar archive</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#getting-via-cvs">2.1.2. Via anonymous CVS</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#uptodate">2.2. Keeping pkgsrc up-to-date</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#uptodate-tar">2.2.1. Via tar files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#uptodate-cvs">2.2.2. Via CVS</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#platforms">3. Using pkgsrc on systems other than NetBSD</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#binarydist">3.1. Binary distribution</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bootstrapping-pkgsrc">3.2. Bootstrapping pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-notes">3.3. Platform-specific notes</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#cygwin">3.3.1. Cygwin</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#darwin">3.3.2. Darwin (Mac OS X)</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#freebsd">3.3.3. FreeBSD</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gnukfreebsd">3.3.4. GNU/kFreeBSD</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#interix">3.3.5. Interix</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#irix">3.3.6. IRIX</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#linux">3.3.7. Linux</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mirbsd">3.3.8. MirBSD</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#openbsd">3.3.9. OpenBSD</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#solaris">3.3.10. Solaris</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#using">4. Using pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-pkg">4.1. Using binary packages</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#finding-binary-packages">4.1.1. Finding binary packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-binary-packages">4.1.2. Installing binary packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using.pkg_delete">4.1.3. Deinstalling packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using.pkg_info">4.1.4. Getting information about installed packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#vulnerabilities">4.1.5. Checking for security vulnerabilities in installed packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pkg_versions">4.1.6. Finding if newer versions of your installed packages are in pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using.pkg_admin">4.1.7. Other administrative functions</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#a-word-of-warning">4.1.8. A word of warning</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#building-packages-from-source">4.2. Building packages from source</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#requirements">4.2.1. Requirements</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fetching-distfiles">4.2.2. Fetching distfiles</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#how-to-build-and-install">4.2.3. How to build and install</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#configuring">5. Configuring pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-configuration">5.1. General configuration</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#variables-affecting-build">5.2. Variables affecting the build process</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#variables-affecting-installation">5.3. Variables affecting the installation process</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf.compiler">5.4. Selecting and configuring the compiler</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#selecting-the-compiler">5.4.1. Selecting the compiler</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf.cflags">5.4.2. Additional flags to the compiler (<code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>)</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf.ldflags">5.4.3. Additional flags to the linker (<code class="varname">LDFLAGS</code>)</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#developer-advanced-settings">5.5. Developer/advanced settings</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#selecting-build-options">5.6. Selecting Build Options</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#binary">6. Creating binary packages</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#building-a-single-binary-package">6.1. Building a single binary package</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#settings-for-creationg-of-binary-packages">6.2. Settings for creation of binary packages</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#bulk">7. Creating binary packages for everything in pkgsrc (bulk
builds)</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.pre">7.1. Preparations</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.pbulk">7.2. Running a pbulk-style bulk build</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bulk.pbulk.conf">7.2.1. Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.req">7.3. Requirements of a full bulk build</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-cdroms">7.4. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#cdpack-example">7.4.1. Example of cdpack</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#files">8. Directory layout of the installed files</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.localbase">8.1. File system layout in <code class="literal">${LOCALBASE}</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.varbase">8.2. File system layout in <code class="literal">${VARBASE}</code></a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#faq">9. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailing-list-pointers">9.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgviews-docs">9.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq-pkgtools">9.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#non-root-pkgsrc">9.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#resume-transfers">9.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#x.org-from-pkgsrc">9.6. How can I install/use modular X.org from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-behind-firewall">9.7. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-https">9.8. How to fetch files from HTTPS sites</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#passive-ftp">9.9. How do I tell <span class="command"><strong>make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetching-all-distfiles">9.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tmac.andoc-missing">9.11. What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Don't know how to make
/usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc</span>”</span> mean?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bsd.own.mk-missing">9.12. What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>”</span> mean?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-sudo-with-pkgsrc">9.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.conf">9.14. How do I change the location of configuration files?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#audit-packages">9.15. Automated security checks</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-cflags">9.16. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-fail">9.17. A package does not build. What shall I do?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.rcs-conflicts">9.18. What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>”</span> mean?</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="part"><a href="#developers-guide">II. The pkgsrc developer's guide</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#creating">10. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.common">10.1. Common types of packages</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.perl-module">10.1.1. Perl modules</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.kde-app">10.1.2. KDE3 applications</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.python-module">10.1.3. Python modules and programs</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.examples">10.2. Examples</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.nvu">10.2.1. How the www/nvu package came into pkgsrc</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#components">11. Package components - files, directories and contents</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.Makefile">11.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.distinfo">11.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.patches">11.3. patches/*</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patch.structure">11.3.1. Structure of a single patch file</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.caveats">11.3.2. Creating patch files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.sources">11.3.3. Sources where the patch files come from</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.guidelines">11.3.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.feedback">11.3.5. Feedback to the author</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#other-mandatory-files">11.4. Other mandatory files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.optional">11.5. Optional files</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.bin">11.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.build">11.5.2. Files affecting the build process</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.none">11.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#work-dir">11.6. <code class="filename">work*</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-dir">11.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code></a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#makefile">12. Programming in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.style">12.1. Caveats</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.variables">12.2. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#makefile.variables.names">12.2.1. Naming conventions</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.code">12.3. Code snippets</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#adding-to-list">12.3.1. Adding things to a list</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#converting-internal-to-external">12.3.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#passing-variable-to-shell">12.3.3. Passing variables to a shell command</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quoting-guideline">12.3.4. Quoting guideline</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bsd-make-bug-workaround">12.3.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#plist">13. PLIST issues</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcs-id">13.1. RCS ID</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#automatic-plist-generation">13.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#print-PLIST">13.3. Tweaking output of <span class="command"><strong>make print-PLIST</strong></span></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#plist.misc">13.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#manpage-compression">13.5. Man page compression</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-PLIST_SRC">13.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-plist">13.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.common-dirs">13.8. Sharing directories between packages</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#buildlink">14. Buildlink methodology</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-buildlink3">14.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-buildlink3.mk">14.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-bl3">14.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#updating-buildlink-depends">14.2.2. Updating
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
and
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#writing-builtin.mk">14.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-builtin.mk">14.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#native-or-pkgsrc-preference">14.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#pkginstall">15. The pkginstall framework</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix">15.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dirs-outside-prefix">15.1.1. Directory manipulation</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#files-outside-prefix">15.1.2. File manipulation</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf-files">15.2. Configuration files</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-sysconfdir">15.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-configure">15.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-patching">15.2.3. Patching installations</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-disable">15.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcd-scripts">15.3. System startup scripts</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rcd-scripts-disable">15.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#users-and-groups">15.4. System users and groups</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shells">15.5. System shells</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shells-disable">15.5.1. Disabling shell registration</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fonts">15.6. Fonts</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fonts-disable">15.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#options">16. Options handling</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#global-default-options">16.1. Global default options</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-options">16.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-names">16.3. Option Names</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-build">16.4. Determining the options of dependencies</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#build">17. The build process</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.intro">17.1. Introduction</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.prefix">17.2. Program location</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.builddirs">17.3. Directories used during the build process</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.running">17.4. Running a phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.fetch">17.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.what">17.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.how">17.5.2. How are the files fetched?</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.checksum">17.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.extract">17.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.patch">17.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.tools">17.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.wrapper">17.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.configure">17.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.build">17.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.test">17.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.install">17.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.package">17.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.clean">17.16. Cleaning up</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.helpful-targets">17.17. Other helpful targets</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#tools">18. Tools needed for building or running</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgsrc-tools">18.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#package-tools">18.2. Tools needed by packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-tools">18.3. Tools provided by platforms</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tools.questions">18.4. Questions regarding the tools</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#fixes">19. Making your package work</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-operation">19.1. General operation</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#portability-of-packages">19.1.1. Portability of packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf">19.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-interaction">19.1.3. User interaction</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#handling-licenses">19.1.4. Handling licenses</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#restricted-packages">19.1.5. Restricted packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dependencies">19.1.6. Handling dependencies</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conflicts">19.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#not-building-packages">19.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undeletable-packages">19.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-handling">19.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bumping-pkgrevision">19.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.subst">19.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.fetch">19.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#no-plain-download">19.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#modified-distfiles-same-name">19.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.configure">19.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.libtool">19.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using-libtool">19.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoconf-automake">19.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#programming-languages">19.4. Programming languages</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#basic-programming-languages">19.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#java-programming-language">19.4.2. Java</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-scripts">19.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shell-scripts">19.4.4. Packages containing shell scripts</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-programming-languages">19.4.5. Other programming languages</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.build">19.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.build.cpp">19.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compiler-bugs">19.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undefined-reference">19.5.3. Undefined reference to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...</span>”</span></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#out-of-memory">19.5.4. Running out of memory</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.install">19.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#install-scripts">19.6.1. Creating needed directories</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#where-to-install-documentation">19.6.2. Where to install documentation</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-score-files">19.6.3. Installing highscore files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#destdir-support">19.6.4. Adding DESTDIR support to packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hardcoded-paths">19.6.5. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-modules">19.6.6. Packages installing perl modules</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#faq.info-files">19.6.7. Packages installing info files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#manpages">19.6.8. Packages installing man pages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gconf-data-files">19.6.9. Packages installing GConf data files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files">19.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper/rarian data files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#x11-fonts">19.6.11. Packages installing X11 fonts</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gtk2-modules">19.6.12. Packages installing GTK2 modules</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sgml-xml-data">19.6.13. Packages installing SGML or XML data</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-database">19.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intltool">19.6.15. Packages using intltool</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#startup-scripts">19.6.16. Packages installing startup scripts</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tex-packages">19.6.17. Packages installing TeX modules</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#emulation-packages">19.6.18. Packages supporting running binaries in
emulation</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hicolor-theme">19.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#desktop-files">19.6.20. Packages installing desktop files</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#punting">19.7. Marking packages as having problems</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#debug">20. Debugging</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#submit">21. Submitting and Committing</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-binary-packages">21.1. Submitting binary packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-your-package">21.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-notes-for-changes">21.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#committing-importing">21.4. Committing: Adding a package to CVS</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#updating-package">21.5. Updating a package to a newer version</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#renaming-package">21.6. Renaming a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#moving-package">21.7. Moving a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#devfaq">22. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#gnome">23. GNOME packaging and porting</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#meta-packages">23.1. Meta packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#new-package">23.2. Packaging a GNOME application</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#full-update">23.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patching">23.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="part"><a href="#infrastructure">III. The pkgsrc infrastructure internals</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#infr.design">24. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef">24.1. The meaning of variable definitions</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef.problems">24.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.var">24.3. Variable evaluation</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.load">24.3.1. At load time</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.run">24.3.2. At runtime</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.varspec">24.4. How can variables be specified?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.design.intf">24.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.proc">24.5.1. Procedures with parameters</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.action">24.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.order">24.6. The order in which files are loaded</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.prefs">24.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.pkg">24.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code></a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#regression">25. Regression tests</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.descr">25.1. The regression tests framework</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.run">25.2. Running the regression tests</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.new">25.3. Adding a new regression test</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.override">25.3.1. Overridable functions</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.helper">25.3.2. Helper functions</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#porting">26. Porting pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.opsys">26.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.compiler">26.2. Adding support for a new compiler</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="appendix"><a href="#examples">A. A simple example package: bison</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#example-files">A.1. files</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#example-Makefile">A.1.1. Makefile</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#example-descr">A.1.2. DESCR</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#example-plist">A.1.3. PLIST</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#checking-package-with-pkglint">A.1.4. Checking a package with <span class="command"><strong>pkglint</strong></span></a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#steps-for-b-i-p">A.2. Steps for building, installing, packaging</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="appendix"><a href="#logs">B. Build logs</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#logs.building">B.1. Building figlet</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#logs.package">B.2. Packaging figlet</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="appendix"><a href="#ftp-layout">C. Directory layout of the pkgsrc FTP server</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ftp-distfiles">C.1. <code class="filename">distfiles</code>: The distributed source files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ftp-misc">C.2. <code class="filename">misc</code>: Miscellaneous things</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ftp-packages">C.3. <code class="filename">packages</code>: Binary packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ftp-reports">C.4. <code class="filename">reports</code>: Bulk build reports</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ftp-source">C.5. <code class="filename">current</code>,
<code class="filename">pkgsrc-20<em class="replaceable"><code>xx</code></em>Q<em class="replaceable"><code>y</code></em></code>:
source packages</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="appendix"><a href="#editing">D. Editing guidelines for the pkgsrc guide</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#targets">D.1. Make targets</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#procedure">D.2. Procedure</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl>
</div>
<div class="list-of-tables">
<p><b>List of Tables</b></p>
<dl>
<dt>1.1. <a href="#supported-platforms">Platforms supported by pkgsrc</a>
</dt>
<dt>11.1. <a href="#patch-examples">Patching examples</a>
</dt>
<dt>23.1. <a href="#plist-handling">PLIST handling for GNOME packages</a>
</dt>
</dl>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">
<a name="introduction"></a>Chapter 1. What is pkgsrc?</h1></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#introduction-section">1.1. Introduction</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#why-pkgsrc">1.1.1. Why pkgsrc?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intro.platforms">1.1.2. Supported platforms</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#overview">1.2. Overview</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#terminology">1.3. Terminology</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#term.roles">1.3.1. Roles involved in pkgsrc</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#typography">1.4. Typography</a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="introduction-section"></a>1.1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div>
<p>There is a lot of software freely available for Unix-based
systems, which is usually available in form of the source code. Before
such software can be used, it needs to be configured to the local
system, compiled and installed, and this is exactly what The NetBSD
Packages Collection (pkgsrc) does. pkgsrc also has some basic commands
to handle binary packages, so that not every user has to build the
packages for himself, which is a time-costly task.</p>
<p>pkgsrc currently contains several thousand packages,
including:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/www/apache/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">www/apache</code></a> - The Apache
web server</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/www/firefox/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">www/firefox</code></a> - The Firefox
web browser</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/meta-pkgs/gnome/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">meta-pkgs/gnome</code></a> - The GNOME
Desktop Environment</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/meta-pkgs/kde3/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">meta-pkgs/kde3</code></a> - The K
Desktop Environment</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>...just to name a few.</p>
<p>pkgsrc has built-in support for handling varying dependencies,
such as pthreads and X11, and extended features such as IPv6 support on
a range of platforms.</p>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="why-pkgsrc"></a>1.1.1. Why pkgsrc?</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
pkgsrc provides the following key features:
</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>Easy building of software from source as well as the creation
and installation of binary packages. The source and latest
patches are retrieved from a master or mirror download site, checksum
verified, then built on your system. Support for binary-only
distributions is available for both native platforms and NetBSD
emulated platforms.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>All packages are installed in a consistent directory tree,
including binaries, libraries, man pages and other
documentation.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Package dependencies, including when performing package updates,
are handled automatically. The configuration files of various
packages are handled automatically during updates, so local changes
are preserved.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Like NetBSD, pkgsrc is designed with portability in mind and
consists of highly portable code. This allows the greatest speed of
development when porting to a new platform. This portability also
ensures that pkgsrc is <span class="emphasis"><em>consistent across all
platforms</em></span>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>The installation prefix, acceptable software licenses,
international encryption requirements and build-time options for a
large number of packages are all set in a simple, central
configuration file.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>The entire source (not including the distribution files) is
freely available under a BSD license, so you may extend and adapt
pkgsrc to your needs. Support for local packages and patches is
available right out of the box, so you can configure it specifically
for your environment.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>The following principles are basic to pkgsrc:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">It should only work if it's right.</span>”</span>
— That means, if a package contains bugs, it's better to find
them and to complain about them rather than to just install the package
and hope that it works. There are numerous checks in pkgsrc that try to
find such bugs: Static analysis tools (<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkglint/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkglint</code></a>), build-time checks (portability
of shell scripts), and post-installation checks (installed files,
references to shared libraries, script interpreters).</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">“<span class="quote">If it works, it should work everywhere</span>”</span>
— Like NetBSD has been ported to many hardware architectures,
pkgsrc has been ported to many operating systems. Care is taken that
packages behave the same on all platforms.</p></li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="intro.platforms"></a>1.1.2. Supported platforms</h3></div></div></div>
<p>pkgsrc consists of both a source distribution and a binary
distribution for these operating systems. After retrieving the required
source or binaries, you can be up and running with pkgsrc in just
minutes!</p>
<p>pkgsrc was derived from FreeBSD's ports system, and
initially developed for NetBSD only. Since then, pkgsrc has
grown a lot, and now supports the following platforms:</p>
<div class="table">
<a name="supported-platforms"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 1.1. Platforms supported by pkgsrc</b></p>
<div class="table-contents"><table summary="Platforms supported by pkgsrc" border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<thead><tr>
<th>Platform</th>
<th>Date Support Added</th>
</tr></thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td><a class="ulink" href="http://www.NetBSD.org/" target="_top">NetBSD</a></td>
<td align="center">Aug 1997</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a class="ulink" href="http://wwws.sun.com/software/solaris/" target="_top">Solaris</a></td>
<td align="center">Mar 1999</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a class="ulink" href="http://www.kernel.org/" target="_top">Linux</a></td>
<td align="center">Jun 1999</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<a class="ulink" href="http://developer.apple.com/darwin/" target="_top">Darwin</a>
(<a class="ulink" href="http://developer.apple.com/macosx/" target="_top">Mac OS X</a>)
</td>
<td align="center">Oct 2001</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a class="ulink" href="http://www.freebsd.org/" target="_top">FreeBSD</a></td>
<td align="center">Nov 2002</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a class="ulink" href="http://www.openbsd.org/" target="_top">OpenBSD</a></td>
<td align="center">Nov 2002</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a class="ulink" href="http://www.sgi.com/software/irix/" target="_top">IRIX</a></td>
<td align="center">Dec 2002</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>BSD/OS</td>
<td align="center">Dec 2003</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a class="ulink" href="http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/aix/" target="_top">AIX</a></td>
<td align="center">Dec 2003</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>
<a class="ulink" href="http://www.microsoft.com/windows/sfu/" target="_top">Interix</a>
(Microsoft Windows Services for Unix)
</td>
<td align="center">Mar 2004</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a class="ulink" href="http://www.dragonflybsd.org/" target="_top">DragonFlyBSD</a></td>
<td align="center">Oct 2004</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a class="ulink" href="http://www.tru64.org/" target="_top">OSF/1</a></td>
<td align="center">Nov 2004</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a class="ulink" href="http://www.hp.com/products1/unix/" target="_top">HP-UX</a></td>
<td align="center">Apr 2007</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a class="ulink" href="http://www.haiku-os.org/" target="_top">Haiku</a></td>
<td align="center">Sep 2010</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a class="ulink" href="http://www.mirbsd.org/" target="_top">MirBSD</a></td>
<td align="center">Jan 2011</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a class="ulink" href="http://www.minix3.org/" target="_top">Minix3</a></td>
<td align="center">Nov 2011</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a class="ulink" href="http://cygwin.com/" target="_top">Cygwin</a></td>
<td align="center">Mar 2013</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td><a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/ports/kfreebsd-gnu/" target="_top">GNU/kFreeBSD</a></td>
<td align="center">Jul 2013</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
</div>
<br class="table-break">
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="overview"></a>1.2. Overview</h2></div></div></div>
<p>This document is divided into three parts. The first,
<a class="link" href="#users-guide" title="Part I. The pkgsrc user's guide">The pkgsrc user's guide</a>,
describes how one can use one of the packages in the Package
Collection, either by installing a precompiled binary package,
or by building one's own copy using the NetBSD package system.
The second part, <a class="link" href="#developers-guide" title="Part II. The pkgsrc developer's guide">The pkgsrc developer's guide</a>, explains how to prepare a
package so it can be easily built by other NetBSD users without
knowing about the package's building details. The third part,
<a class="link" href="#infrastructure" title="Part III. The pkgsrc infrastructure internals">The pkgsrc infrastructure internals</a>
is intended for those who want to understand how pkgsrc is
implemented.</p>
<p>This document is available in various formats:
<span class="simplelist"><a class="ulink" href="index.html" target="_top">HTML</a>, <a class="ulink" href="pkgsrc.pdf" target="_top">PDF</a>, <a class="ulink" href="pkgsrc.ps" target="_top">PS</a>, <a class="ulink" href="pkgsrc.txt" target="_top">TXT</a></span>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="terminology"></a>1.3. Terminology</h2></div></div></div>
<p>There has been a lot of talk about <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">ports</span>”</span>,
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">packages</span>”</span>, etc. so far. Here is a description of all the
terminology used within this document.</p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term">Package</span></dt>
<dd><p>A set of files and building instructions
that describe what's necessary
to build a certain piece of software using
pkgsrc. Packages are traditionally stored under
<code class="filename">/usr/pkgsrc</code>.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term">The NetBSD package system</span></dt>
<dd><p>This is the former name of <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pkgsrc</span>”</span>. It
is part of the NetBSD operating system and can be bootstrapped
to run on non-NetBSD operating systems as well. It handles
building (compiling), installing, and removing of
packages.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term">Distfile</span></dt>
<dd><p>This term describes the file or files that are
provided by the author of the piece of software to
distribute his work. All the changes necessary to build on
NetBSD are reflected in the corresponding package. Usually
the distfile is in the form of a compressed tar-archive,
but other types are possible, too. Distfiles are usually
stored below
<code class="filename">/usr/pkgsrc/distfiles</code>.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term">Port</span></dt>
<dd><p>This is the term used by FreeBSD and OpenBSD people
for what we call a package.
In NetBSD terminology, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">port</span>”</span> refers to a different
architecture.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term">Precompiled/binary package</span></dt>
<dd>
<p>A set of binaries built with pkgsrc from a distfile
and stuffed together in a single <code class="filename">.tgz</code>
file so it can be installed on machines of the same
machine architecture without the need to
recompile. Packages are usually generated in
<code class="filename">/usr/pkgsrc/packages</code>; there is also
an archive on <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/packages/" target="_top">ftp.NetBSD.org</a>.</p>
<p>Sometimes, this is referred to by the term <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">package</span>”</span> too,
especially in the context of precompiled packages.</p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term">Program</span></dt>
<dd><p>The piece of software to be installed which will be
constructed from all the files in the distfile by the
actions defined in the corresponding package.</p></dd>
</dl></div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="term.roles"></a>1.3.1. Roles involved in pkgsrc</h3></div></div></div>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term">pkgsrc users</span></dt>
<dd>
<p>The
pkgsrc users are people who use the packages provided by pkgsrc.
Typically they are system administrators. The people using the
software that is inside the packages (maybe called <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">end
users</span>”</span>) are not covered by the pkgsrc guide.</p>
<p>There are two kinds of pkgsrc users: Some only want to
install pre-built binary packages. Others build the pkgsrc
packages from source, either for installing them directly or for
building binary packages themselves. For pkgsrc users <a class="xref" href="#users-guide" title="Part I. The pkgsrc user's guide">Part I, “The pkgsrc user's guide”</a> should provide all necessary
documentation.</p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term">package maintainers</span></dt>
<dd><p>A
package maintainer creates packages as described in <a class="xref" href="#developers-guide" title="Part II. The pkgsrc developer's guide">Part II, “The pkgsrc developer's guide”</a>.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term">infrastructure developers</span></dt>
<dd><p>These people are involved in all those files
that live in the <code class="filename">mk/</code> directory and below.
Only these people should need to read through <a class="xref" href="#infrastructure" title="Part III. The pkgsrc infrastructure internals">Part III, “The pkgsrc infrastructure internals”</a>, though others might be curious,
too.</p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="typography"></a>1.4. Typography</h2></div></div></div>
<p>When giving examples for commands, shell prompts are used to
show if the command should/can be issued as root, or if
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">normal</span>”</span> user privileges are sufficient. We use a
<code class="prompt">#</code> for root's shell prompt, and a <code class="prompt">%</code> for users'
shell prompt, assuming they use the C-shell or tcsh.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="part">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">
<a name="users-guide"></a>Part I. The pkgsrc user's guide</h1></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#getting">2. Where to get pkgsrc and how to keep it up-to-date</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#getting-first">2.1. Getting pkgsrc for the first time</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#getting-via-tar">2.1.1. As tar archive</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#getting-via-cvs">2.1.2. Via anonymous CVS</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#uptodate">2.2. Keeping pkgsrc up-to-date</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#uptodate-tar">2.2.1. Via tar files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#uptodate-cvs">2.2.2. Via CVS</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#platforms">3. Using pkgsrc on systems other than NetBSD</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#binarydist">3.1. Binary distribution</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bootstrapping-pkgsrc">3.2. Bootstrapping pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-notes">3.3. Platform-specific notes</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#cygwin">3.3.1. Cygwin</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#darwin">3.3.2. Darwin (Mac OS X)</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#freebsd">3.3.3. FreeBSD</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gnukfreebsd">3.3.4. GNU/kFreeBSD</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#interix">3.3.5. Interix</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#irix">3.3.6. IRIX</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#linux">3.3.7. Linux</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mirbsd">3.3.8. MirBSD</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#openbsd">3.3.9. OpenBSD</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#solaris">3.3.10. Solaris</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#using">4. Using pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-pkg">4.1. Using binary packages</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#finding-binary-packages">4.1.1. Finding binary packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-binary-packages">4.1.2. Installing binary packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using.pkg_delete">4.1.3. Deinstalling packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using.pkg_info">4.1.4. Getting information about installed packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#vulnerabilities">4.1.5. Checking for security vulnerabilities in installed packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pkg_versions">4.1.6. Finding if newer versions of your installed packages are in pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using.pkg_admin">4.1.7. Other administrative functions</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#a-word-of-warning">4.1.8. A word of warning</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#building-packages-from-source">4.2. Building packages from source</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#requirements">4.2.1. Requirements</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fetching-distfiles">4.2.2. Fetching distfiles</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#how-to-build-and-install">4.2.3. How to build and install</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#configuring">5. Configuring pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-configuration">5.1. General configuration</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#variables-affecting-build">5.2. Variables affecting the build process</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#variables-affecting-installation">5.3. Variables affecting the installation process</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf.compiler">5.4. Selecting and configuring the compiler</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#selecting-the-compiler">5.4.1. Selecting the compiler</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf.cflags">5.4.2. Additional flags to the compiler (<code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>)</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf.ldflags">5.4.3. Additional flags to the linker (<code class="varname">LDFLAGS</code>)</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#developer-advanced-settings">5.5. Developer/advanced settings</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#selecting-build-options">5.6. Selecting Build Options</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#binary">6. Creating binary packages</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#building-a-single-binary-package">6.1. Building a single binary package</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#settings-for-creationg-of-binary-packages">6.2. Settings for creation of binary packages</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#bulk">7. Creating binary packages for everything in pkgsrc (bulk
builds)</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.pre">7.1. Preparations</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.pbulk">7.2. Running a pbulk-style bulk build</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bulk.pbulk.conf">7.2.1. Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.req">7.3. Requirements of a full bulk build</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-cdroms">7.4. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#cdpack-example">7.4.1. Example of cdpack</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#files">8. Directory layout of the installed files</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.localbase">8.1. File system layout in <code class="literal">${LOCALBASE}</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.varbase">8.2. File system layout in <code class="literal">${VARBASE}</code></a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#faq">9. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailing-list-pointers">9.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgviews-docs">9.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq-pkgtools">9.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#non-root-pkgsrc">9.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#resume-transfers">9.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#x.org-from-pkgsrc">9.6. How can I install/use modular X.org from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-behind-firewall">9.7. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-https">9.8. How to fetch files from HTTPS sites</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#passive-ftp">9.9. How do I tell <span class="command"><strong>make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetching-all-distfiles">9.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tmac.andoc-missing">9.11. What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Don't know how to make
/usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc</span>”</span> mean?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bsd.own.mk-missing">9.12. What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>”</span> mean?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-sudo-with-pkgsrc">9.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.conf">9.14. How do I change the location of configuration files?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#audit-packages">9.15. Automated security checks</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-cflags">9.16. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-fail">9.17. A package does not build. What shall I do?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.rcs-conflicts">9.18. What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>”</span> mean?</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="getting"></a>Chapter 2. Where to get pkgsrc and how to keep it up-to-date</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#getting-first">2.1. Getting pkgsrc for the first time</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#getting-via-tar">2.1.1. As tar archive</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#getting-via-cvs">2.1.2. Via anonymous CVS</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#uptodate">2.2. Keeping pkgsrc up-to-date</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#uptodate-tar">2.2.1. Via tar files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#uptodate-cvs">2.2.2. Via CVS</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl>
</div>
<p>Before you download and extract the files, you need to decide
where you want to extract them. When using pkgsrc as root user, pkgsrc
is usually installed in <code class="filename">/usr/pkgsrc</code>. You are though
free to install the sources and binary packages wherever you want in
your filesystem, provided that the pathname does not contain white-space
or other characters that are interpreted specially by the shell and some
other programs. A safe bet is to use only letters, digits, underscores
and dashes.</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="getting-first"></a>2.1. Getting pkgsrc for the first time</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Before you download any pkgsrc files, you should decide
whether you want the <span class="emphasis"><em>current</em></span> branch or the
<span class="emphasis"><em>stable</em></span> branch. The latter is forked on a
quarterly basis from the current branch and only gets modified
for security updates. The names of the stable branches are built
from the year and the quarter, for example
<code class="literal">2009Q1</code>.</p>
<p>The second step is to decide <span class="emphasis"><em>how</em></span> you
want to download pkgsrc. You can get it as a tar file or via CVS.
Both ways are described here.</p>
<p>Note that tar archive contains CVS working copy.
Thus you can switch to using CVS at any later time.</p>
<p>Note also that quarterly branch is not frozen in stone.
It receives critical updates.</p>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="getting-via-tar"></a>2.1.1. As tar archive</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The primary download location for all pkgsrc files is
<a class="ulink" href="http://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/" target="_top">http://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/</a> or
<a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/" target="_top">ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/</a>
(it points to the same location).
There are a number of subdirectories for different purposes,
which are described in detail in <a class="xref" href="#ftp-layout" title="Appendix C. Directory layout of the pkgsrc FTP server">Appendix C, <i>Directory layout of the pkgsrc FTP server</i></a>.</p>
<p>The tar archive for the current branch is in the directory
<code class="filename">current</code> and is called <a class="ulink" href="http://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc.tar.gz" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgsrc.tar.gz</code></a>.
It is autogenerated daily.</p>
<p>To save download time we provide bzip2- and
xz-compressed archives which are published at
<a class="ulink" href="http://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc.tar.bz2" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgsrc.tar.bz2</code></a>
and
<a class="ulink" href="http://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc.tar.xz" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgsrc.tar.xz</code></a>
respectively.
</p>
<p>You can fetch the same files using FTP.</p>
<p>The tar file for the stable branch 2013Q1 is in the
directory <code class="filename">pkgsrc-2013Q1</code> and is also called <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/pkgsrc-2013Q1/pkgsrc.tar.gz" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgsrc.tar.gz</code></a>.</p>
<p>To download a pkgsrc stable tarball, run:</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">$</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>ftp ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/<em class="replaceable"><code>pkgsrc-20xxQy</code></em>/pkgsrc.tar.gz</code></strong></pre>
<p>Where <em class="replaceable"><code>pkgsrc-20xxQy</code></em> is the
stable branch to be downloaded, for example,
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pkgsrc-2013Q1</span>”</span>.</p>
<p>You can use fetch it also using "wget", "curl",
or your web browser.</p>
<p>Then, extract it with:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">$</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>tar -xzf <em class="replaceable"><code>pkgsrc-20xxQy</code></em>.tar.gz -C /usr</code></strong></pre>
<p>This will create the directory <code class="filename">pkgsrc/</code>
in <code class="filename">/usr/</code> and all the package source will be
stored under <code class="filename">/usr/pkgsrc/</code>.</p>
<p>To download pkgsrc-current, run:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">$</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>ftp ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc.tar.gz</code></strong></pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="getting-via-cvs"></a>2.1.2. Via anonymous CVS</h3></div></div></div>
<p>To fetch a specific pkgsrc stable branch, run:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">$</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd /usr && cvs -q -z2 -d anoncvs@anoncvs.NetBSD.org:/cvsroot checkout -r <em class="replaceable"><code>pkgsrc-20xxQy</code></em> -P pkgsrc</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>Where <em class="replaceable"><code>pkgsrc-20xxQy</code></em> is the stable
branch to be checked out, for example, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pkgsrc-2009Q1</span>”</span></p>
<p>This will create the directory <code class="filename">pkgsrc/</code>
in your <code class="filename">/usr/</code> directory and all the package source
will be stored under <code class="filename">/usr/pkgsrc/</code>.</p>
<p>To fetch the pkgsrc current branch, run:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">$</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd /usr && cvs -q -z2 -d anoncvs@anoncvs.NetBSD.org:/cvsroot checkout -P pkgsrc</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>Refer to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.NetBSD.org/mirrors/" target="_top">list of available mirrors</a> to choose a faster CVS mirror, if needed.</p>
<p>If you get error messages from <code class="literal">rsh</code>, you need to set CVS_RSH variable. E.g.:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">$</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd /usr && env CVS_RSH=ssh cvs -q -z2 -d anoncvs@anoncvs.NetBSD.org:/cvsroot checkout -P pkgsrc</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>Refer to documentation on your command shell how to set CVS_RSH=ssh permanently.
For Bourne shells, you can set it in your <code class="filename">.profile</code>
or better globally in <code class="filename">/etc/profile</code>:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
# set CVS remote shell command
CVS_RSH=ssh
export CVS_RSH
</pre>
<p>By default, CVS doesn't do things like most people would expect it to do.
But there is a way to convince CVS, by creating a file called <code class="filename">.cvsrc</code>
in your home directory and saving the following lines to it.
This file will save you lots of headache and some bug reports, so we strongly recommend it.
You can find an explanation of this file in the CVS documentation.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
# recommended CVS configuration file from the pkgsrc guide
cvs -q -z2
checkout -P
update -dP
diff -upN
rdiff -u
release -d
</pre>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="uptodate"></a>2.2. Keeping pkgsrc up-to-date</h2></div></div></div>
<p>The preferred way to keep pkgsrc up-to-date is via CVS
(which also works if you have first installed it via a tar
file). It saves bandwidth and hard disk activity, compared to
downloading the tar file again.</p>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="uptodate-tar"></a>2.2.1. Via tar files</h3></div></div></div>
<div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Warning</h3>
<p>When updating from a tar file, you first need to
completely remove the old pkgsrc directory. Otherwise those
files that have been removed from pkgsrc in the mean time will
not be removed on your local disk, resulting in inconsistencies.
When removing the old files, any changes that you have done to
the pkgsrc files will be lost after updating. Therefore updating
via CVS is strongly recommended.</p>
</div>
<p>Note that by default the distfiles and the binary packages
are saved in the pkgsrc tree, so don't forget to rescue them
before updating. You can also configure pkgsrc to use other than
the default directories by setting the
<code class="varname">DISTDIR</code> and <code class="varname">PACKAGES</code>
variables. See <a class="xref" href="#configuring" title="Chapter 5. Configuring pkgsrc">Chapter 5, <i>Configuring pkgsrc</i></a> for the details.</p>
<p>To update pkgsrc from a tar file, download the tar file as
explained above. Then, make sure that you have not made any
changes to the files in the pkgsrc directory. Remove the pkgsrc
directory and extract the new tar file. Done.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="uptodate-cvs"></a>2.2.2. Via CVS</h3></div></div></div>
<p>To update pkgsrc via CVS, change to the <code class="filename">pkgsrc</code> directory and run cvs:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">$</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd /usr/pkgsrc && cvs update -dP</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>If you get error messages from <code class="literal">rsh</code>, you need to set CVS_RSH variable as described above. E.g.:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">$</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd /usr/pkgsrc && env CVS_RSH=ssh cvs up -dP</code></strong>
</pre>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="uptodate-cvs-switch"></a>2.2.2.1. Switching between different pkgsrc branches</h4></div></div></div>
<p>When updating pkgsrc, the CVS program keeps track of the
branch you selected. But if you, for whatever reason, want to
switch from the stable branch to the current one, you can do it
by adding the option <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">-A</span>”</span> after the
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">update</span>”</span> keyword. To switch from the current branch
back to the stable branch, add the
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">-rpkgsrc-2009Q3</span>”</span> option.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="uptodate-cvs-changes"></a>2.2.2.2. What happens to my changes when updating?</h4></div></div></div>
<p>When you update pkgsrc, the CVS program will only touch
those files that are registered in the CVS repository. That
means that any packages that you created on your own will stay
unmodified. If you change files that are managed by CVS, later
updates will try to merge your changes with those that have been
done by others. See the CVS manual, chapter
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">update</span>”</span> for details.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="platforms"></a>Chapter 3. Using pkgsrc on systems other than NetBSD</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#binarydist">3.1. Binary distribution</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bootstrapping-pkgsrc">3.2. Bootstrapping pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-notes">3.3. Platform-specific notes</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#cygwin">3.3.1. Cygwin</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#darwin">3.3.2. Darwin (Mac OS X)</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#freebsd">3.3.3. FreeBSD</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gnukfreebsd">3.3.4. GNU/kFreeBSD</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#interix">3.3.5. Interix</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#irix">3.3.6. IRIX</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#linux">3.3.7. Linux</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mirbsd">3.3.8. MirBSD</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#openbsd">3.3.9. OpenBSD</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#solaris">3.3.10. Solaris</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="binarydist"></a>3.1. Binary distribution</h2></div></div></div>
<p>See <a class="xref" href="#using-pkg" title="4.1. Using binary packages">Section 4.1, “Using binary packages”</a>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="bootstrapping-pkgsrc"></a>3.2. Bootstrapping pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div>
<p>pkgsrc can be bootstrapped for use in two different modes:
privileged and unprivileged one. In unprivileged mode in contrast
to privileged one all programs are installed under one particular user
and cannot utilise privileged operations (packages don't create
special users and all special file permissions like setuid are ignored).
</p>
<p>Installing the bootstrap kit from source should be as simple as:</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>env CVS_RSH=ssh cvs -d anoncvs@anoncvs.NetBSD.org:/cvsroot checkout -P pkgsrc</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd pkgsrc/bootstrap</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>./bootstrap</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>To bootstrap in unprivileged mode pass <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">--unprivileged</span>”</span> flag to <span class="command"><strong>bootstrap</strong></span></p>
<p>By default, in privileged mode pkgsrc uses
<code class="filename">/usr/pkg</code> for <span class="emphasis"><em>prefix</em></span>
where programs will be installed in,
and <code class="filename">/var/db/pkg</code> for the package database
directory where pkgsrc will do its internal bookkeeping,
<code class="filename">/var</code> is used as <span class="emphasis"><em>varbase</em></span>,
where packages install their persistent data.
In unprivileged mode pkgsrc uses
<code class="filename">~/pkg</code> for <span class="emphasis"><em>prefix</em></span>,
<code class="filename">~/pkg/var/db/pkg</code> for the package database,
and <code class="filename">~/pkg/var</code> for <span class="emphasis"><em>varbase</em></span>.
</p>
<p>You can change default layout using command-line arguments.
Run <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">./bootstrap --help</span>”</span> to get details.
</p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>The bootstrap installs a <span class="command"><strong>bmake</strong></span> tool.
Use this <span class="command"><strong>bmake</strong></span> when building via pkgsrc.
For examples in this guide, use <span class="command"><strong>bmake</strong></span>
instead of <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">make</span>”</span>.</p>
</div>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>It is possible to bootstrap multiple instances of pkgsrc
using non-intersecting directories. Use <span class="command"><strong>bmake</strong></span>
corresponding to the installation you're working with to build
and install packages.
</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="platform-specific-notes"></a>3.3. Platform-specific notes</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Here are some platform-specific notes you should be aware of.</p>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="cygwin"></a>3.3.1. Cygwin</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Cygwin 1.7.x and later are supported.</p>
<p>You need to install minimal base packages in `Base' category
plus any of compiler, gcc, gcc4, and/or clang.
For gcc and gcc4, C and C++ compiler will be installed by default,
but you can install Fortran compiler additionally
because it will be required to use libtool.
If it is not installed (or too old), Fortran compiler will be
installed with pkgsrc automatically.</p>
<p>As noted in
<a class="ulink" href="http://cygwin.com/faq-nochunks.html#faq.using.su" target="_top">Cygwin FAQ: `Why doesn't su work?'</a>,
su(1) command has been in Cygwin distribution, but it has never worked.
Unless you bootstrap pkgsrc with the --unprivileged option, workaround is:
</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Right click "Cygwin Terminal" in your Start Menu,
then pick "Run as administrator".</p></li></ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="darwin"></a>3.3.2. Darwin (Mac OS X)</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Darwin 5.x and up are supported.</p>
<p>Before you start, you need to download and install
the Mac OS X Developer Tools from Apple's Developer Connection.
This requires (free) membership. See
<a class="ulink" href="http://developer.apple.com/macosx/" target="_top">http://developer.apple.com/macosx/</a>
for details. Also, make sure you install X11 (an optional
package included with the Developer Tools) if you intend
to build packages that use the X11 Window System.
(If you don't want or need the full Xcode GUI,
download and install Command Line Tools for Xcode.)</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="freebsd"></a>3.3.3. FreeBSD</h3></div></div></div>
<p>FreeBSD 8.3 and 9.0 have been tested and are supported,
other versions may work.</p>
<p>Care should be taken so that the tools that this kit installs do not conflict
with the FreeBSD userland tools. There are several steps:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>FreeBSD stores its ports pkg database in
<code class="filename">/var/db/pkg</code>. It is therefore
recommended that you choose a different location (e.g.
<code class="filename">/usr/pkgdb</code>) by
using the --pkgdbdir option to the bootstrap script.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>If you do not intend to use the FreeBSD ports tools, it's probably a
good idea to move them out of the way to avoid confusion, e.g.</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd /usr/sbin</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mv pkg_add pkg_add.orig</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mv pkg_create pkg_create.orig</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mv pkg_delete pkg_delete.orig</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mv pkg_info pkg_info.orig</code></strong>
</pre>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>An example <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> file will be placed in
<code class="filename">/etc/mk.conf.example</code> file
when you use the bootstrap script.</p></li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="gnukfreebsd"></a>3.3.4. GNU/kFreeBSD</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Debian GNU/kFreeBSD is the only GNU/kFreeBSD distribution now.
Debian GNU/kFreeBSD 7.0 or later is tested and supported.</p>
<p> You should install ncurses (libncurses and libncurses-dev)
packages.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="interix"></a>3.3.5. Interix</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Interix is a POSIX-compatible subsystem for the Windows NT kernel,
providing a Unix-like environment with a tighter kernel integration than
available with Cygwin. It is part of the Windows Services for Unix
package, available for free for any licensed copy of Windows 2000, XP
(not including XP Home), or 2003. SFU can be downloaded from <a class="ulink" href="http://www.microsoft.com/windows/sfu/" target="_top">http://www.microsoft.com/windows/sfu/</a>.</p>
<p>Services for Unix 3.5 has been tested. 3.0 or 3.1 may work, but
are not officially supported. (The main difference in 3.0/3.1 is lack
of pthreads, but other parts of libc may also be lacking.)</p>
<p>Services for Unix Applications (aka SUA) is an integrated
component of Windows Server 2003 R2 (5.2), Windows Vista and
Windows Server 2008 (6.0), Windows 7 and Windows Server 2008 R2
(6.1). As of this writing, the SUA's Interix 6.0 (32bit) and
6.1 (64bit) subsystems have been tested. Other versions may
work as well. The Interix 5.x subsystem has not yet been tested
with pkgsrc.</p>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="platform.interix-sfu-install"></a>3.3.5.1. When installing Interix/SFU</h4></div></div></div>
<p>At an absolute minimum, the following packages must be installed from
the Windows Services for Unix 3.5 distribution in order to use pkgsrc:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>Utilities -> Base Utilities</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Interix GNU Components -> (all)</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Remote Connectivity</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Interix SDK</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>When using pkgsrc on Interix, DO NOT install the Utilities subcomponent
"UNIX Perl". That is Perl 5.6 without shared module support, installed to
/usr/local, and will only cause confusion. Instead, install Perl 5.8 from
pkgsrc (or from a binary package).</p>
<p>The Remote Connectivity subcomponent "Windows Remote Shell Service" does
not need to be installed, but Remote Connectivity itself should be
installed in order to have a working inetd.</p>
<p>During installation you may be asked whether to enable setuid
behavior for Interix programs, and whether to make pathnames default to
case-sensitive. Setuid should be enabled, and case-sensitivity MUST be
enabled. (Without case-sensitivity, a large number of packages including
perl will not build.)</p>
<p>NOTE: Newer Windows service packs change the way binary execution
works (via the Data Execution Prevention feature). In order to use
pkgsrc and other gcc-compiled binaries reliably, a hotfix containing
POSIX.EXE, PSXDLL.DLL, PSXRUN.EXE, and PSXSS.EXE (899522 or newer)
must be installed. Hotfixes are available from Microsoft through a
support contract; however, Debian Interix Port has made most Interix
hotfixes available for personal use from <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian-interix.net/hotfixes/" target="_top">http://www.debian-interix.net/hotfixes/</a>.</p>
<p>In addition to the hotfix noted above, it may be necessary to
disable Data Execution Prevention entirely to make Interix functional.
This may happen only with certain types of CPUs; the cause is not fully
understood at this time. If gcc or other applications still segfault
repeatedly after installing one of the hotfixes note above, the
following option can be added to the appropriate "boot.ini" line on the
Windows boot drive: /NoExecute=AlwaysOff
(WARNING, this will disable DEP completely, which may be a security
risk if applications are often run as a user in the Administrators
group!)</p>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="platform.interix-sfu-postinstall"></a>3.3.5.2. What to do if Interix/SFU is already installed</h4></div></div></div>
<p>If SFU is already installed and you wish to alter these settings to work
with pkgsrc, note the following things.</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>To uninstall UNIX Perl, use Add/Remove Programs, select Microsoft
Windows Services for UNIX, then click Change. In the installer, choose
Add or Remove, then uncheck Utilities->UNIX Perl.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>To enable case-sensitivity for the file system, run REGEDIT.EXE, and
change the following registry key:</p>
<p>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Session Manager\kernel</p>
<p>Set the DWORD value "obcaseinsensitive" to 0; then reboot.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>To enable setuid binaries (optional), run REGEDIT.EXE, and change the
following registry key:</p>
<p>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Services for UNIX</p>
<p>Set the DWORD value "EnableSetuidBinaries" to 1; then reboot.</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="platform.interix-notes"></a>3.3.5.3. Important notes for using pkgsrc</h4></div></div></div>
<p>The package manager (either the pkgsrc "su" user, or the user
running "pkg_add") must be a member of the local Administrators
group. Such a user must also be used to run the bootstrap. This is
slightly relaxed from the normal pkgsrc requirement of "root".</p>
<p>The package manager should use a umask of 002. "make install" will
automatically complain if this is not the case. This ensures that
directories written in /var/db/pkg are Administrators-group writeable.</p>
<p>The popular Interix binary packages from http://www.interopsystems.com/
use an older version of pkgsrc's pkg_* tools. Ideally, these should
NOT be used in conjunction with pkgsrc. If you choose to use them at
the same time as the pkgsrc packages, ensure that you use the proper
pkg_* tools for each type of binary package.</p>
<p>The TERM setting used for DOS-type console windows (including those
invoked by the csh and ksh startup shortcuts) is "interix". Most systems
don't have a termcap/terminfo entry for it, but the following .termcap
entry provides adequate emulation in most cases:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
interix:kP=\E[S:kN=\E[T:kH=\E[U:dc@:DC@:tc=pcansi:
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="platform.interix-limits"></a>3.3.5.4. Limitations of the Interix platform</h4></div></div></div>
<p>Though Interix suffices as a familiar and flexible substitute
for a full Unix-like platform, it has some drawbacks that should
be noted for those desiring to make the most of Interix.</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem">
<p><span class="strong"><strong>X11:</strong></span></p>
<p>Interix comes with the standard set of X11R6 client libraries,
and can run X11 based applications, but it does
<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> come with an X server. Some options are
<a class="ulink" href="http://www.starnet.com/products/xwin32/" target="_top">StarNet X-Win32</a>,
<a class="ulink" href="http://connectivity.hummingbird.com/products/nc/exceed/" target="_top">Hummingbird Exceed</a>
(available in a trimmed version for Interix from Interop Systems as the
<a class="ulink" href="http://www.interopsystems.com/InteropXserver.htm" target="_top">Interop X Server</a>),
and the free X11 server included with
<a class="ulink" href="http://x.cygwin.com/" target="_top">Cygwin</a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p><span class="strong"><strong>X11 acceleration:</strong></span></p>
<p>Because Interix runs in a completely different NT subsystem from
Win32 applications, it does not currently support various X11
protocol extensions for acceleration (such as MIT-SHM or DGA).
Most interactive applications to a local X server will run
reasonably fast, but full motion video and other graphics
intensive applications may require a faster-than-expected CPU.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p><span class="strong"><strong>Audio:</strong></span></p>
<p>Interix has no native support for audio output. For audio
support, pkgsrc uses the <span class="command"><strong>esound</strong></span> client/server
audio system on Interix. Unlike on most platforms, the
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/audio/esound/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">audio/esound</code></a> package does
<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> contain the <span class="command"><strong>esd</strong></span>
server component. To output audio via an Interix host, the
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/emulators/cygwin_esound/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">emulators/cygwin_esound</code></a> package
must also be installed.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p><span class="strong"><strong>CD/DVDs, USB, and SCSI:</strong></span></p>
<p>Direct device access is not currently supported in Interix, so it
is not currently possible to access CD/DVD drives, USB devices,
or SCSI devices through non-filesystem means. Among other things,
this makes it impossible to use Interix directly for CD/DVD
burning.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p><span class="strong"><strong>Tape drives:</strong></span></p>
<p>Due to the same limitations as for CD-ROMs and SCSI devices, tape
drives are also not directly accessible in Interix. However,
support is in work to make tape drive access possible by using
Cygwin as a bridge (similarly to audio bridged via Cygwin's
esound server).</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="platform.interix-knownissues"></a>3.3.5.5. Known issues for pkgsrc on Interix</h4></div></div></div>
<p>It is not necessary, in general, to have a "root" user on the
Windows system; any member of the local Administrators group will
suffice. However, some packages currently assume that the user
named "root" is the privileged user. To accommodate these, you
may create such a user; make sure it is in the local group
Administrators (or your language equivalent).</p>
<p><span class="command"><strong>pkg_add</strong></span> creates directories of mode
0755, not 0775, in <code class="filename">$PKG_DBDIR</code>. For the
time being, install packages as the local Administrator (or
your language equivalent), or run the following command after
installing a package to work around the issue:</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>chmod -R g+w $PKG_DBDIR</code></strong>
</pre>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="irix"></a>3.3.6. IRIX</h3></div></div></div>
<p>You will need a working C compiler, either gcc or SGI's MIPS and MIPSpro
compiler (cc/c89). Please set the <code class="varname">CC</code> environment variable
according to your preference. If you do not have a license for the MIPSpro
compiler suite, you can download a gcc tardist file from <a class="ulink" href="http://freeware.sgi.com/" target="_top">http://freeware.sgi.com/</a>.</p>
<p>Please note that you will need IRIX 6.5.17 or higher, as this is the earliest
version of IRIX providing support for <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?if_indextoname+3+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">if_indextoname</span>(3)</span></a>, <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?if_nametoindex+3+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">if_nametoindex</span>(3)</span></a>,
etc.</p>
<p>At this point in time, pkgsrc only supports one ABI at a time. That is, you cannot
switch between the old 32-bit ABI, the new 32-bit ABI and the 64-bit ABI. If
you start out using "abi=n32", that's what all your packages will be built
with.</p>
<p>Therefore, please make sure that you have no conflicting
<code class="varname">CFLAGS</code> in your environment or the
<a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>. Particularly, make sure that you do not
try to link n32 object files with lib64 or vice versa. Check your
<code class="filename">/etc/compiler.defaults</code>!</p>
<p>If you have the actual pkgsrc tree mounted via NFS from a different host,
please make sure to set <code class="varname">WRKOBJDIR</code> to a local directory,
as it appears that IRIX linker occasionally runs into issues when trying to
link over a network-mounted file system.</p>
<p>The bootstrapping process should set all the right options for programs such
as imake(1), but you may want to set some options depending on your local
setup. Please see <code class="filename">pkgsrc/mk/defaults/mk.conf</code> and, of
course, your compiler's man pages for details.</p>
<p>If you are using SGI's MIPSPro compiler, please set
</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
PKGSRC_COMPILER= mipspro
</pre>
<p>
in <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>. Otherwise, pkgsrc will assume you
are using gcc and may end up passing invalid flags to the compiler. Note that
bootstrap should create an appropriate <code class="filename">mk.conf.example</code> by
default.</p>
<p>If you have both the MIPSPro compiler chain installed as well as gcc,
but want to make sure that MIPSPro is used, please set your <code class="varname">PATH</code>
to <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> include the location of gcc (often
<code class="filename">/usr/freeware/bin</code>), and (important) pass the
'--preserve-path' flag.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="linux"></a>3.3.7. Linux</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Some versions of Linux (for example Debian GNU/Linux) need
either libtermcap or libcurses (libncurses). Installing the
distributions libncurses-dev package (or equivalent) should fix
the problem.</p>
<p>pkgsrc supports both gcc (GNU Compiler Collection) and icc
(Intel C++ Compiler). gcc is the default. icc 8.0 and 8.1 on
i386 have been tested.</p>
<p>To bootstrap using icc, assuming the default icc installation
directory:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
env ICCBASE=/opt/intel/cc/10.1.008 ./bootstrap --compiler=icc
</pre>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>For icc 8.0 you must add `LDFLAGS=-static-libcxa' to this.</p>
<p>For icc 8.1 you must add `LDFLAGS=-i-static' instead.</p>
<p>For icc 10.1 neither of these appears to be necessary.</p>
</div>
<p>Use a value for ICCBASE that corresponds to the directory
where icc is installed. After bootstrapping, set
<code class="varname">ICCBASE</code> in <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
ICCBASE= /opt/intel/cc/10.1.008
</pre>
<p>The pkgsrc default for <code class="varname">ICCBASE</code> is
<code class="filename">/opt/intel_cc_80</code>. This is the default
install directory for icc 8.0. If you are using a more recent
version, be sure to set the correct path explicitly.
</p>
<p>pkgsrc uses the static linking method of the runtime libraries
provided by icc, so binaries can be run on other systems which do not
have the shared libraries installed.</p>
<p>Libtool, however, extracts a list of libraries from the
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?ld+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ld</span>(1)</span></a> command run when linking a C++ shared library and
records it, throwing away the -Bstatic and -Bdynamic options
interspersed between the libraries. This means that
libtool-linked C++ shared libraries will have a runtime
dependency on the icc libraries until this is fixed in
libtool.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="mirbsd"></a>3.3.8. MirBSD</h3></div></div></div>
<p>pkgsrc has been tested on MirBSD #10-current (2011 and newer).
Older versions might also work. Releases before #10 are not
supported.</p>
<p>The package tools of the (older) native ports tree,
<a class="ulink" href="//www.mirbsd.org/ports.htm" target="_top">MirPorts</a>,
have the same names as the ones used by pkgsrc. Care should be taken
that the right tools are used. When installing packages from source,
use the <code class="filename">bmake</code> command for pkgsrc and
<code class="filename">mmake</code> for MirPorts.</p>
<p>pkgsrc and MirPorts use the same location for the package
database, <code class="filename">/var/db/pkg</code>. It is strongly recommended
to use <code class="filename">/usr/pkg/db</code> instead, so that the pkgsrc
tree is self-contained. This is also the default setting used in the
binary package builds.</p>
<p>Binary packages for MirBSD/i386 can be found on the pkgsrc ftp
server. The bootstrap kit there already contains the
<span class="command"><strong>pkgin</strong></span> package manager. See the
<a class="ulink" href="https://www.mirbsd.org/pkgsrc.htm" target="_top">pkgsrc on MirOS</a>
page for more details.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="openbsd"></a>3.3.9. OpenBSD</h3></div></div></div>
<p>OpenBSD 5.1 has been tested and supported,
other versions may work.</p>
<p>Care should be taken so that the tools that this kit installs do not conflict
with the OpenBSD userland tools. There are several steps:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>OpenBSD stores its ports pkg database in
<code class="filename">/var/db/pkg</code>. It is therefore
recommended that you choose a different location (e.g.
<code class="filename">/usr/pkgdb</code>) by
using the --pkgdbdir option to the bootstrap script.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>If you do not intend to use the OpenBSD ports tools, it's probably a
good idea to move them out of the way to avoid confusion, e.g.</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd /usr/sbin</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mv pkg_add pkg_add.orig</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mv pkg_create pkg_create.orig</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mv pkg_delete pkg_delete.orig</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mv pkg_info pkg_info.orig</code></strong>
</pre>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>An example <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> file will be placed in
<code class="filename">/etc/mk.conf.example</code> file
when you use the bootstrap script. OpenBSD's make program uses
<a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>
as well. You can work around this by enclosing all the pkgsrc-specific parts
of the file with:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
.ifdef BSD_PKG_MK
# pkgsrc stuff, e.g. insert defaults/mk.conf or similar here
.else
# OpenBSD stuff
.endif
</pre>
</li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="solaris"></a>3.3.10. Solaris</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Solaris 2.6 through 10 are supported on both x86 and sparc.
You will need a working C compiler. Both gcc 4.5.3 and
Sun WorkShop 5 have been tested.</p>
<p>The following packages are required on Solaris 8 for the bootstrap
process and to build packages.</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>SUNWsprot</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>SUNWarc</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>SUNWbtool</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>SUNWtoo</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>SUNWlibm</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>Please note that the use of GNU binutils on Solaris is
<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> supported, as of June 2006.</p>
<p>Whichever compiler you use, please ensure the compiler tools and
your $prefix are in your <code class="varname">PATH</code>. This includes
<code class="filename">/usr/ccs/{bin,lib}</code>
and e.g. <code class="filename">/usr/pkg/{bin,sbin}</code>.</p>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="solaris-gcc-note"></a>3.3.10.1. If you are using gcc</h4></div></div></div>
<p>It makes life much simpler if you only use the same gcc consistently
for building all packages.</p>
<p>It is recommended that an external gcc be used only for bootstrapping,
then either build gcc from
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/lang/gcc46/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">lang/gcc46</code></a> or install a binary gcc
package, then remove gcc used during bootstrapping.</p>
<p>Binary packages of gcc can be found through <a class="ulink" href="http://www.sunfreeware.com/" target="_top">http://www.sunfreeware.com/</a>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="solaris-sun-workshop-note"></a>3.3.10.2. If you are using Sun WorkShop</h4></div></div></div>
<p>You will need at least the following packages installed (from WorkShop
5.0)</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>SPROcc
- Sun WorkShop Compiler C 5.0</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>SPROcpl
- Sun WorkShop Compiler C++ 5.0</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>SPROild
- Sun WorkShop Incremental Linker</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>SPROlang
- Sun WorkShop Compilers common components</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>You should set the following variables in your
<a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> file:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
CC= cc
CXX= CC
CPP= cc -E
CXXCPP= CC -E
</pre>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>The <code class="varname">CPP</code> setting might break some
packages that use the C preprocessor for processing things other
than C source code.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="solaris-sunpro-64"></a>3.3.10.3. Building 64-bit binaries with SunPro</h4></div></div></div>
<p>To build 64-bit packages, you just need to have the
following lines in your <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> file:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
PKGSRC_COMPILER= sunpro
ABI= 64
</pre>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>This setting has been tested for the SPARC
architecture. Intel and AMD machines need some more
work.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="plat.sunos.problems"></a>3.3.10.4. Common problems</h4></div></div></div>
<p>Sometimes, when using <span class="command"><strong>libtool</strong></span>,
<code class="filename">/bin/ksh</code> crashes with a segmentation fault.
The workaround is to use another shell for the configure
scripts, for example by installing <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/shells/bash/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">shells/bash</code></a> and adding the following lines
to your <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
CONFIG_SHELL= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/bash
WRAPPER_SHELL= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/bash
</pre>
<p>Then, rebuild the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/devel/libtool-base/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">devel/libtool-base</code></a> package.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="using"></a>Chapter 4. Using pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-pkg">4.1. Using binary packages</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#finding-binary-packages">4.1.1. Finding binary packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-binary-packages">4.1.2. Installing binary packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using.pkg_delete">4.1.3. Deinstalling packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using.pkg_info">4.1.4. Getting information about installed packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#vulnerabilities">4.1.5. Checking for security vulnerabilities in installed packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pkg_versions">4.1.6. Finding if newer versions of your installed packages are in pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using.pkg_admin">4.1.7. Other administrative functions</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#a-word-of-warning">4.1.8. A word of warning</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#building-packages-from-source">4.2. Building packages from source</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#requirements">4.2.1. Requirements</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fetching-distfiles">4.2.2. Fetching distfiles</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#how-to-build-and-install">4.2.3. How to build and install</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl>
</div>
<p>Basically, there are two ways of using pkgsrc. The first
is to only install the package tools and to use binary packages
that someone else has prepared. This is the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pkg</span>”</span>
in pkgsrc. The second way is to install the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">src</span>”</span>
of pkgsrc, too. Then you are able to build your own packages,
and you can still use binary packages from someone else.</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="using-pkg"></a>4.1. Using binary packages</h2></div></div></div>
<p>On the <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/" target="_top">ftp.NetBSD.org</a>
server and its mirrors, there are collections of binary packages,
ready to be installed. These binary packages have been built using the
default settings for the directories, that is:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">/usr/pkg</code> for <code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code>, where most of the files are installed,</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">/usr/pkg/etc</code> for configuration files,</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">/var</code> for <code class="varname">VARBASE</code>, where those files are installed that may change after installation.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>If you cannot use these directories for whatever reasons (maybe
because you're not root), you cannot use these binary packages, but
have to build the packages yourself, which is explained in <a class="xref" href="#bootstrapping-pkgsrc" title="3.2. Bootstrapping pkgsrc">Section 3.2, “Bootstrapping pkgsrc”</a>.</p>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="finding-binary-packages"></a>4.1.1. Finding binary packages</h3></div></div></div>
<p>To install binary packages, you first need to know from where
to get them. The first place where you should look is on the main
pkgsrc FTP server in the directory <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/packages/" target="_top"><code class="filename">/pub/pkgsrc/packages</code></a>.</p>
<p>This directory contains binary packages for multiple
platforms. First, select your operating system. (Ignore the
directories with version numbers attached to it, they just exist for
legacy reasons.) Then, select your hardware architecture, and in the
third step, the OS version and the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">version</span>”</span> of pkgsrc.</p>
<p>In this directory, you often find a file called
<code class="filename">bootstrap.tar.gz</code> which contains the package
management tools. If the file is missing, it is likely that your
operating system already provides those tools. Download the file and
extract it in the <code class="filename">/</code> directory. It will create
the directories <code class="filename">/usr/pkg</code> (containing the tools
for managing binary packages) and <code class="filename">/var/db/pkg</code>
(the database of installed packages).</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="installing-binary-packages"></a>4.1.2. Installing binary packages</h3></div></div></div>
<p>In the directory from the last section, there is a
subdirectory called <code class="filename">All</code>, which contains all the
binary packages that are available for the platform, excluding those
that may not be distributed via FTP or CDROM (depending on which
medium you are using).</p>
<p>To install packages directly from an FTP or HTTP server, run
the following commands in a Bourne-compatible shell (be sure to
<span class="command"><strong>su</strong></span> to root first):</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>PATH="/usr/pkg/sbin:$PATH"</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>PKG_PATH="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/packages/<em class="replaceable"><code>OPSYS</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>ARCH</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>VERSIONS</code></em>/All"</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>export PATH PKG_PATH</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>Instead of URLs, you can also use local paths, for example if
you are installing from a set of CDROMs, DVDs or an NFS-mounted
repository. If you want to install packages from multiple sources,
you can separate them by a semicolon in
<code class="varname">PKG_PATH</code>.</p>
<p>After these preparations, installing a package is very
easy:</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>pkg_add openoffice2</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>pkg_add kde-3.5.7</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>pkg_add ap2-php5-*</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>Note that any prerequisite packages needed to run the
package in question will be installed, too, assuming they are
present where you install from.</p>
<p>Adding packages might install vulnerable packages.
Thus you should run <span class="command"><strong>pkg_admin audit</strong></span>
regularly, especially after installing new packages, and verify
that the vulnerabilities are acceptable for your configuration.</p>
<p>After you've installed packages, be sure to have
<code class="filename">/usr/pkg/bin</code> and <code class="filename">/usr/pkg/sbin</code> in your
<code class="varname">PATH</code> so you can actually start the just
installed program.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="using.pkg_delete"></a>4.1.3. Deinstalling packages</h3></div></div></div>
<p>To deinstall a package, it does not matter whether it was
installed from source code or from a binary package. The
<span class="command"><strong>pkg_delete</strong></span> command does not know it anyway.
To delete a package, you can just run <span class="command"><strong>pkg_delete
<em class="replaceable"><code>package-name</code></em></strong></span>. The package
name can be given with or without version number. Wildcards can
also be used to deinstall a set of packages, for example
<code class="literal">*emacs*</code>. Be sure to include them in quotes,
so that the shell does not expand them before
<code class="literal">pkg_delete</code> sees them.</p>
<p>The <code class="option">-r</code> option is very powerful: it
removes all the packages that require the package in question
and then removes the package itself. For example:
</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>pkg_delete -r jpeg</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>
will remove jpeg and all the packages that used it; this allows
upgrading the jpeg package.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="using.pkg_info"></a>4.1.4. Getting information about installed packages</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The <span class="command"><strong>pkg_info</strong></span> shows information about
installed packages or binary package files.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="vulnerabilities"></a>4.1.5. Checking for security vulnerabilities in installed packages</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
The NetBSD Security-Officer and Packages Groups maintain a list of
known security vulnerabilities to packages which are (or have been)
included in pkgsrc. The list is available from the NetBSD
FTP site at <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/distfiles/vulnerabilities" target="_top">ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/distfiles/vulnerabilities</a>.
</p>
<p>
Through <span class="command"><strong>pkg_admin fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities</strong></span>,
this list can be downloaded
automatically, and a security audit of all packages installed on a system
can take place.
</p>
<p>
There are two components to auditing. The first
step, <span class="command"><strong>pkg_admin fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities</strong></span>,
is for downloading
the list of vulnerabilities from the NetBSD FTP site. The second
step, <span class="command"><strong>pkg_admin audit</strong></span>, checks to see if any of your
installed packages are vulnerable. If a package is vulnerable, you
will see output similar to the following:
</p>
<pre class="screen">Package samba-2.0.9 has a local-root-shell vulnerability, see
http://www.samba.org/samba/whatsnew/macroexploit.html</pre>
<p>
You may wish to have the
<a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/distfiles/vulnerabilities" target="_top">vulnerabilities</a>
file downloaded daily so that
it remains current. This may be done by adding an appropriate entry
to the root users <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?crontab+5+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">crontab</span>(5)</span></a> entry. For example the entry
</p>
<pre class="screen">
# download vulnerabilities file
0 3 * * * /usr/sbin/pkg_admin fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities >/dev/null 2>&1
</pre>
<p>
will update the vulnerability list every day at 3AM. You may wish to do
this more often than once a day.
In addition, you may wish to run the package audit from the daily
security script. This may be accomplished by adding the following
line to <code class="filename">/etc/security.local</code>:
</p>
<pre class="screen">
/usr/sbin/pkg_admin audit
</pre>
<p>
</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="pkg_versions"></a>4.1.6. Finding if newer versions of your installed packages are in pkgsrc</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
Install <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/lintpkgsrc/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/lintpkgsrc</code></a> and run
<span class="command"><strong>lintpkgsrc</strong></span> with the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">-i</span>”</span>
argument to check if your packages are up-to-date, e.g.
</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>lintpkgsrc -i</code></strong>
...
Version mismatch: 'tcsh' 6.09.00 vs 6.10.00
</pre>
<p>You can then use <span class="command"><strong>make update</strong></span> to update the
package on your system and rebuild any dependencies.
</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="using.pkg_admin"></a>4.1.7. Other administrative functions</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The <span class="command"><strong>pkg_admin</strong></span> executes various
administrative functions on the package system.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="a-word-of-warning"></a>4.1.8. A word of warning</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Please pay very careful attention to the warnings
expressed in the <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_add+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_add</span>(1)</span></a> manual page about the
inherent dangers of installing binary packages which you did
not create yourself, and the security holes that can be
introduced onto your system by indiscriminate adding of such
files.</p>
<p>The same warning of course applies to every package you
install from source when you haven't completely read and
understood the source code of the package, the compiler that
is used to build the package and all the other tools that are
involved.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="building-packages-from-source"></a>4.2. Building packages from source</h2></div></div></div>
<p>After obtaining pkgsrc, the <code class="filename">pkgsrc</code>
directory now contains a set of packages, organized into
categories. You can browse the online index of packages, or run
<span class="command"><strong>make readme</strong></span> from the <code class="filename">pkgsrc</code>
directory to build local <code class="filename">README.html</code> files for
all packages, viewable with any web browser such as <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/www/lynx/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">www/lynx</code></a> or <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/www/firefox/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">www/firefox</code></a>.</p>
<p>The default <span class="emphasis"><em>prefix</em></span> for installed packages
is <code class="filename">/usr/pkg</code>. If you wish to change this, you
should do so by setting <code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code> in
<a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>. You should not try to use multiple
different <code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code> definitions on the same
system (inside a chroot is an exception). </p>
<p>The rest of this chapter assumes that the package is already
in pkgsrc. If it is not, see <a class="xref" href="#developers-guide" title="Part II. The pkgsrc developer's guide">Part II, “The pkgsrc developer's guide”</a> for
instructions how to create your own packages.</p>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="requirements"></a>4.2.1. Requirements</h3></div></div></div>
<p>To build packages from source, you need a working C
compiler. On NetBSD, you need to install the
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">comp</span>”</span> and the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">text</span>”</span> distribution
sets. If you want to build X11-related packages, the
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">xbase</span>”</span> and <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">xcomp</span>”</span> distribution
sets are required, too.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="fetching-distfiles"></a>4.2.2. Fetching distfiles</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The first step for building a package is downloading the
distfiles (i.e. the unmodified source). If they have not yet been
downloaded, pkgsrc will fetch them automatically.</p>
<p>If you have all files that you need in the
<code class="filename">distfiles</code> directory,
you don't need to connect. If the distfiles are on CD-ROM, you can
mount the CD-ROM on <code class="filename">/cdrom</code> and add:
</p>
<pre class="screen">DISTDIR=/cdrom/pkgsrc/distfiles</pre>
<p>
to your <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>.</p>
<p>By default a list of distribution sites will be randomly
intermixed to prevent huge load on servers which holding popular
packages (for example, SourceForge.net mirrors). Thus, every
time when you need to fetch yet another distfile all the mirrors
will be tried in new (random) order. You can turn this feature
off by setting <code class="varname">MASTER_SORT_RANDOM=NO</code> (for
<code class="varname">PKG_DEVELOPER</code>s it's already disabled).</p>
<p>You can overwrite some of the major distribution sites to
fit to sites that are close to your own. By setting one or two
variables you can modify the order in which the master sites are
accessed. <code class="varname">MASTER_SORT</code> contains a whitespace
delimited list of domain suffixes.
<code class="varname">MASTER_SORT_REGEX</code> is even more flexible, it
contains a whitespace delimited list of regular expressions. It
has higher priority than <code class="varname">MASTER_SORT</code>. Have a
look at <code class="filename">pkgsrc/mk/defaults/mk.conf</code> to find
some examples. This may save some of your bandwidth and
time.</p>
<p>You can change these settings either in your shell's environment, or,
if you want to keep the settings, by editing the
<a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> file,
and adding the definitions there.</p>
<p>
If a package depends on many other packages (such as
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/meta-pkgs/kde3/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">meta-pkgs/kde3</code></a>), the build process may
alternate between periods of
downloading source, and compiling. To ensure you have all the source
downloaded initially you can run the command:
</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make fetch-list | sh</code></strong></pre>
<p>
which will output and run a set of shell commands to fetch the
necessary files into the <code class="filename">distfiles</code> directory. You can
also choose to download the files manually.
</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="how-to-build-and-install"></a>4.2.3. How to build and install</h3></div></div></div>
<p>
Once the software has downloaded, any patches will be applied, then it
will be compiled for you. This may take some time depending on your
computer, and how many other packages the software depends on and their
compile time.
</p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>If using bootstrap or pkgsrc on a non-NetBSD system,
use the pkgsrc <span class="command"><strong>bmake</strong></span> command instead of
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">make</span>”</span> in the examples in this guide.</p>
</div>
<p>For example, type</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd misc/figlet</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>at the shell prompt to build the various components of the
package.</p>
<p>The next stage is to actually install the newly compiled
program onto your system. Do this by entering:
</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make install</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>
while you are still in the directory for whatever package you
are installing.</p>
<p>Installing the package on your system may require you to
be root. However, pkgsrc has a
<span class="emphasis"><em>just-in-time-su</em></span> feature, which allows you
to only become root for the actual installation step.</p>
<p>That's it, the software should now be installed and setup for use.
You can now enter:
</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make clean</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>
to remove the compiled files in the work directory, as you shouldn't need
them any more. If other packages were also added to your system
(dependencies) to allow your program to compile, you can tidy these up
also with the command:</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make clean-depends</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>Taking the figlet utility as an example, we can install it on our
system by building as shown in <a class="xref" href="#logs" title="Appendix B. Build logs">Appendix B, <i>Build logs</i></a>.</p>
<p>The program is installed under the default root of the
packages tree - <code class="filename">/usr/pkg</code>. Should this not
conform to your tastes, set the <code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code>
variable in your environment, and it will use that value as the
root of your packages tree. So, to use
<code class="filename">/usr/local</code>, set
<code class="varname">LOCALBASE=/usr/local</code> in your environment.
Please note that you should use a directory which is dedicated to
packages and not shared with other programs (i.e., do not try and
use <code class="varname">LOCALBASE=/usr</code>). Also, you should not try
to add any of your own files or directories (such as
<code class="filename">src/</code>, <code class="filename">obj/</code>, or
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/</code>) below the
<code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code> tree. This is to prevent possible
conflicts between programs and other files installed by the
package system and whatever else may have been installed
there.</p>
<p>Some packages look in <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> to
alter some configuration options at build time. Have a look at
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/mk/defaults/mk.conf</code> to get an overview
of what will be set there by default. Environment variables such
as <code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code> can be set in
<a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> to save having to remember to
set them each time you want to use pkgsrc.</p>
<p>Occasionally, people want to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">look under the
covers</span>”</span> to see what is going on when a package is building
or being installed. This may be for debugging purposes, or out of
simple curiosity. A number of utility values have been added to
help with this.</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem">
<p>If you invoke the <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a> command with
<code class="varname">PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL=2</code>, then a huge amount of
information will be displayed. For example,</p>
<pre class="screen"><strong class="userinput"><code>make patch PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL=2</code></strong></pre>
<p>will show all the commands that are invoked, up to and
including the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">patch</span>”</span> stage.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>If you want to know the value of a certain <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a>
definition, then the <code class="varname">VARNAME</code> definition
should be used, in conjunction with the show-var
target. e.g. to show the expansion of the <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a>
variable <code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code>:</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make show-var VARNAME=LOCALBASE</code></strong>
/usr/pkg
<code class="prompt">%</code>
</pre>
</li>
</ol></div>
<p>If you want to install a binary package that you've either
created yourself (see next section), that you put into
pkgsrc/packages manually or that is located on a remote FTP
server, you can use the "bin-install" target. This target will
install a binary package - if available - via <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_add+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_add</span>(1)</span></a>,
else do a <span class="command"><strong>make package</strong></span>. The list of remote FTP
sites searched is kept in the variable
<code class="varname">BINPKG_SITES</code>, which defaults to
ftp.NetBSD.org. Any flags that should be added to <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_add+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_add</span>(1)</span></a>
can be put into <code class="varname">BIN_INSTALL_FLAGS</code>. See
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/mk/defaults/mk.conf</code> for more
details.</p>
<p>A final word of warning: If you set up a system that has a
non-standard setting for <code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code>, be sure to
set that before any packages are installed, as you cannot use
several directories for the same purpose. Doing so will result in
pkgsrc not being able to properly detect your installed packages,
and fail miserably. Note also that precompiled binary packages are
usually built with the default <code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code> of
<code class="filename">/usr/pkg</code>, and that you should
<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> install any if you use a non-standard
<code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code>.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="configuring"></a>Chapter 5. Configuring pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-configuration">5.1. General configuration</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#variables-affecting-build">5.2. Variables affecting the build process</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#variables-affecting-installation">5.3. Variables affecting the installation process</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf.compiler">5.4. Selecting and configuring the compiler</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#selecting-the-compiler">5.4.1. Selecting the compiler</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf.cflags">5.4.2. Additional flags to the compiler (<code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>)</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf.ldflags">5.4.3. Additional flags to the linker (<code class="varname">LDFLAGS</code>)</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#developer-advanced-settings">5.5. Developer/advanced settings</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#selecting-build-options">5.6. Selecting Build Options</a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<a name="mk.conf"></a><p>The whole pkgsrc system is configured in a single file, usually
called <code class="filename">mk.conf</code>. In which directory pkgsrc looks for
that file depends on the installation. On NetBSD, when you use
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a> from the base system, it is in the directory
<code class="filename">/etc/</code>. In all other cases the default location is
<code class="literal">${PREFIX}/etc/</code>, depending on where you told the
bootstrap program to install the binary packages.</p>
<p>During the bootstrap, an example configuration file is created. To
use that, you have to create the directory
<code class="filename">${PREFIX}/etc</code> and copy the example file
there.</p>
<p>The format of the configuration file is that of the usual
BSD-style <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s. The whole pkgsrc configuration
is done by setting variables in this file. Note that you can define all
kinds of variables, and no special error checking (for example for
spelling mistakes) takes place, so you have to try it out to see if it
works.</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="general-configuration"></a>5.1. General configuration</h2></div></div></div>
<p>In this section, you can find some variables that apply to all
pkgsrc packages. A complete list of the variables that can be
configured by the user is available in
<code class="filename">mk/defaults/mk.conf</code>, together with some
comments that describe each variable's intent.</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code>: Where
packages will be installed. The default is
<code class="filename">/usr/pkg</code>. Do not mix binary packages
with different <code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code>s!</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">CROSSBASE</code>: Where
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">cross</span>”</span> category packages will be
installed. The default is
<code class="filename">${LOCALBASE}/cross</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">X11BASE</code>: Where
X11 is installed on the system. The default is
<code class="filename">/usr/X11R6</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">DISTDIR</code>: Where to store the
downloaded copies of the original source distributions used
for building pkgsrc packages. The default is
<code class="filename">${PKGSRCDIR}/distfiles</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_DBDIR</code>: Where the
database about installed packages is stored. The default is
<code class="filename">/var/db/pkg</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE</code>:
If set, override the packages'
<code class="varname">MASTER_SITES</code> with this value.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">MASTER_SITE_BACKUP</code>:
Backup location(s) for distribution files and patch files
if not found locally or in
<code class="filename">${MASTER_SITES}</code> or
<code class="filename">${PATCH_SITES}</code> respectively.
The defaults are
<code class="filename">ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/distfiles/${DIST_SUBDIR}/</code>
and
<code class="filename">ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/distfiles/${DIST_SUBDIR}/</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">BINPKG_SITES</code>:
List of sites carrying binary pkgs. <em class="replaceable"><code>rel</code></em> and
<em class="replaceable"><code>arch</code></em> are replaced with OS
release (<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">2.0</span>”</span>, etc.) and architecture
(<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">mipsel</span>”</span>, etc.).</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES</code>:
List of acceptable licenses. License names are case-sensitive.
Whenever you try to build a package whose license is not in this
list, you will get an error message. If the license condition is
simple enough, the error message will include specific
instructions on how to change this variable.</p></li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="variables-affecting-build"></a>5.2. Variables affecting the build process</h2></div></div></div>
<p>XXX
</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PACKAGES</code>: The top level
directory for the binary packages. The default is
<code class="filename">${PKGSRCDIR}/packages</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">WRKOBJDIR</code>:
The top level directory where, if defined, the separate
working directories will get created, and symbolically
linked to from <code class="filename">${WRKDIR}</code> (see below).
This is useful for building packages on several
architectures, then <code class="filename">${PKGSRCDIR}</code>
can be NFS-mounted while <code class="filename">${WRKOBJDIR}</code>
is local to every architecture. (It should be noted that
<code class="varname">PKGSRCDIR</code> should not be set by the user
— it is an internal definition which refers to the
root of the pkgsrc tree. It is possible to have many
pkgsrc tree instances.)</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">LOCALPATCHES</code>:
Directory for local patches that aren't part of pkgsrc.
See <a class="xref" href="#components.patches" title="11.3. patches/*">Section 11.3, “patches/*”</a> for more
information.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKGMAKECONF</code>: Location of
the <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> file used by a package's
BSD-style Makefile. If this is not set,
<code class="varname">MAKECONF</code> is set to
<code class="filename">/dev/null</code> to avoid picking up
settings used by builds in <code class="filename">/usr/src</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">DEPENDS_TARGET</code>:
By default, dependencies are only installed, and no binary
package is created for them. You can set this variable to
<code class="literal">package-install</code> to automatically create binary
packages after installing dependencies.</p></li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="variables-affecting-installation"></a>5.3. Variables affecting the installation process</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Most packages support installation into a
subdirectory of <code class="varname">WRKDIR</code>. This allows a package
to be built, before the actual filesystem is touched. DESTDIR
support exists in two variations:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>Basic DESTDIR support means that the package
installation and packaging is still run as root.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Full DESTDIR support can run the complete
build, installation and packaging as normal user. Root
privileges are only needed to add packages.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>DESTDIR support is now the default. To switch back to non-DESTDIR,
you can set
<code class="varname">USE_DESTDIR=no</code>; this setting will be deprecated though,
so it's preferable to convert a package to DESTDIR instead.</p>
<p>With basic DESTDIR support, <strong class="userinput"><code>make
clean</code></strong> needs to be run as root.</p>
<p>Considering the <code class="filename">foo/bar</code> package,
DESTDIR full support can be tested using the following commands
</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
<code class="prompt">$</code> id
uid=1000(myusername) gid=100(users) groups=100(users),0(wheel)
<code class="prompt">$</code> mkdir $HOME/packages
<code class="prompt">$</code> cd $PKGSRCDIR/foo/bar
</pre>
<p>
Verify <code class="varname">DESTDIR</code> full support, no root privileges
should be needed
</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
<code class="prompt">$</code> make stage-install
</pre>
<p>
Create a package without root privileges
</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
<code class="prompt">$</code> make PACKAGES=$HOME/packages package
</pre>
<p>
For the following command, you must be able to gain root
privileges using <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?su+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">su</span>(1)</span></a>
</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
<code class="prompt">$</code> make PACKAGES=$HOME/packages install
</pre>
<p>
Then, as a simple user
</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
<code class="prompt">$</code> make clean
</pre>
<p>
</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="conf.compiler"></a>5.4. Selecting and configuring the compiler</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="selecting-the-compiler"></a>5.4.1. Selecting the compiler</h3></div></div></div>
<p>By default, pkgsrc will use GCC to build packages. This may be
overridden by setting the following variables in /etc/mk.conf:</p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">PKGSRC_COMPILER</code>:</span></dt>
<dd>
<p>This is a list of values specifying the chain of
compilers to invoke when building packages. Valid values
are:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">ccc</code>:
Compaq C Compilers (Tru64)</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">ccache</code>:
compiler cache (chainable)</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">clang</code>:
Clang C and Objective-C compiler</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">distcc</code>:
distributed C/C++ (chainable)</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">f2c</code>:
Fortran 77 to C compiler (chainable)</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">icc</code>:
Intel C++ Compiler (Linux)</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">ido</code>:
SGI IRIS Development Option cc (IRIX 5)</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">gcc</code>:
GNU C/C++ Compiler</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">hp</code>:
HP-UX C/aC++ compilers</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">mipspro</code>:
Silicon Graphics, Inc. MIPSpro (n32/n64)</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">mipspro-ucode</code>:
Silicon Graphics, Inc. MIPSpro (o32)</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">sunpro</code>:
Sun Microsystems, Inc. WorkShip/Forte/Sun ONE Studio</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">xlc</code>:
IBM's XL C/C++ compiler suite (Darwin/MacOSX)</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>The default is
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="varname">gcc</code></span>”</span>. You can use
<code class="varname">ccache</code> and/or
<code class="varname">distcc</code> with an appropriate
<code class="varname">PKGSRC_COMPILER</code> setting,
e.g. <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="varname">ccache gcc</code></span>”</span>. This
variable should always be terminated with a value for
a real compiler. Note that only one real compiler
should be listed (e.g. <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="varname">sunpro gcc</code></span>”</span>
is not allowed).</p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">GCC_REQD</code>:</span></dt>
<dd><p>This specifies the minimum version of GCC to use
when building packages. If the system GCC doesn't
satisfy this requirement, then pkgsrc will build and
install one of the GCC packages to use instead.</p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="conf.cflags"></a>5.4.2. Additional flags to the compiler (<code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>)</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If you wish to set the <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code> variable,
please make sure to use the <code class="literal">+=</code> operator
instead of the <code class="literal">=</code> operator:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
CFLAGS+= -your -flags
</pre>
<p>Using <code class="varname">CFLAGS=</code> (i.e. without the
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">+</span>”</span>) may lead to problems with packages that
need to add their own flags. You may want to take a look
at the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/devel/cpuflags/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">devel/cpuflags</code></a>
package if you're interested in optimization specifically
for the current CPU. </p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="conf.ldflags"></a>5.4.3. Additional flags to the linker (<code class="varname">LDFLAGS</code>)</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If you want to pass flags to the linker, both in the configure
step and the build step, you can do this in two ways. Either set
<code class="varname">LDFLAGS</code> or <code class="varname">LIBS</code>. The difference
between the two is that <code class="varname">LIBS</code> will be appended to
the command line, while <code class="varname">LDFLAGS</code> come earlier.
<code class="varname">LDFLAGS</code> is pre-loaded with rpath settings for ELF
machines depending on the setting of <code class="varname">USE_IMAKE</code> or
the inclusion of <code class="filename">mk/x11.buildlink3.mk</code>. As with
<code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>, if you do not wish to override these
settings, use the <code class="literal">+=</code> operator:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
LDFLAGS+= -your -linkerflags
</pre>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="developer-advanced-settings"></a>5.5. Developer/advanced settings</h2></div></div></div>
<p>XXX
</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem">
<p><code class="varname">PKG_DEVELOPER</code>:
Run some sanity checks that package developers want:
</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>make sure patches apply with zero
fuzz</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>run check-shlibs to see that all
binaries will find their shared libs.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>
</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_DEBUG_LEVEL</code>: The level
of debugging output which is displayed whilst making and
installing the package. The default value for this is 0,
which will not display the commands as they are executed
(normal, default, quiet operation); the value 1 will display
all shell commands before their invocation, and the value 2
will display both the shell commands before their invocation,
and their actual execution progress with <span class="command"><strong>set
-x</strong></span> will be displayed.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>
</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="selecting-build-options"></a>5.6. Selecting Build Options</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Some packages have build time options, usually to select
between different dependencies, enable optional support for big
dependencies or enable experimental features.</p>
<p>To see which options, if any, a package supports, and which
options are mutually exclusive, run <span class="command"><strong>make
show-options</strong></span>, for example:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
The following options are supported by this package:
ssl Enable SSL support.
Exactly one of the following gecko options is required:
firefox Use firefox as gecko rendering engine.
mozilla Use mozilla as gecko rendering engine.
At most one of the following database options may be selected:
mysql Enable support for MySQL database.
pgsql Enable support for PostgreSQL database.
These options are enabled by default: firefox
These options are currently enabled: mozilla ssl
</pre>
<p>The following variables can be defined in
<a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> to select which options to
enable for a package: <code class="varname">PKG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS</code>,
which can be used to select or disable options for all packages
that support them, and
<code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkgbase</code></em></code>,
which can be used to select or disable options specifically for
package <em class="replaceable"><code>pkgbase</code></em>. Options listed in
these variables are selected, options preceded by <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">-</span>”</span>
are disabled. A few examples:</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">$</code> <span class="command"><strong>grep "PKG.*OPTION" <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a></strong></span>
PKG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS= -arts -dvdread -esound
PKG_OPTIONS.kdebase= debug -sasl
PKG_OPTIONS.apache= suexec </pre>
<p>It is important to note that options that were specifically
suggested by the package maintainer must be explicitly removed if
you do not wish to include the option. If you are unsure you can view
the current state with <span class="command"><strong>make show-options</strong></span>.</p>
<p>The following settings are consulted in the order given, and
the last setting that selects or disables an option is
used:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>the default options as suggested by the package
maintainer</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>the options implied by the settings of legacy
variables (see below)</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS</code></p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkgbase</code></em></code></p></li>
</ol></div>
<p>For groups of mutually exclusive options, the last option
selected is used, all others are automatically disabled. If an
option of the group is explicitly disabled, the previously
selected option, if any, is used. It is an error if no option
from a required group of options is selected, and building the
package will fail.</p>
<p>Before the options framework was introduced, build options
were selected by setting a variable (often named
<code class="varname">USE_<em class="replaceable"><code>FOO</code></em></code>) in
<a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> for each option. To ease
transition to the options framework for the user, these legacy
variables are converted to the appropriate options setting
(<code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkgbase</code></em></code>)
automatically. A warning is issued to prompt the user to update
<a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> to use the options framework
directly. Support for the legacy variables will be removed
eventually.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="binary"></a>Chapter 6. Creating binary packages</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#building-a-single-binary-package">6.1. Building a single binary package</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#settings-for-creationg-of-binary-packages">6.2. Settings for creation of binary packages</a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="building-a-single-binary-package"></a>6.1. Building a single binary package</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Once you have built and installed a package, you can create
a <span class="emphasis"><em>binary package</em></span> which can be installed on
another system with <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_add+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_add</span>(1)</span></a>. This saves having to build
the same package on a group of hosts and wasting CPU time. It also
provides a simple means for others to install your package, should
you distribute it.</p>
<p>To create a binary package, change into the appropriate
directory in pkgsrc, and run <span class="command"><strong>make
package</strong></span>:</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd misc/figlet</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make package</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>This will build and install your package (if not already done),
and then build a binary package from what was installed. You can
then use the <span class="command"><strong>pkg_*</strong></span> tools to manipulate
it. Binary packages are created by default in
<code class="filename">/usr/pkgsrc/packages</code>, in the form of a
gzipped tar file. See <a class="xref" href="#logs.package" title="B.2. Packaging figlet">Section B.2, “Packaging figlet”</a> for a
continuation of the above <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/misc/figlet/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">misc/figlet</code></a> example.</p>
<p>See <a class="xref" href="#submit" title="Chapter 21. Submitting and Committing">Chapter 21, <i>Submitting and Committing</i></a> for information on how to submit
such a binary package.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="settings-for-creationg-of-binary-packages"></a>6.2. Settings for creation of binary packages</h2></div></div></div>
<p>See <a class="xref" href="#build.helpful-targets" title="17.17. Other helpful targets">Section 17.17, “Other helpful targets”</a>.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="bulk"></a>Chapter 7. Creating binary packages for everything in pkgsrc (bulk
builds)</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.pre">7.1. Preparations</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.pbulk">7.2. Running a pbulk-style bulk build</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bulk.pbulk.conf">7.2.1. Configuration</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bulk.req">7.3. Requirements of a full bulk build</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-cdroms">7.4. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#cdpack-example">7.4.1. Example of cdpack</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
</dl>
</div>
<p>For a number of reasons you may want to build binary packages
for a large selected set of packages in pkgsrc or even for all pkgsrc packages.
For instance, when you have multiple machines that should run the same software,
it is wasted time if they all build their packages themselves from source.
Or you may want to build a list of packages you want and check them before
deploying onto production system.
There is a way of getting a set of binary packages:
The bulk build system, or pbulk ("p" stands for "parallel).
This chapter describes how to set it up so that the packages
are most likely to be usable later.</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="bulk.pre"></a>7.1. Preparations</h2></div></div></div>
<p>First of all, you have to decide whether you build all packages
or a limited set of them. Full bulk builds usually consume a lot more resources,
both space and time, than builds for some practical sets of packages.
There exists a number of particularly heavy packages that are not actually
interesting to a wide audience.
For a limited bulk builds you need to make a list of packages you want to build.
Note, that all their dependencies will be built, so you don't need to track them manually.
</p>
<p>During bulk builds various packages are installed and deinstalled
in <code class="filename">/usr/pkg</code> (or whatever <code class="filename">LOCALBASE</code> is),
so make sure that you don't need any package during the builds.
Essentially, you should provide fresh system, either a chroot environment
or something even more restrictive, depending on what the operating system provides,
or dedicate the whole physical machine.
As a useful side effect this makes sure that bulk builds cannot
break anything in your system. There have been numerous cases where
certain packages tried to install files outside the
<code class="filename">LOCALBASE</code> or wanted to edit some files in
<code class="filename">/etc</code>.
</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="bulk.pbulk"></a>7.2. Running a pbulk-style bulk build</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Running a pbulk-style bulk build works roughly as follows:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>First, build the pbulk infrastructure in a fresh pkgsrc location.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Then, build each of the packages from a clean installation directory using the infrastructure.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="bulk.pbulk.conf"></a>7.2.1. Configuration</h3></div></div></div>
<p>To simplify configuration we provide helper script <code class="filename">mk/pbulk/pbulk.sh</code>.</p>
<p>In order to use it, prepare a clear system (real one, chroot environment, jail, zone, virtual machine).
Configure network access to fetch distribution files.
Create user with name "pbulk".</p>
<p>Fetch and extract pkgsrc. Use a command like one of these:</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>(cd /usr && ftp -o - http://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc.tar.gz | tar -zxf-)</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>(cd /usr && fetch -o - http://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc.tar.gz | tar -zxf-)</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>(cd /usr && cvs -Q -z3 -d anoncvs@anoncvs.NetBSD.org:/cvsroot get -P pkgsrc)</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>Or any other way that fits (e.g., curl, wget).</p>
<p>Deploy and configure pbulk tools, e.g.:</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>sh pbulk.sh -n # native (NetBSD)</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>sh pbulk.sh -n -c mk.conf.frag # native, apply settings from given mk.conf fragment</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>sh pbulk.sh -nlc mk.conf.frag # native, apply settings, configure for limited build</code></strong>
</pre>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p><code class="filename">mk.conf.frag</code> is a fragment of
<code class="filename">mk.conf</code> that contains settings you want to
apply to packages you build. For instance,</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
PKG_DEVELOPER= yes # perform more checks
X11_TYPE= modular # use pkgsrc X11
SKIP_LICENSE_CHECK= yes # accept all licences (useful when building all packages)
</pre>
</div>
<p>If configured for limited list, replace the list in <code class="filename">/usr/pbulk/etc/pbulk.list</code>
with your list of packages one per line without empty lines or comments. E.g.:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
www/firefox
mail/thunderbird
misc/libreoffice4
</pre>
<p>At this point you can also review configuration in <code class="filename">/usr/pbulk/etc</code>
and make final amendments, if wanted.</p>
<p>Start it:</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>/usr/pbulk/bin/bulkbuild</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>After it finishes, you'll have <code class="filename">/mnt</code> filled with distribution files, binary packages, and reports,
plain text summary in <code class="filename">/mnt/bulklog/meta/report.txt</code>
</p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>The <code class="filename">pbulk.sh</code> script does not cover all possible use cases.
While being ready to run, it serves as a good starting point to understand and build more complex setups.
The script is kept small enough for better understanding.</p>
</div>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>The <code class="filename">pbulk.sh</code> script supports running
unprivileged bulk build and helps configuring distributed bulk builds.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="bulk.req"></a>7.3. Requirements of a full bulk build</h2></div></div></div>
<p>A complete bulk build requires lots of disk space. Some of the
disk space can be read-only, some other must be writable. Some can be on
remote filesystems (such as NFS) and some should be local. Some can be
temporary filesystems, others must survive a sudden reboot.</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>40 GB for the distfiles (read-write, remote, temporary)</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>30 GB for the binary packages (read-write, remote, permanent)</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>1 GB for the pkgsrc tree (read-only, remote, permanent)</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>5 GB for <code class="filename">LOCALBASE</code> (read-write, local, temporary)</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>10 GB for the log files (read-write, remote, permanent)</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>5 GB for temporary files (read-write, local, temporary)</p></li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="creating-cdroms"></a>7.4. Creating a multiple CD-ROM packages collection</h2></div></div></div>
<p>After your pkgsrc bulk-build has completed, you may wish to
create a CD-ROM set of the resulting binary packages to assist
in installing packages on other machines. The
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/cdpack/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/cdpack</code></a> package provides
a simple tool for creating the ISO 9660 images.
<span class="command"><strong>cdpack</strong></span> arranges the packages on the CD-ROMs in a
way that keeps all the dependencies for a given package on the same
CD as that package.</p>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="cdpack-example"></a>7.4.1. Example of cdpack</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Complete documentation for cdpack is found in the cdpack(1)
man page. The following short example assumes that the binary
packages are left in
<code class="filename">/usr/pkgsrc/packages/All</code> and that
sufficient disk space exists in <code class="filename">/u2</code> to
hold the ISO 9660 images.</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mkdir /u2/images</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>pkg_add /usr/pkgsrc/packages/All/cdpack</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cdpack /usr/pkgsrc/packages/All /u2/images</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>If you wish to include a common set of files
(<code class="filename">COPYRIGHT</code>, <code class="filename">README</code>,
etc.) on each CD in the collection, then you need to create a
directory which contains these files. e.g.</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mkdir /tmp/common</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>echo "This is a README" > /tmp/common/README</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>echo "Another file" > /tmp/common/COPYING</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mkdir /tmp/common/bin</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>echo "#!/bin/sh" > /tmp/common/bin/myscript</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>echo "echo Hello world" >> /tmp/common/bin/myscript</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>chmod 755 /tmp/common/bin/myscript</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>Now create the images:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cdpack -x /tmp/common /usr/pkgsrc/packages/All /u2/images</code></strong></pre>
<p>Each image will contain <code class="filename">README</code>,
<code class="filename">COPYING</code>, and <code class="filename">bin/myscript</code>
in their root directories.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="files"></a>Chapter 8. Directory layout of the installed files</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.localbase">8.1. File system layout in <code class="literal">${LOCALBASE}</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files.varbase">8.2. File system layout in <code class="literal">${VARBASE}</code></a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<p>The files that are installed by pkgsrc are organized in a way that
is similar to what you find in the <code class="filename">/usr</code> directory
of the base system. But some details are different. This is because
pkgsrc initially came from FreeBSD and had adopted its file system
hierarchy. Later it was largely influenced by NetBSD. But no matter
which operating system you are using pkgsrc with, you can expect the
same layout for pkgsrc.</p>
<p>There are mainly four root directories for pkgsrc, which are all
configurable in the <code class="filename">bootstrap/bootstrap</code> script.
When pkgsrc has been installed as root, the default locations
are:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
LOCALBASE= /usr/pkg
PKG_SYSCONFBASE= /usr/pkg/etc
VARBASE= /var
PKG_DBDIR= /var/db/pkg
</pre>
<p>In unprivileged mode (when pkgsrc has been installed as any other
user), the default locations are:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
LOCALBASE= ${HOME}/pkg
PKG_SYSCONFBASE= ${HOME}/pkg/etc
VARBASE= ${HOME}/pkg/var
PKG_DBDIR= ${HOME}/pkg/var/db/pkg
</pre>
<p>What these four directories are for, and what they look like is
explained below.</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code> corresponds to the
<code class="filename">/usr</code> directory in the base system. It is the
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">main</span>”</span> directory where the files are installed and contains
the well-known subdirectories like <code class="filename">bin</code>,
<code class="filename">include</code>, <code class="filename">lib</code>,
<code class="filename">share</code> and
<code class="filename">sbin</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">VARBASE</code> corresponds to
<code class="filename">/var</code> in the base system. Some programs (especially
games, network daemons) need write access to it during normal
operation.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> corresponds to
<code class="filename">/etc</code> in the base system. It contains configuration
files of the packages, as well as pkgsrc's <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>
itself.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="files.localbase"></a>8.1. File system layout in <code class="literal">${LOCALBASE}</code>
</h2></div></div></div>
<p>The following directories exist in a typical pkgsrc installation
in <code class="filename">${LOCALBASE}</code>.</p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">bin</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains executable programs that are intended to be
directly used by the end user.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">emul</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains files for the emulation layers of various other
operating systems, especially for
NetBSD.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">etc</code> (the usual location of
<code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}</code>)</span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains
the configuration files.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">include</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains headers for the C and C++ programming
languages.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">info</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains GNU info files of various
packages.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">lib</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains shared and static
libraries.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">libdata</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains data files that don't change after
installation. Other data files belong into
<code class="filename">${VARBASE}</code>.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">libexec</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains programs that are not intended to be used by
end users, such as helper programs or network
daemons.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">libexec/cgi-bin</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains programs that are intended to be executed as
CGI scripts by a web server.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">man</code> (the usual value of
<code class="filename">${PKGMANDIR}</code>)</span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains brief
documentation in form of manual pages.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">sbin</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains programs that are intended to be used only by
the super-user.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">share</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains platform-independent data files that don't
change after installation.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">share/doc</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains documentation files provided by the
packages.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">share/examples</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains example files provided by the packages. Among
others, the original configuration files are saved here and copied to
<code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}</code> during
installation.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">share/examples/rc.d</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains the original files for rc.d
scripts.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">var</code> (the usual location of
<code class="filename">${VARBASE}</code>)</span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains files
that may be modified after
installation.</p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="files.varbase"></a>8.2. File system layout in <code class="literal">${VARBASE}</code>
</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">db/pkg</code> (the usual location of
<code class="filename">${PKG_DBDIR}</code>)</span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains
information about the currently installed
packages.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">games</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains highscore
files.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">log</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains log files.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">run</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Contains informational files about daemons that are
currently running.</p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="faq"></a>Chapter 9. Frequently Asked Questions</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#mailing-list-pointers">9.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgviews-docs">9.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq-pkgtools">9.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#non-root-pkgsrc">9.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#resume-transfers">9.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#x.org-from-pkgsrc">9.6. How can I install/use modular X.org from pkgsrc?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-behind-firewall">9.7. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetch-https">9.8. How to fetch files from HTTPS sites</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#passive-ftp">9.9. How do I tell <span class="command"><strong>make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fetching-all-distfiles">9.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tmac.andoc-missing">9.11. What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Don't know how to make
/usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc</span>”</span> mean?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#bsd.own.mk-missing">9.12. What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>”</span> mean?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-sudo-with-pkgsrc">9.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.conf">9.14. How do I change the location of configuration files?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#audit-packages">9.15. Automated security checks</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-cflags">9.16. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ufaq-fail">9.17. A package does not build. What shall I do?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.rcs-conflicts">9.18. What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>”</span> mean?</a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<p>This section contains hints, tips & tricks on special things in
pkgsrc that we didn't find a better place for in the previous chapters, and
it contains items for both pkgsrc users and developers.</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="mailing-list-pointers"></a>9.1. Are there any mailing lists for pkg-related discussion?</h2></div></div></div>
<p>The following mailing lists may be of interest to pkgsrc users:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://www.NetBSD.org/mailinglists/index.html#pkgsrc-users" target="_top">pkgsrc-users</a>:
This is a general purpose list for most issues regarding
pkgsrc, regardless of platform, e.g. soliciting user help
for pkgsrc configuration, unexpected build failures, using
particular packages, upgrading pkgsrc installations,
questions regarding the pkgsrc release branches, etc. General announcements or
proposals for changes that impact the pkgsrc user community,
e.g. major infrastructure changes, new features, package
removals, etc., may also be posted.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://www.NetBSD.org/mailinglists/index.html#pkgsrc-bulk" target="_top">pkgsrc-bulk</a>:
A list where the results of pkgsrc bulk builds are sent and
discussed.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://www.NetBSD.org/mailinglists/index.html#pkgsrc-changes" target="_top">pkgsrc-changes</a>:
This list is for those who are interested in getting a
commit message for every change committed to pkgsrc. It is
also available in digest form, meaning one daily message
containing all commit messages for changes to the package
source tree in that 24 hour period.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>To subscribe, do:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
<code class="prompt">%</code> echo subscribe <em class="replaceable"><code>listname</code></em> | mail majordomo@NetBSD.org
</pre>
<p>Archives for all these mailing lists are available from
<a class="ulink" href="http://mail-index.NetBSD.org/" target="_top">http://mail-index.NetBSD.org/</a>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="pkgviews-docs"></a>9.2. Where's the pkgviews documentation?</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Pkgviews is tightly integrated with buildlink. You can find a
pkgviews User's guide in
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/mk/buildlink3/PKGVIEWS_UG</code>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="faq-pkgtools"></a>9.3. Utilities for package management (pkgtools)</h2></div></div></div>
<p>The directory <code class="filename">pkgsrc/pkgtools</code> contains
a number of useful utilities for both users and developers of pkgsrc. This
section attempts only to make the reader aware of the utilities and when
they might be useful, and not to duplicate the documentation that comes
with each package.</p>
<p>Utilities used by pkgsrc (automatically installed when needed):</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/x11-links/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/x11-links</code></a>:
Symlinks for use by buildlink.</p></li></ul></div>
<p>OS tool augmentation (automatically installed when needed):</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/digest/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/digest</code></a>:
Calculates various kinds of checksums (including SHA1).</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/libnbcompat/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/libnbcompat</code></a>:
Compatibility library for pkgsrc tools.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/mtree/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/mtree</code></a>: Installed on
non-BSD systems due to lack of native mtree.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkg_install/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkg_install</code></a>:
Up-to-date replacement for
<code class="filename">/usr/sbin/pkg_install</code>, or for use on operating
systems where pkg_install is not present.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>Utilities used by pkgsrc (not automatically installed):</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkg_tarup/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkg_tarup</code></a>:
Create a binary package from an
already-installed package. Used by <span class="command"><strong>make replace</strong></span> to
save the old package.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/dfdisk/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/dfdisk</code></a>:
Adds extra functionality to pkgsrc, allowing it to fetch distfiles
from multiple locations. It currently supports the following
methods: multiple CD-ROMs and network FTP/HTTP connections.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/devel/cpuflags/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">devel/cpuflags</code></a>: Determine
the best compiler flags to optimise code for your current
CPU and compiler. </p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>Utilities for keeping track of installed packages, being up to date,
etc:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkgin/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkgin</code></a>: A package
update tool similar to apt(1). Download, install, and upgrade
binary packages easily.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkg_chk/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkg_chk</code></a>: Reports on
packages whose installed versions do not match the latest pkgsrc
entries.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkgdep/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkgdep</code></a>: Makes
dependency graphs of packages, to aid in choosing a strategy for
updating.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkgdepgraph/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkgdepgraph</code></a>: Makes
graphs from the output of <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkgdep/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkgdep</code></a> (uses graphviz).</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkglint/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkglint</code></a>: The
pkglint(1) program checks a pkgsrc entry for errors.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/lintpkgsrc/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/lintpkgsrc</code></a>: The lintpkgsrc(1) program
does various checks on the complete pkgsrc system.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkgsurvey/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkgsurvey</code></a>: Report what
packages you have installed.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>Utilities for people maintaining or creating individual packages:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkgdiff/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkgdiff</code></a>: Automate
making and maintaining patches for a package (includes pkgdiff,
pkgvi, mkpatches, etc.).</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/url2pkg/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/url2pkg</code></a>: Aids in
converting to pkgsrc.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>Utilities for people maintaining pkgsrc (or: more obscure pkg
utilities)</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkg_comp/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkg_comp</code></a>: Build
packages in a chrooted area.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/libkver/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/libkver</code></a>: Spoof
kernel version for chrooted cross builds.</p></li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="non-root-pkgsrc"></a>9.4. How to use pkgsrc as non-root</h2></div></div></div>
<p>If you want to use pkgsrc as non-root user, you can set some
variables to make pkgsrc work under these conditions. At the very least,
you need to set <code class="varname">UNPRIVILEGED</code> to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span>; this
will turn on unprivileged mode and set multiple related variables to allow
installation of packages as non-root.</p>
<p>In case the defaults are not enough, you may want to tune some other
variables used. For example, if the automatic user/group detection leads
to incorrect values (or not the ones you would like to use), you can change
them by setting <code class="varname">UNPRIVILEGED_USER</code> and
<code class="varname">UNPRIVILEGED_GROUP</code> respectively.</p>
<p>As regards bootstrapping, please note that the
<span class="command"><strong>bootstrap</strong></span> script will ease non-root configuration when
given the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">--ignore-user-check</span>”</span> flag, as it will choose and
use multiple default directories under <code class="filename">~/pkg</code> as the
installation targets. These directories can be overridden by the
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">--prefix</span>”</span> flag provided by the script, as well as some others
that allow finer tuning of the tree layout.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="resume-transfers"></a>9.5. How to resume transfers when fetching distfiles?</h2></div></div></div>
<p>By default, resuming transfers in pkgsrc is disabled, but you can
enable this feature by adding the option
<code class="varname">PKG_RESUME_TRANSFERS=YES</code> into
<a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>. If, during a fetch step, an incomplete
distfile is found, pkgsrc will try to resume it.</p>
<p>You can also
use a different program than the platform default program by changing the
<code class="varname">FETCH_USING</code> variable. You can specify the program by
using of ftp, fetch, wget or curl. Alternatively, fetching can be disabled
by using the value manual. A value of custom disables the system defaults
and dependency tracking for the fetch program. In that case you have to
provide <code class="varname">FETCH_CMD</code>, <code class="varname">FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS</code>,
<code class="varname">FETCH_RESUME_ARGS</code>, <code class="varname">FETCH_OUTPUT_ARGS</code>,
<code class="varname">FETCH_AFTER_ARGS</code>.</p>
<p>For example, if you want to use
<code class="filename">wget</code> to download, you'll have to use something
like:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
FETCH_USING= wget
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="x.org-from-pkgsrc"></a>9.6. How can I install/use modular X.org from pkgsrc?</h2></div></div></div>
<p>If you want to use modular X.org from pkgsrc instead of your system's own X11
(<code class="filename">/usr/X11R6</code>, <code class="filename">/usr/openwin</code>, ...)
you will have to add the following line into
<a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
X11_TYPE=modular
</pre>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>The DragonFly operating system defaults to using modular X.org from pkgsrc.
</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="fetch-behind-firewall"></a>9.7. How to fetch files from behind a firewall</h2></div></div></div>
<p>If you are sitting behind a firewall which does not allow direct
connections to Internet hosts (i.e. non-NAT), you may specify the
relevant proxy hosts. This is done using an environment variable in the
form of a URL, e.g. in Amdahl, the machine
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">orpheus.amdahl.com</span>”</span> is one of the firewalls, and it uses
port 80 as the proxy port number. So the proxy environment variables
are:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
ftp_proxy=ftp://orpheus.amdahl.com:80/
http_proxy=http://orpheus.amdahl.com:80/
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="fetch-https"></a>9.8. How to fetch files from HTTPS sites</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Some fetch tools are not prepared to support HTTPS by default
(for example, the one in NetBSD 6.0), or the one installed by the
pkgsrc bootstrap (to avoid an openssl dependency that low in the
dependency graph).</p>
<p>Usually you won't notice, because distribution files are
mirrored weekly to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">ftp.NetBSD.org</span>”</span>, but that might not
be often enough if you are following pkgsrc-current. In that case, set
<code class="varname">FETCH_USING</code> in your <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> file to
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">curl</span>”</span> or <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">wget</span>”</span>, which are both compiled
with HTTPS support by default. Of course, these tools need to be
installed before you can use them this way.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="passive-ftp"></a>9.9. How do I tell <span class="command"><strong>make fetch</strong></span> to do passive FTP?</h2></div></div></div>
<p>This depends on which utility is used to retrieve distfiles. From
<code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code>, <code class="varname">FETCH_CMD</code> is assigned
the first available command from the following list:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">${LOCALBASE}/bin/ftp</code></p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">/usr/bin/ftp</code></p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>On a default NetBSD installation, this will be
<code class="filename">/usr/bin/ftp</code>, which automatically tries passive
connections first, and falls back to active connections if the server
refuses to do passive. For the other tools, add the following to your
<a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> file:
<code class="varname">PASSIVE_FETCH=1</code>.</p>
<p>Having that option present will prevent
<code class="filename">/usr/bin/ftp</code> from falling back to active
transfers.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="fetching-all-distfiles"></a>9.10. How to fetch all distfiles at once</h2></div></div></div>
<p>You would like to download all the distfiles in a single batch
from work or university, where you can't run a <span class="command"><strong>make
fetch</strong></span>. There is an archive of distfiles on <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/distfiles/" target="_top">ftp.NetBSD.org</a>,
but downloading the entire directory may not be appropriate.</p>
<p>The answer here is to do a <span class="command"><strong>make fetch-list</strong></span> in
<code class="filename">/usr/pkgsrc</code> or one of its subdirectories, carry the
resulting list to your machine at work/school and use it there. If you
don't have a NetBSD-compatible <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?ftp+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ftp</span>(1)</span></a> (like tnftp) at work, don't
forget to set <code class="varname">FETCH_CMD</code> to something that fetches a
URL:</p>
<p>At home:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd /usr/pkgsrc</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make fetch-list FETCH_CMD=wget DISTDIR=/tmp/distfiles >/tmp/fetch.sh</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>scp /tmp/fetch.sh work:/tmp</code></strong></pre>
<p>At work:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>sh /tmp/fetch.sh</code></strong></pre>
<p>then tar up <code class="filename">/tmp/distfiles</code> and take it
home.</p>
<p>If you have a machine running NetBSD, and you want to get
<span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> distfiles (even ones that aren't for your
machine architecture), you can do so by using the above-mentioned
<span class="command"><strong>make fetch-list</strong></span> approach, or fetch the distfiles
directly by running:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make mirror-distfiles</code></strong></pre>
<p>If you even decide to ignore
<code class="varname">NO_{SRC,BIN}_ON_{FTP,CDROM}</code>, then you can get everything
by running:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make fetch NO_SKIP=yes</code></strong></pre>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="tmac.andoc-missing"></a>9.11. What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Don't know how to make
/usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc</span>”</span> mean?</h2></div></div></div>
<p>When compiling the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkg_install/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkg_install</code></a>
package, you get the error from make that it doesn't know how to make
<code class="filename">/usr/share/tmac/tmac.andoc</code>? This indicates that
you don't have installed the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">text</span>”</span> set (nroff, ...) from
the NetBSD base distribution on your machine. It is recommended to do
that to format man pages.</p>
<p>In the case of the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkg_install/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkg_install</code></a> package, you
can get away with setting <code class="varname">NOMAN=YES</code> either in the
environment or in <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="bsd.own.mk-missing"></a>9.12. What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Could not find bsd.own.mk</span>”</span> mean?</h2></div></div></div>
<p>You didn't install the compiler set, <code class="filename">comp.tgz</code>,
when you installed your NetBSD machine. Please get and install it, by
extracting it in <code class="filename">/</code>:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd /</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>tar --unlink -zxvpf .../comp.tgz</code></strong></pre>
<p><code class="filename">comp.tgz</code> is part of every NetBSD release. Get
the one that corresponds to your release (determine via <span class="command"><strong>uname
-r</strong></span>).</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="using-sudo-with-pkgsrc"></a>9.13. Using 'sudo' with pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div>
<p>When installing packages as non-root user and using the just-in-time
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?su+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">su</span>(1)</span></a> feature of pkgsrc, it can become annoying to type in the root
password for each required package installed. To avoid this, the sudo
package can be used, which does password caching over a limited time. To
use it, install sudo (either as binary package or from
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/security/sudo/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">security/sudo</code></a>) and then put the
following into your <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>, somewhere
<span class="emphasis"><em>after</em></span> the definition of the
<code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code> variable:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
.if exists(${LOCALBASE}/bin/sudo)
SU_CMD= ${LOCALBASE}/bin/sudo /bin/sh -c
.endif
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="faq.conf"></a>9.14. How do I change the location of configuration files?</h2></div></div></div>
<p>As the system administrator, you can choose where configuration files
are installed. The default settings make all these files go into
<code class="filename">${PREFIX}/etc</code> or some of its subdirectories; this may
be suboptimal depending on your expectations (e.g., a read-only,
NFS-exported <code class="varname">PREFIX</code> with a need of per-machine
configuration of the provided packages).</p>
<p>In order to change the defaults, you can modify the
<code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFBASE</code> variable (in
<a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>) to point to your preferred configuration
directory; some common examples include <code class="filename">/etc</code> or
<code class="filename">/etc/pkg</code>.</p>
<p>Furthermore, you can change this value on a per-package basis by
setting the <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKG_SYSCONFVAR}</code> variable.
<code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFVAR</code>'s value usually matches the name of the
package you would like to modify, that is, the contents of
<code class="varname">PKGBASE</code>.</p>
<p>Note that after changing these settings, you must rebuild and
reinstall any affected packages.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="audit-packages"></a>9.15. Automated security checks</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Please be aware that there can often be bugs in third-party software,
and some of these bugs can leave a machine vulnerable to exploitation by
attackers. In an effort to lessen the exposure, the NetBSD packages team
maintains a database of known-exploits to packages which have at one time
been included in pkgsrc. The database can be downloaded automatically, and
a security audit of all packages installed on a system can take place. To
do this, refer to the following two tools (installed as part of the
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkg_install/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkg_install</code></a> package):</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem">
<p><span class="command"><strong>pkg_admin fetch-pkg-vulnerabilities</strong></span>, an easy way to
download a list of the security vulnerabilities information. This list
is kept up to date by the pkgsrc security team, and is distributed
from the NetBSD ftp server:</p>
<p><a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pkgsrc/distfiles/pkg-vulnerabilities" target="_top">ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pkgsrc/distfiles/pkg-vulnerabilities</a></p>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p><span class="command"><strong>pkg_admin audit</strong></span>, an easy way to audit the
current machine, checking each known vulnerability. If a
vulnerable package is installed, it will be shown by output to stdout,
including a description of the type of vulnerability, and a URL
containing more information.</p></li>
</ol></div>
<p>Use of these tools is strongly recommended! After
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pkg_install</span>”</span> is installed, please read
the package's message, which you can get by running <strong class="userinput"><code>pkg_info -D
pkg_install</code></strong>.</p>
<p>If this package is installed, pkgsrc builds will use it to
perform a security check before building any package. See <a class="xref" href="#variables-affecting-build" title="5.2. Variables affecting the build process">Section 5.2, “Variables affecting the build process”</a> for ways to control this
check.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="ufaq-cflags"></a>9.16. Why do some packages ignore my <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>?</h2></div></div></div>
<p>When you add your own preferences to the
<code class="varname">CFLAGS</code> variable in your
<a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>, these flags are passed in
environment variables to the <code class="filename">./configure</code>
scripts and to <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a>. Some package authors ignore the
<code class="varname">CFLAGS</code> from the environment variable by
overriding them in the <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s of their
package.</p>
<p>Currently there is no solution to this problem. If you
really need the package to use your <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>
you should run <span class="command"><strong>make patch</strong></span> in the package
directory and then inspect any <code class="filename">Makefile</code> and
<code class="filename">Makefile.in</code> for whether they define
<code class="varname">CFLAGS</code> explicitly. Usually you can remove
these lines. But be aware that some <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">smart</span>”</span>
programmers write so bad code that it only works for the
specific combination of <code class="varname">CFLAGS</code> they have
chosen.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="ufaq-fail"></a>9.17. A package does not build. What shall I do?</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="procedure"><ol class="procedure" type="1">
<li class="step"><p>Make sure that your copy of pkgsrc is consistent. A
case that occurs often is that people only update pkgsrc in
parts, because of performance reasons. Since pkgsrc is one large
system, not a collection of many small systems, there are
sometimes changes that only work when the whole pkgsrc tree is
updated.</p></li>
<li class="step"><p>Make sure that you don't have any CVS conflicts.
Search for <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><<<<<<</span>”</span> or
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">>>>>>></span>”</span> in all your pkgsrc
files.</p></li>
<li class="step"><p>Make sure that you don't have old copies of the packages
extracted. Run <span class="command"><strong>make clean clean-depends</strong></span> to
verify this.</p></li>
<li class="step"><p>If the problem still exists, write a mail to the
<code class="literal">pkgsrc-users</code> mailing list.</p></li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="faq.rcs-conflicts"></a>9.18. What does <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Makefile appears to contain unresolved cvs/rcs/??? merge conflicts</span>”</span> mean?</h2></div></div></div>
<p>You have modified a file from pkgsrc, and someone else has
modified that same file afterwards in the CVS repository. Both changes
are in the same region of the file, so when you updated pkgsrc, the
<code class="literal">cvs</code> command marked the conflicting changes in the
file. Because of these markers, the file is no longer a valid
<code class="filename">Makefile</code>.</p>
<p>Have a look at that file, and if you don't need your local changes
anymore, you can remove that file and run <span class="command"><strong>cvs -q update
-dP</strong></span> in that directory to download the current version.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="part">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">
<a name="developers-guide"></a>Part II. The pkgsrc developer's guide</h1></div></div></div>
<div class="partintro">
<div></div>
<p>This part of the book deals with creating and
modifying packages. It starts with a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">HOWTO</span>”</span>-like
guide on creating a new package. The remaining chapters are more
like a reference manual for pkgsrc.</p>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#creating">10. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.common">10.1. Common types of packages</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.perl-module">10.1.1. Perl modules</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.kde-app">10.1.2. KDE3 applications</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.python-module">10.1.3. Python modules and programs</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.examples">10.2. Examples</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.nvu">10.2.1. How the www/nvu package came into pkgsrc</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#components">11. Package components - files, directories and contents</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.Makefile">11.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.distinfo">11.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.patches">11.3. patches/*</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patch.structure">11.3.1. Structure of a single patch file</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.caveats">11.3.2. Creating patch files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.sources">11.3.3. Sources where the patch files come from</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.guidelines">11.3.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.feedback">11.3.5. Feedback to the author</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#other-mandatory-files">11.4. Other mandatory files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.optional">11.5. Optional files</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.bin">11.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.build">11.5.2. Files affecting the build process</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.none">11.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#work-dir">11.6. <code class="filename">work*</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-dir">11.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code></a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#makefile">12. Programming in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.style">12.1. Caveats</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.variables">12.2. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#makefile.variables.names">12.2.1. Naming conventions</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.code">12.3. Code snippets</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#adding-to-list">12.3.1. Adding things to a list</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#converting-internal-to-external">12.3.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#passing-variable-to-shell">12.3.3. Passing variables to a shell command</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quoting-guideline">12.3.4. Quoting guideline</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bsd-make-bug-workaround">12.3.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#plist">13. PLIST issues</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcs-id">13.1. RCS ID</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#automatic-plist-generation">13.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#print-PLIST">13.3. Tweaking output of <span class="command"><strong>make print-PLIST</strong></span></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#plist.misc">13.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#manpage-compression">13.5. Man page compression</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-PLIST_SRC">13.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-plist">13.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.common-dirs">13.8. Sharing directories between packages</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#buildlink">14. Buildlink methodology</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-buildlink3">14.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-buildlink3.mk">14.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-bl3">14.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#updating-buildlink-depends">14.2.2. Updating
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
and
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#writing-builtin.mk">14.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-builtin.mk">14.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#native-or-pkgsrc-preference">14.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#pkginstall">15. The pkginstall framework</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix">15.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dirs-outside-prefix">15.1.1. Directory manipulation</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#files-outside-prefix">15.1.2. File manipulation</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf-files">15.2. Configuration files</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-sysconfdir">15.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-configure">15.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-patching">15.2.3. Patching installations</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-disable">15.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcd-scripts">15.3. System startup scripts</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rcd-scripts-disable">15.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#users-and-groups">15.4. System users and groups</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shells">15.5. System shells</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shells-disable">15.5.1. Disabling shell registration</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fonts">15.6. Fonts</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fonts-disable">15.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#options">16. Options handling</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#global-default-options">16.1. Global default options</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-options">16.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-names">16.3. Option Names</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-build">16.4. Determining the options of dependencies</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#build">17. The build process</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.intro">17.1. Introduction</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.prefix">17.2. Program location</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.builddirs">17.3. Directories used during the build process</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.running">17.4. Running a phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.fetch">17.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.what">17.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.how">17.5.2. How are the files fetched?</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.checksum">17.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.extract">17.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.patch">17.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.tools">17.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.wrapper">17.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.configure">17.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.build">17.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.test">17.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.install">17.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.package">17.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.clean">17.16. Cleaning up</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.helpful-targets">17.17. Other helpful targets</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#tools">18. Tools needed for building or running</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgsrc-tools">18.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#package-tools">18.2. Tools needed by packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-tools">18.3. Tools provided by platforms</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tools.questions">18.4. Questions regarding the tools</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#fixes">19. Making your package work</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-operation">19.1. General operation</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#portability-of-packages">19.1.1. Portability of packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf">19.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-interaction">19.1.3. User interaction</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#handling-licenses">19.1.4. Handling licenses</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#restricted-packages">19.1.5. Restricted packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dependencies">19.1.6. Handling dependencies</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conflicts">19.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#not-building-packages">19.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undeletable-packages">19.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-handling">19.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bumping-pkgrevision">19.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.subst">19.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.fetch">19.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#no-plain-download">19.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#modified-distfiles-same-name">19.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.configure">19.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.libtool">19.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using-libtool">19.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoconf-automake">19.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#programming-languages">19.4. Programming languages</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#basic-programming-languages">19.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#java-programming-language">19.4.2. Java</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-scripts">19.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shell-scripts">19.4.4. Packages containing shell scripts</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-programming-languages">19.4.5. Other programming languages</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.build">19.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.build.cpp">19.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compiler-bugs">19.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undefined-reference">19.5.3. Undefined reference to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...</span>”</span></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#out-of-memory">19.5.4. Running out of memory</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.install">19.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#install-scripts">19.6.1. Creating needed directories</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#where-to-install-documentation">19.6.2. Where to install documentation</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-score-files">19.6.3. Installing highscore files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#destdir-support">19.6.4. Adding DESTDIR support to packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hardcoded-paths">19.6.5. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-modules">19.6.6. Packages installing perl modules</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#faq.info-files">19.6.7. Packages installing info files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#manpages">19.6.8. Packages installing man pages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gconf-data-files">19.6.9. Packages installing GConf data files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files">19.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper/rarian data files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#x11-fonts">19.6.11. Packages installing X11 fonts</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gtk2-modules">19.6.12. Packages installing GTK2 modules</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sgml-xml-data">19.6.13. Packages installing SGML or XML data</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-database">19.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intltool">19.6.15. Packages using intltool</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#startup-scripts">19.6.16. Packages installing startup scripts</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tex-packages">19.6.17. Packages installing TeX modules</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#emulation-packages">19.6.18. Packages supporting running binaries in
emulation</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hicolor-theme">19.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#desktop-files">19.6.20. Packages installing desktop files</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#punting">19.7. Marking packages as having problems</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#debug">20. Debugging</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#submit">21. Submitting and Committing</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-binary-packages">21.1. Submitting binary packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-your-package">21.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-notes-for-changes">21.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#committing-importing">21.4. Committing: Adding a package to CVS</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#updating-package">21.5. Updating a package to a newer version</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#renaming-package">21.6. Renaming a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#moving-package">21.7. Moving a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#devfaq">22. Frequently Asked Questions</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#gnome">23. GNOME packaging and porting</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#meta-packages">23.1. Meta packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#new-package">23.2. Packaging a GNOME application</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#full-update">23.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patching">23.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="creating"></a>Chapter 10. Creating a new pkgsrc package from scratch</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.common">10.1. Common types of packages</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.perl-module">10.1.1. Perl modules</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.kde-app">10.1.2. KDE3 applications</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.python-module">10.1.3. Python modules and programs</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating.examples">10.2. Examples</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#creating.nvu">10.2.1. How the www/nvu package came into pkgsrc</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
</dl>
</div>
<p>When you find a package that is not yet in pkgsrc, you
most likely have a URL from where you can download the source
code. Starting with this URL, creating a package involves only a
few steps.</p>
<div class="procedure"><ol class="procedure" type="1">
<li class="step"><p>First, install the packages <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/url2pkg/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/url2pkg</code></a> and <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkglint/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkglint</code></a>.</p></li>
<li class="step"><p>Then, choose one of the top-level directories as the
category in which you want to place your package. You can also create a
directory of your own (maybe called <code class="filename">local</code>). In that
category directory, create another directory for your package and change
into it.</p></li>
<li class="step"><p>Run the program <span class="command"><strong>url2pkg</strong></span>, which will ask
you for a URL. Enter the URL of the distribution file (in most cases a
<code class="filename">.tar.gz</code> file) and watch how the basic ingredients
of your package are created automatically. The distribution file is
extracted automatically to fill in some details in the
<code class="filename">Makefile</code> that would otherwise have to be done
manually.</p></li>
<li class="step">
<p>Examine the extracted files to determine the dependencies of
your package. Ideally, this is mentioned in some
<code class="filename">README</code> file, but things may differ. For each of
these dependencies, look where it exists in pkgsrc, and if there is a
file called <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> in that directory, add a
line to your package <code class="filename">Makefile</code> which includes that
file just before the last line. If the
<code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file does not exist, it must be
created first. The <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file makes sure that the package's include files and libraries are provided.</p>
<p>If you just need binaries from a package, add a
<code class="varname">DEPENDS</code> line to the Makefile, which specifies the
version of the dependency and where it can be found in pkgsrc. This line
should be placed in the third paragraph. If the dependency is only
needed for building the package, but not when using it, use
<code class="varname">BUILD_DEPENDS</code> instead of <code class="varname">DEPENDS</code>.
Your package may then look like this:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
[...]
BUILD_DEPENDS+= libxslt-[0-9]*:../../textproc/libxslt
DEPENDS+= screen-[0-9]*:../../misc/screen
DEPENDS+= screen>=4.0:../../misc/screen
[...]
.include "../../<em class="replaceable"><code>category</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>package</code></em>/buildlink3.mk"
.include "../../devel/glib2/buildlink3.mk"
.include "../../mk/bsd.pkg.mk"
</pre>
</li>
<li class="step"><p>Run <span class="command"><strong>pkglint</strong></span> to see what things still need
to be done to make your package a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">good</span>”</span> one. If you don't
know what pkglint's warnings want to tell you, try <span class="command"><strong>pkglint
--explain</strong></span> or <span class="command"><strong>pkglint
-e</strong></span>, which outputs additional
explanations.</p></li>
<li class="step"><p>In many cases the package is not yet ready to build. You can
find instructions for the most common cases in the next section, <a class="xref" href="#creating.common" title="10.1. Common types of packages">Section 10.1, “Common types of packages”</a>. After you have followed the instructions
over there, you can hopefully continue here.</p></li>
<li class="step"><p>Run <span class="command"><strong>bmake clean</strong></span> to clean the working
directory from the extracted files. Besides these files, a lot of cache
files and other system information has been saved in the working
directory, which may become wrong after you edited the
<code class="filename">Makefile</code>.</p></li>
<li class="step"><p>Now, run <span class="command"><strong>bmake</strong></span> to build the package. For
the various things that can go wrong in this phase, consult <a class="xref" href="#fixes" title="Chapter 19. Making your package work">Chapter 19, <i>Making your package work</i></a>.</p></li>
<li class="step"><p>When the package builds fine, the next step is to install
the package. Run <span class="command"><strong>bmake install</strong></span> and hope that
everything works.</p></li>
<li class="step"><p>Up to now, the file <code class="filename">PLIST</code>, which
contains a list of the files that are installed by the package, is
nearly empty. Run <span class="command"><strong>bmake print-PLIST
>PLIST</strong></span> to generate a probably correct list. Check
the file using your preferred text editor to see if the list of
files looks plausible.</p></li>
<li class="step"><p>Run <span class="command"><strong>pkglint</strong></span> again to see if the generated
<code class="filename">PLIST</code> contains garbage or not.</p></li>
<li class="step"><p>When you ran <span class="command"><strong>bmake install</strong></span>, the package
has been registered in the database of installed files, but with an
empty list of files. To fix this, run <span class="command"><strong>bmake deinstall</strong></span>
and <span class="command"><strong>bmake install</strong></span> again. Now the package is
registered with the list of files from
<code class="filename">PLIST</code>.</p></li>
<li class="step"><p>Run <span class="command"><strong>bmake package</strong></span> to create a binary
package from the set of installed files.</p></li>
</ol></div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="creating.common"></a>10.1. Common types of packages</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="creating.perl-module"></a>10.1.1. Perl modules</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Simple Perl modules are handled automatically by
<span class="command"><strong>url2pkg</strong></span>, including dependencies.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="creating.kde-app"></a>10.1.2. KDE3 applications</h3></div></div></div>
<p>KDE3 applications should always include
<code class="filename">meta-pkgs/kde3/kde3.mk</code>, which contains numerous
settings that are typical of KDE3 packages.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="creating.python-module"></a>10.1.3. Python modules and programs</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Python modules and programs packages are easily created using a
set of predefined variables.</p>
<p>
If some Python versions are not supported by the software, set the
<code class="varname">PYTHON_VERSIONS_INCOMPATIBLE</code> variable to the Python versions
that are not supported, e.g.
</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
PYTHON_VERSIONS_INCOMPATIBLE= 26
</pre>
<p>
If the packaged software is a Python module, include
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="filename">../../lang/python/extension.mk</code></span>”</span>.
In this case, the package directory should be called
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">py-software</span>”</span> and <code class="varname">PKGNAME</code> should be set to
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">${PYPKGPREFIX}-${DISTNAME}</span>”</span>, e.g.
</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
DISTNAME= foopymodule-1.2.10
PKGNAME= ${PYPKGPREFIX}-${DISTNAME}
</pre>
<p>If it is an application, include
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="filename">../../lang/python/application.mk</code></span>”</span>.
In order to correctly set the path to the Python interpreter, use the
<code class="varname">REPLACE_PYTHON</code> variable and set it to the list of files
(paths relative to <code class="varname">WRKSRC</code>) that must be corrected.
For example:
</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
REPLACE_PYTHON= *.py
</pre>
<p>Most Python packages use either <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">distutils</span>”</span> or
easy-setup (<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">eggs</span>”</span>).
If the software uses <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">distutils</span>”</span>, include
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="filename">../../lang/python/distutils.mk</code></span>”</span>.
so pkgsrc will use this framework.
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">distutils</span>”</span> uses a script called <code class="filename">setup.py</code>,
if the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">distutils</span>”</span> driver is not called
<code class="filename">setup.py</code>, set the <code class="varname">PYSETUP</code> variable
to the name of the script.</p>
<p>Otherwise, if the packaged software is egg-aware, you only need
to include
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="filename">../../lang/python/egg.mk</code></span>”</span>.</p>
<p>Some Python modules have separate distributions for Python-2.x
and Python-3.x support. In pkgsrc this is handled by the
<code class="filename">versioned_dependencies.mk</code> file. Set
<code class="varname">PYTHON_VERSIONED_DEPENDENCIES</code> to the list of
packages that should be depended upon and include
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="filename">../../lang/python/versioned_dependencies.mk</code></span>”</span>,
then the pkgsrc infrastructure will depend on the appropriate package
version. For example:
</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
PYTHON_VERSIONED_DEPENDENCIES=dateutil dns
</pre>
<p>
Look inside <code class="filename">versioned_dependencies.mk</code> for a list
of supported packages.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="creating.examples"></a>10.2. Examples</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="creating.nvu"></a>10.2.1. How the www/nvu package came into pkgsrc</h3></div></div></div>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="creating.nvu.init"></a>10.2.1.1. The initial package</h4></div></div></div>
<p>Looking at the file <code class="filename">pkgsrc/doc/TODO</code>, I saw
that the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">nvu</span>”</span> package has not yet been imported into
pkgsrc. As the description says it has to do with the web, the obvious
choice for the category is <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">www</span>”</span>.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
<code class="prompt">$</code> mkdir www/nvu
<code class="prompt">$</code> cd www/nvu
</pre>
<p>The web site says that the sources are available as a tar file, so
I fed that URL to the <span class="command"><strong>url2pkg</strong></span> program:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
<code class="prompt">$</code> url2pkg http://cvs.nvu.com/download/nvu-1.0-sources.tar.bz2
</pre>
<p>My editor popped up, and I added a <code class="varname">PKGNAME</code> line
below the <code class="varname">DISTNAME</code> line, as the package name should
not have the word <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">sources</span>”</span> in it. I also filled in the
<code class="varname">MAINTAINER</code>, <code class="varname">HOMEPAGE</code> and
<code class="varname">COMMENT</code> fields. Then the package
<code class="filename">Makefile</code> looked like that:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
# $NetBSD$
#
DISTNAME= nvu-1.0-sources
PKGNAME= nvu-1.0
CATEGORIES= www
MASTER_SITES= http://cvs.nvu.com/download/
EXTRACT_SUFX= .tar.bz2
MAINTAINER= rillig@NetBSD.org
HOMEPAGE= http://cvs.nvu.com/
COMMENT= Web Authoring System
# url2pkg-marker (please do not remove this line.)
.include "../../mk/bsd.pkg.mk"
</pre>
<p>Then, I quit the editor and watched pkgsrc downloading a large
source archive:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
url2pkg> Running "make makesum" ...
=> Required installed package digest>=20010302: digest-20060826 found
=> Fetching nvu-1.0-sources.tar.bz2
Requesting http://cvs.nvu.com/download/nvu-1.0-sources.tar.bz2
100% |*************************************| 28992 KB 150.77 KB/s00:00 ETA
29687976 bytes retrieved in 03:12 (150.77 KB/s)
url2pkg> Running "make extract" ...
=> Required installed package digest>=20010302: digest-20060826 found
=> Checksum SHA1 OK for nvu-1.0-sources.tar.bz2
=> Checksum RMD160 OK for nvu-1.0-sources.tar.bz2
work.bacc -> /tmp/roland/pkgsrc/www/nvu/work.bacc
===> Installing dependencies for nvu-1.0
===> Overriding tools for nvu-1.0
===> Extracting for nvu-1.0
url2pkg> Adjusting the Makefile.
Remember to correct CATEGORIES, HOMEPAGE, COMMENT, and DESCR when you're done!
Good luck! (See pkgsrc/doc/pkgsrc.txt for some more help :-)
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="creating.nvu.problems"></a>10.2.1.2. Fixing all kinds of problems to make the package work</h4></div></div></div>
<p>Now that the package has been extracted, let's see what's inside
it. The package has a <code class="filename">README.txt</code>, but that only
says something about mozilla, so it's probably useless for seeing what
dependencies this package has. But since there is a GNU configure script
in the package, let's hope that it will complain about everything it
needs.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
<code class="prompt">$</code> bmake
=> Required installed package digest>=20010302: digest-20060826 found
=> Checksum SHA1 OK for nvu-1.0-sources.tar.bz2
=> Checksum RMD160 OK for nvu-1.0-sources.tar.bz2
===> Patching for nvu-1.0
===> Creating toolchain wrappers for nvu-1.0
===> Configuring for nvu-1.0
[...]
configure: error: Perl 5.004 or higher is required.
[...]
WARNING: Please add USE_TOOLS+=perl to the package Makefile.
[...]
</pre>
<p>That worked quite well. So I opened the package Makefile in my
editor, and since it already has a <code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code> line, I
just appended <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">perl</span>”</span> to it. Since the dependencies of the
package have changed now, and since a perl wrapper is automatically
installed in the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">tools</span>”</span> phase, I need to build the package
from scratch.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
<code class="prompt">$</code> bmake clean
===> Cleaning for nvu-1.0
<code class="prompt">$</code> bmake
[...]
*** /tmp/roland/pkgsrc/www/nvu/work.bacc/.tools/bin/make is not \
GNU Make. You will not be able to build Mozilla without GNU Make.
[...]
</pre>
<p>So I added <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">gmake</span>”</span> to the
<code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code> line and tried again (from scratch).</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
[...]
checking for GTK - version >= 1.2.0... no
*** Could not run GTK test program, checking why...
[...]
</pre>
<p>Now to the other dependencies. The first question is: Where is the
GTK package hidden in pkgsrc?</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
<code class="prompt">$</code> echo ../../*/gtk*
[many packages ...]
<code class="prompt">$</code> echo ../../*/gtk
../../x11/gtk
<code class="prompt">$</code> echo ../../*/gtk2
../../x11/gtk2
<code class="prompt">$</code> echo ../../*/gtk2/bui*
../../x11/gtk2/buildlink3.mk
</pre>
<p>The first try was definitely too broad. The second one had exactly
one result, which is very good. But there is one pitfall with GNOME
packages. Before GNOME 2 had been released, there were already many
GNOME 1 packages in pkgsrc. To be able to continue to use these
packages, the GNOME 2 packages were imported as separate packages, and
their names usually have a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">2</span>”</span> appended. So I checked
whether this was the case here, and indeed it was.</p>
<p>Since the GTK2 package has a <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code>
file, adding the dependency is very easy. I just inserted an
<code class="literal">.include</code> line before the last line of the package
<code class="filename">Makefile</code>, so that it now looks like this:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
[...]
.include "../../x11/gtk2/buildlink3.mk"
.include "../../mk/bsd.pkg.mk
</pre>
<p>After another <span class="command"><strong>bmake clean && bmake</strong></span>, the answer
was:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
[...]
checking for gtk-config... /home/roland/pkg/bin/gtk-config
checking for GTK - version >= 1.2.0... no
*** Could not run GTK test program, checking why...
*** The test program failed to compile or link. See the file config.log for the
*** exact error that occured. This usually means GTK was incorrectly installed
*** or that you have moved GTK since it was installed. In the latter case, you
*** may want to edit the gtk-config script: /home/roland/pkg/bin/gtk-config
configure: error: Test for GTK failed.
[...]
</pre>
<p>In this particular case, the assumption that <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">every package
prefers GNOME 2</span>”</span> had been wrong. The first of the lines above
told me that this package really wanted to have the GNOME 1 version of
GTK. If the package had looked for GTK2, it would have looked for
<span class="command"><strong>pkg-config</strong></span> instead of <span class="command"><strong>gtk-config</strong></span>.
So I changed the <code class="literal">x11/gtk2</code> to
<code class="literal">x11/gtk</code> in the package <code class="filename">Makefile</code>,
and tried again.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
[...]
cc -o xpidl.o -c -DOSTYPE=\"NetBSD3\" -DOSARCH=\"NetBSD\" [...]
In file included from xpidl.c:42:
xpidl.h:53:24: libIDL/IDL.h: No such file or directory
In file included from xpidl.c:42:
xpidl.h:132: error: parse error before "IDL_ns"
[...]
</pre>
<p>The package still does not find all of its dependencies. Now the
question is: Which package provides the
<code class="filename">libIDL/IDL.h</code> header file?</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
<code class="prompt">$</code> echo ../../*/*idl*
../../devel/py-idle ../../wip/idled ../../x11/acidlaunch
<code class="prompt">$</code> echo ../../*/*IDL*
../../net/libIDL
</pre>
<p>Let's take the one from the second try. So I included the
<code class="filename">../../net/libIDL/buildlink3.mk</code> file and tried
again. But the error didn't change. After digging through some of the
code, I concluded that the build process of the package was broken and
couldn't have ever worked, but since the Mozilla source tree is quite
large, I didn't want to fix it. So I added the following to the package
<code class="filename">Makefile</code> and tried again:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
CPPFLAGS+= -I${BUILDLINK_PREFIX.libIDL}/include/libIDL-2.0
BUILDLINK_TRANSFORM+= -l:IDL:IDL-2
</pre>
<p>The latter line is needed because the package expects the library
<code class="filename">libIDL.so</code>, but only
<code class="filename">libIDL-2.so</code> is available. So I told the compiler
wrapper to rewrite that on the fly.</p>
<p>The next problem was related to a recent change of the FreeType
interface. I looked up in <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/www/seamonkey/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">www/seamonkey</code></a>
which patch files were relevant for this issue and copied them to the
<code class="filename">patches</code> directory. Then I retried, fixed the
patches so that they applied cleanly and retried again. This time,
everything worked.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="creating.nvu.inst"></a>10.2.1.3. Installing the package</h4></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting">
<code class="prompt">$</code> bmake CHECK_FILES=no install
[...]
<code class="prompt">$</code> bmake print-PLIST >PLIST
<code class="prompt">$</code> bmake deinstall
<code class="prompt">$</code> bmake install
</pre>
</div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="components"></a>Chapter 11. Package components - files, directories and contents</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.Makefile">11.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.distinfo">11.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.patches">11.3. patches/*</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patch.structure">11.3.1. Structure of a single patch file</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.caveats">11.3.2. Creating patch files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.sources">11.3.3. Sources where the patch files come from</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.guidelines">11.3.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.patches.feedback">11.3.5. Feedback to the author</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#other-mandatory-files">11.4. Other mandatory files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#components.optional">11.5. Optional files</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.bin">11.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.build">11.5.2. Files affecting the build process</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#components.optional.none">11.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#work-dir">11.6. <code class="filename">work*</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-dir">11.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code></a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<p>Whenever you're preparing a package, there are a number of
files involved which are described in the following
sections.</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="components.Makefile"></a>11.1. <code class="filename">Makefile</code>
</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Building, installation and creation of a binary package are all
controlled by the package's <code class="filename">Makefile</code>.
The <code class="filename">Makefile</code> describes various things about
a package, for example from where to get it, how to configure,
build, and install it.</p>
<p>A package <code class="filename">Makefile</code> contains several
sections that describe the package.</p>
<p>In the first section there are the following variables, which
should appear exactly in the order given here. The order and
grouping of the variables is mostly historical and has no further
meaning.</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">DISTNAME</code> is the basename of the
distribution file to be downloaded from the package's
website.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKGNAME</code> is the name of the
package, as used by pkgsrc. You need to provide it if
<code class="varname">DISTNAME</code> (which is the default) is not a good
name for the package in pkgsrc or <code class="varname">DISTNAME</code> is not
provided (no distribution file is required). Usually it is the pkgsrc
directory name together with the version number. It must match the
regular expression
<code class="varname">^[A-Za-z0-9][A-Za-z0-9-_.+]*$</code>, that is, it
starts with a letter or digit, and contains only letters, digits,
dashes, underscores, dots and plus signs.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">SVR4_PKGNAME</code> is the name of
the package file to create if the <code class="varname">PKGNAME</code>
isn't unique on a SVR4 system. The default is
<code class="varname">PKGNAME</code>, which may be shortened when you use
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/gensolpkg/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/gensolpkg</code></a>. Only add
<code class="varname">SVR4_PKGNAME</code> if <code class="varname">PKGNAME</code>
does not produce an unique package name on a SVR4 system.
The length of <code class="varname">SVR4_PKGNAME</code> is limited to 5
characters.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p><code class="varname">CATEGORIES</code> is a list of categories
which the package fits in. You can choose any of the top-level
directories of pkgsrc for it.</p>
<p>Currently the following values are available for
<code class="varname">CATEGORIES</code>. If more than
one is used, they need to be separated by spaces:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
archivers cross geography meta-pkgs security
audio databases graphics misc shells
benchmarks devel ham multimedia sysutils
biology editors inputmethod net textproc
cad emulators lang news time
chat finance mail parallel wm
comms fonts math pkgtools www
converters games mbone print x11
</pre>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">MASTER_SITES</code>,
<code class="varname">DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES</code>,
<code class="varname">DIST_SUBDIR</code>, <code class="varname">EXTRACT_SUFX</code>
and <code class="varname">DISTFILES</code> are discussed in detail in
<a class="xref" href="#build.fetch" title="17.5. The fetch phase">Section 17.5, “The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase”</a>.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>The second section contains information about separately
downloaded patches, if any.
</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PATCHFILES:</code>
Name(s) of additional files that contain distribution patches.
There is no default. pkgsrc will look for them at
<code class="varname">PATCH_SITES</code>.
They will automatically be uncompressed before patching if
the names end with <code class="filename">.gz</code> or
<code class="filename">.Z</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PATCH_SITES</code>:
Primary location(s) for distribution patch files (see
<code class="varname">PATCHFILES</code> below) if not found locally.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>The third section contains the following variables.
</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">MAINTAINER</code> is the email
address of the person who feels responsible for this package,
and who is most likely to look at problems or questions regarding
this package which have been reported with <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?send-pr+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">send-pr</span>(1)</span></a>.
Other developers may contact the <code class="varname">MAINTAINER</code>
before making changes to the package, but are not required to
do so. When packaging a new program, set <code class="varname">MAINTAINER</code>
to yourself. If you really can't maintain the package for future
updates, set it to
<code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:pkgsrc-users@NetBSD.org">pkgsrc-users@NetBSD.org</a>></code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">OWNER</code> should be used instead
of <code class="varname">MAINTAINER</code> when you do not want other
developers to update or change the package without contacting
you first. A package Makefile should contain one of
<code class="varname">MAINTAINER</code> or <code class="varname">OWNER</code>, but
not both. </p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">HOMEPAGE</code> is a URL where users can
find more information about the package.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">COMMENT</code> is a one-line
description of the package (should not include the package
name).</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>Other variables that affect the build:
</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem">
<p><code class="varname">WRKSRC</code>: The directory where the
interesting distribution files of the package are found. The
default is <code class="filename">${WRKDIR}/${DISTNAME}</code>, which
works for most packages.</p>
<p>If a package doesn't create a subdirectory for itself
(most GNU software does, for instance), but extracts itself in
the current directory, you should set
<code class="varname">WRKSRC=${WRKDIR}</code>.</p>
<p>If a package doesn't create a subdirectory with the
name of <code class="varname">DISTNAME</code> but some different name,
set <code class="varname">WRKSRC</code> to point to the proper name in
<code class="filename">${WRKDIR}</code>, for example
<code class="varname">WRKSRC=${WRKDIR}/${DISTNAME}/unix</code>. See
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/lang/tcl/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">lang/tcl</code></a> and <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/x11/tk/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">x11/tk</code></a> for other examples.</p>
<p>The name of the working directory created by pkgsrc is
taken from the <code class="varname">WRKDIR_BASENAME</code>
variable. By default, its value is
<code class="filename">work</code>. If you want to use the same
pkgsrc tree for building different kinds of binary packages,
you can change the variable according to your needs. Two
other variables handle common cases of setting
<code class="varname">WRKDIR_BASENAME</code> individually. If
<code class="varname">OBJHOSTNAME</code> is defined in
<a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>, the first component of
the host's name is attached to the directory name. If
<code class="varname">OBJMACHINE</code> is defined, the platform name
is attached, which might look like
<code class="filename">work.i386</code> or
<code class="filename">work.sparc</code>.</p>
</li></ul></div>
<p>Please pay attention to the following gotchas:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>Add <code class="varname">MANCOMPRESSED</code> if man pages are
installed in compressed form by the package. For packages using
BSD-style makefiles which honor MANZ, there is
<code class="varname">MANCOMPRESSED_IF_MANZ</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Replace <code class="filename">/usr/local</code> with
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">${PREFIX}</span>”</span> in all files (see patches,
below).</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>If the package installs any info files, see <a class="xref" href="#faq.info-files" title="19.6.7. Packages installing info files">Section 19.6.7, “Packages installing info files”</a>.</p></li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="components.distinfo"></a>11.2. <code class="filename">distinfo</code>
</h2></div></div></div>
<p>The <code class="filename">distinfo</code> file contains the message
digest, or checksum, of each distfile needed for the package. This
ensures that the distfiles retrieved from the Internet have not been
corrupted during transfer or altered by a malign force to introduce
a security hole. Due to recent rumor about weaknesses of digest
algorithms, all distfiles are protected using both SHA1 and RMD160
message digests, as well as the file size.</p>
<p>The <code class="filename">distinfo</code> file also contains the
checksums for all the patches found in the
<code class="filename">patches</code> directory (see <a class="xref" href="#components.patches" title="11.3. patches/*">Section 11.3, “patches/*”</a>).</p>
<p>To regenerate the <code class="filename">distinfo</code> file, use the
<span class="command"><strong>make makedistinfo</strong></span> or <span class="command"><strong>make mdi</strong></span>
command.</p>
<p>Some packages have different sets of distfiles depending on
the platform, for example <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/lang/openjdk7/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">lang/openjdk7</code></a>. These are kept in the same
<code class="filename">distinfo</code> file and care should be taken when
upgrading such a package to ensure distfile information is not
lost.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="components.patches"></a>11.3. patches/*</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Many packages still don't work out-of-the box on the various
platforms that are supported by pkgsrc. Therefore, a number of custom
patch files are needed to make the package work. These patch files are
found in the <code class="filename">patches/</code> directory.</p>
<p>In the <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase, these patches are
applied to the files in <code class="varname">WRKSRC</code> directory after
extracting them, in <a class="ulink" href="http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#tag_02_13_03" target="_top">alphabetic
order</a>.</p>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="components.patch.structure"></a>11.3.1. Structure of a single patch file</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The <code class="filename">patch-*</code> files should be in
<span class="command"><strong>diff -bu</strong></span> format, and apply without a fuzz to avoid
problems. (To force patches to apply with fuzz you can set
<code class="varname">PATCH_FUZZ_FACTOR=-F2</code>). Furthermore, each patch
should contain only changes for a single file, and no file should be
patched by more than one patch file. This helps to keep future
modifications simple.</p>
<p>Each patch file is structured as follows: In the first line,
there is the RCS Id of the patch itself. The second line should be
empty for aesthetic reasons. After that, there should be a comment for
each change that the patch does. There are a number of standard
cases:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>Patches for commonly known vulnerabilities should
mention the vulnerability ID (CAN, CVE).</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Patches that change source code should mention the
platform and other environment (for example, the compiler) that the
patch is needed for.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>In all, the patch should be commented so that any
developer who knows the code of the application can make some use of
the patch. Special care should be taken for the upstream developers,
since we generally want that they accept our patches, so we have less
work in the future.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="components.patches.caveats"></a>11.3.2. Creating patch files</h3></div></div></div>
<p>One important thing to mention is to pay attention that no RCS
IDs get stored in the patch files, as these will cause problems when
later checked into the NetBSD CVS tree. Use the
<span class="command"><strong>pkgdiff</strong></span> command from the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkgdiff/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkgdiff</code></a> package to avoid these
problems.</p>
<p>For even more automation, we recommend using
<span class="command"><strong>mkpatches</strong></span> from the same package to make a
whole set of patches. You just have to backup files before you
edit them to <code class="filename">filename.orig</code>, e.g. with
<span class="command"><strong>cp -p filename filename.orig</strong></span> or, easier, by
using <span class="command"><strong>pkgvi</strong></span> again from the same package. If
you upgrade a package this way, you can easily compare the new
set of patches with the previously existing one with
<span class="command"><strong>patchdiff</strong></span>. The files in <code class="filename">patches</code>
are replaced by new files, so carefully check if you want to take all
the changes.</p>
<p>When you have finished a package, remember to generate
the checksums for the patch files by using the <span class="command"><strong>make
makepatchsum</strong></span> command, see <a class="xref" href="#components.distinfo" title="11.2. distinfo">Section 11.2, “<code class="filename">distinfo</code>”</a>.</p>
<p>When adding a patch that corrects a problem in the
distfile (rather than e.g. enforcing pkgsrc's view of where
man pages should go), send the patch as a bug report to the
maintainer. This benefits non-pkgsrc users of the package,
and usually makes it possible to remove the patch in future
version.</p>
<p>The file names of the patch files are usually of the form
<code class="filename">patch-<em class="replaceable"><code>path_to_file__with__underscores.c</code></em></code>.
Many packages still use the previous convention
<code class="filename">patch-<em class="replaceable"><code>[a-z][a-z]</code></em></code>,
but new patches should be of the form containing the filename.
<span class="command"><strong>mkpatches</strong></span> included in <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkgdiff/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkgdiff</code></a> takes care of the name
automatically.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="components.patches.sources"></a>11.3.3. Sources where the patch files come from</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If you want to share patches between multiple packages
in pkgsrc, e.g. because they use the same distfiles, set
<code class="varname">PATCHDIR</code> to the path where the patch files
can be found, e.g.:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
PATCHDIR= ${.CURDIR}/../xemacs/patches
</pre>
<p>Patch files that are distributed by the author or other
maintainers can be listed in
<code class="varname">PATCHFILES</code>.</p>
<p>If it is desired to store any patches that should not be
committed into pkgsrc, they can be kept outside the pkgsrc
tree in the <code class="filename">$LOCALPATCHES</code> directory. The
directory tree there is expected to have the same
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">category/package</span>”</span> structure as pkgsrc, and
patches are expected to be stored inside these dirs (also
known as <code class="filename">$LOCALPATCHES/$PKGPATH</code>). For
example, if you want to keep a private patch for
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/graphics/png</code>, keep it in
<code class="filename">$LOCALPATCHES/graphics/png/mypatch</code>. All
files in the named directory are expected to be patch files,
and <span class="emphasis"><em>they are applied after pkgsrc patches are
applied</em></span>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="components.patches.guidelines"></a>11.3.4. Patching guidelines</h3></div></div></div>
<p>When fixing a portability issue in the code do not use
preprocessor magic to check for the current operating system nor
platform. Doing so hurts portability to other platforms because
the OS-specific details are not abstracted appropriately.</p>
<p>The general rule to follow is: instead of checking for the
operating system the application is being built on, check for the
specific <span class="emphasis"><em>features</em></span> you need. For example,
instead of assuming that kqueue is available under NetBSD and
using the <code class="varname">__NetBSD__</code> macro to conditionalize
kqueue support, add a check that detects kqueue itself —
yes, this generally involves patching the
<span class="command"><strong>configure</strong></span> script. There is absolutely nothing
that prevents some OSes from adopting interfaces from other OSes
(e.g. Linux implementing kqueue), something that the above checks
cannot take into account.</p>
<p>Of course, checking for features generally involves more
work on the developer's side, but the resulting changes are
cleaner and there are chances they will work on many other
platforms. Not to mention that there are higher chances of being
later integrated into the mainstream sources. Remember:
<span class="emphasis"><em>It doesn't work unless it is right!</em></span></p>
<p>Some typical examples:</p>
<div class="table">
<a name="patch-examples"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 11.1. Patching examples</b></p>
<div class="table-contents"><table summary="Patching examples" border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<thead><tr>
<th>Where</th>
<th>Incorrect</th>
<th>Correct</th>
</tr></thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>configure script</td>
<td>
<pre class="programlisting">
case ${target_os} in
netbsd*) have_kvm=yes ;;
*) have_kvm=no ;;
esac
</pre>
</td>
<td>
<pre class="programlisting">
AC_CHECK_LIB(kvm, kvm_open, have_kvm=yes, have_kvm=no)
</pre>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C source file</td>
<td>
<pre class="programlisting">
#if defined(__NetBSD__)
# include <sys/event.h>
#endif
</pre>
</td>
<td>
<pre class="programlisting">
#if defined(HAVE_SYS_EVENT_H)
# include <sys/event.h>
#endif
</pre>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>C source file</td>
<td>
<pre class="programlisting">
int
monitor_file(...)
{
#if defined(__NetBSD__)
int fd = kqueue();
...
#else
...
#endif
}
</pre>
</td>
<td>
<pre class="programlisting">
int
monitor_file(...)
{
#if defined(HAVE_KQUEUE)
int fd = kqueue();
...
#else
...
#endif
}
</pre>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
</div>
<br class="table-break"><p>For more information, please read the <span class="emphasis"><em>Making
packager-friendly software</em></span> article (<a class="ulink" href="http://www.onlamp.com/pub/a/onlamp/2005/03/31/packaging.html" target="_top">part
1</a>, <a class="ulink" href="http://www.oreillynet.com/pub/a/onlamp/2005/04/28/packaging2.html" target="_top">part
2</a>). It summarizes multiple details on how to make
software easier to package; all the suggestions in it were
collected from our experience in pkgsrc work, so they are possibly
helpful when creating patches too.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="components.patches.feedback"></a>11.3.5. Feedback to the author</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Always, always, <span class="strong"><strong>always</strong></span>
feed back any <span class="emphasis"><em>portability fixes</em></span> or
improvements you do to a package to the mainstream developers.
This is the only way to get their attention on portability issues
and to ensure that future versions can be built out-of-the box on
NetBSD. Furthermore, any user that gets newer distfiles will get
the fixes straight from the packaged code.</p>
<p>This generally involves cleaning up the patches
(because sometimes the patches that are
added to pkgsrc are quick hacks), filing bug reports in the
appropriate trackers for the projects and working with the
mainstream authors to accept your changes. It is
<span class="emphasis"><em>extremely important</em></span> that you do it so that
the packages in pkgsrc are kept simple and thus further changes
can be done without much hassle.</p>
<p>When you have done this, please add a URL to the upstream
bug report to the patch comment.</p>
<p>Support the idea of free software!</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="other-mandatory-files"></a>11.4. Other mandatory files</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">DESCR</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>A multi-line description of the piece of software. This should include
any credits where they are due. Please bear in mind that others do not
share your sense of humour (or spelling idiosyncrasies), and that others
will read everything that you write here.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">PLIST</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This file governs the files that are installed on your
system: all the binaries, manual pages, etc. There are other
directives which may be entered in this file, to control the
creation and deletion of directories, and the location of
inserted files. See <a class="xref" href="#plist" title="Chapter 13. PLIST issues">Chapter 13, <i>PLIST issues</i></a> for more
information.</p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="components.optional"></a>11.5. Optional files</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="components.optional.bin"></a>11.5.1. Files affecting the binary package</h3></div></div></div>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">INSTALL</code></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>This shell script is invoked twice by <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_add+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_add</span>(1)</span></a>.
First time after package extraction and before files are
moved in place, the second time after the files to install
are moved in place. This can be used to do any custom
procedures not possible with @exec commands in
<code class="filename">PLIST</code>. See <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_add+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_add</span>(1)</span></a> and
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_create+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_create</span>(1)</span></a> for more information. See also <a class="xref" href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix" title="15.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix">Section 15.1, “Files and directories outside the installation prefix”</a>.
Please note that you can modify variables in it easily by using
<code class="varname">FILES_SUBST</code> in the package's
<code class="filename">Makefile</code>:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
FILES_SUBST+= SOMEVAR="somevalue"
</pre>
<p>replaces "@SOMEVAR@" with <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">somevalue</span>”</span> in the
<code class="filename">INSTALL</code>. By default, substitution is
performed for <code class="varname">PREFIX</code>,
<code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code>, <code class="varname">X11BASE</code>,
<code class="varname">VARBASE</code>, and a few others, type
<span class="command"><strong>make help topic=FILES_SUBST</strong></span> for a
complete list.</p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">DEINSTALL</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This script is executed before and after any files are removed. It is
this script's responsibility to clean up any additional messy details
around the package's installation, since all pkg_delete knows is how to
delete the files created in the original distribution.
See <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_delete+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_delete</span>(1)</span></a>
and <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_create+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_create</span>(1)</span></a> for more information.
The same methods to replace variables can be used as for
the <code class="filename">INSTALL</code> file.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">MESSAGE</code></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>This file is displayed after installation of the package.
Useful for things like legal notices on almost-free
software and hints for updating config files after
installing modules for apache, PHP etc.
Please note that you can modify variables in it easily by using
<code class="varname">MESSAGE_SUBST</code> in the package's
<code class="filename">Makefile</code>:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
MESSAGE_SUBST+= SOMEVAR="somevalue"
</pre>
<p>replaces "${SOMEVAR}" with <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">somevalue</span>”</span> in
<code class="filename">MESSAGE</code>. By default, substitution is
performed for <code class="varname">PKGNAME</code>,
<code class="varname">PKGBASE</code>, <code class="varname">PREFIX</code>,
<code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code>, <code class="varname">X11PREFIX</code>,
<code class="varname">X11BASE</code>,
<code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code>,
<code class="varname">ROOT_GROUP</code>, and
<code class="varname">ROOT_USER</code>.</p>
<p>You can display a different or additional files by
setting the <code class="varname">MESSAGE_SRC</code> variable. Its
default is <code class="filename">MESSAGE</code>, if the file
exists.</p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">ALTERNATIVES</code></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>This file is used by the alternatives framework.
It creates, configures, and destroys generic wrappers used to
run programs with similar interfaces.
See pkg_alternatives(8) from pkgtools/pkg_alternatives
for more information.</p>
<p>Each line of the file contains two filenames, first
the wrapper and then the alternative provided by the package.
Both paths are relative to <code class="varname">PREFIX</code>.</p>
</dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="components.optional.build"></a>11.5.2. Files affecting the build process</h3></div></div></div>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">Makefile.common</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This file contains arbitrary things that could
also go into a <code class="filename">Makefile</code>, but its purpose is
to be used by more than one package. This file should only be
used when the packages that will use the file are known in
advance. For other purposes it is often better to write a
<code class="filename">*.mk</code> file and give it a good name that
describes what it does.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This file contains the dependency information
for the buildlink3 framework (see <a class="xref" href="#buildlink" title="Chapter 14. Buildlink methodology">Chapter 14, <i>Buildlink methodology</i></a>).</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">hacks.mk</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This file contains workarounds for compiler bugs
and similar things. It is included automatically by the pkgsrc
infrastructure, so you don't need an extra
<code class="literal">.include</code> line for
it.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">options.mk</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This file contains the code for the
package-specific options (see <a class="xref" href="#options" title="Chapter 16. Options handling">Chapter 16, <i>Options handling</i></a>) that can be
selected by the user. If a package has only one or two options,
it is equally acceptable to put the code directly into the
<code class="filename">Makefile</code>.</p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="components.optional.none"></a>11.5.3. Files affecting nothing at all</h3></div></div></div>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">README*</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>These files do not take place in the creation of
a package and thus are purely informative to the package
developer.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">TODO</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This file contains things that need to be done
to make the package even
better.</p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="work-dir"></a>11.6. <code class="filename">work*</code>
</h2></div></div></div>
<p>When you type <span class="command"><strong>make</strong></span>, the distribution files are
unpacked into the directory denoted by
<code class="varname">WRKDIR</code>. It can be removed by running
<span class="command"><strong>make clean</strong></span>. Besides the sources, this
directory is also used to keep various timestamp files.
The directory gets <span class="emphasis"><em>removed completely</em></span> on clean.
The default is <code class="filename">${.CURDIR}/work</code>
or <code class="filename">${.CURDIR}/work.${MACHINE_ARCH}</code>
if <code class="varname">OBJMACHINE</code> is set.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="files-dir"></a>11.7. <code class="filename">files/*</code>
</h2></div></div></div>
<p>If you have any files that you wish to be placed in the package prior
to configuration or building, you could place these files here and use
a <span class="command"><strong>${CP}</strong></span> command in the
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pre-configure</span>”</span> target to achieve
this. Alternatively, you could simply diff the file against
<code class="filename">/dev/null</code> and use the patch mechanism to manage
the creation of this file.</p>
<p>If you want to share files in this way with other
packages, set the <code class="varname">FILESDIR</code> variable to point
to the other package's <code class="filename">files</code> directory,
e.g.:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
FILESDIR=${.CURDIR}/../xemacs/files
</pre>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="makefile"></a>Chapter 12. Programming in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.style">12.1. Caveats</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.variables">12.2. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#makefile.variables.names">12.2.1. Naming conventions</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#makefile.code">12.3. Code snippets</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#adding-to-list">12.3.1. Adding things to a list</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#converting-internal-to-external">12.3.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#passing-variable-to-shell">12.3.3. Passing variables to a shell command</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#quoting-guideline">12.3.4. Quoting guideline</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bsd-make-bug-workaround">12.3.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl>
</div>
<p>Pkgsrc consists of many <code class="filename">Makefile</code> fragments,
each of which forms a well-defined part of the pkgsrc system. Using
the <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a> system as a programming language for a big system
like pkgsrc requires some discipline to keep the code correct and
understandable.</p>
<p>The basic ingredients for <code class="filename">Makefile</code>
programming are variables (which are actually macros) and shell
commands. Among these shell commands may even be more complex ones
like <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?awk+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">awk</span>(1)</span></a> programs. To make sure that every shell command runs
as intended it is necessary to quote all variables correctly when they
are used.</p>
<p>This chapter describes some patterns, that appear quite often in
<code class="filename">Makefile</code>s, including the pitfalls that come along
with them.</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="makefile.style"></a>12.1. Caveats</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem">
<p>When you are creating a file as a
target of a rule, always write the data to a temporary file first
and finally rename that file. Otherwise there might occur an error
in the middle of generating the file, and when the user runs
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a> for the second time, the file exists and will not be
regenerated properly. Example:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
wrong:
@echo "line 1" > ${.TARGET}
@echo "line 2" >> ${.TARGET}
@false
correct:
@echo "line 1" > ${.TARGET}.tmp
@echo "line 2" >> ${.TARGET}.tmp
@false
@mv ${.TARGET}.tmp ${.TARGET}
</pre>
<p>When you run <span class="command"><strong>make wrong</strong></span> twice, the file
<code class="filename">wrong</code> will exist, although there was an error
message in the first run. On the other hand, running <span class="command"><strong>make
correct</strong></span> gives an error message twice, as expected.</p>
<p>You might remember that <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a> sometimes removes
<code class="literal">${.TARGET}</code> in case of error, but this only
happens when it is interrupted, for example by pressing
<code class="literal">^C</code>. This does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> happen
when one of the commands fails (like <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?false+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">false</span>(1)</span></a> above).</p>
</li></ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="makefile.variables"></a>12.2. <code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables</h2></div></div></div>
<p><code class="filename">Makefile</code> variables contain strings that
can be processed using the five operators ``='', ``+='', ``?='',
``:='', and ``!='', which are described in the <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a> man
page.</p>
<p>When a variable's value is parsed from a
<code class="filename">Makefile</code>, the hash character ``#'' and the
backslash character ``\'' are handled specially. If a backslash is
followed by a newline, any whitespace immediately in front of the
backslash, the backslash, the newline, and any whitespace
immediately behind the newline are replaced with a single space. A
backslash character and an immediately following hash character are
replaced with a single hash character. Otherwise, the backslash is
passed as is. In a variable assignment, any hash character that is
not preceded by a backslash starts a comment that continues upto the
end of the logical line.</p>
<p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note:</em></span> Because of this parsing algorithm
the only way to create a variable consisting of a single backslash
is using the ``!='' operator, for example: <code class="varname">BACKSLASH!=echo "\\"</code>.</p>
<p>So far for defining variables. The other thing you can do with
variables is evaluating them. A variable is evaluated when it is
part of the right side of the ``:='' or the ``!='' operator, or
directly before executing a shell command which the variable is part
of. In all other cases, <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a> performs lazy evaluation, that
is, variables are not evaluated until there's no other way. The
``modifiers'' mentioned in the man page also evaluate the
variable.</p>
<p>Some of the modifiers split the string into words and then
operate on the words, others operate on the string as a whole. When
a string is split into words, it is split as you would expect
it from <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?sh+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">sh</span>(1)</span></a>.</p>
<p>No rule without exception—the <span class="command"><strong>.for</strong></span>
loop does not follow the shell quoting rules but splits at sequences
of whitespace.</p>
<p>There are several types of variables that should be handled
differently. Strings and two types of lists.</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Strings</em></span> can contain arbitrary
characters. Nevertheless, you should restrict yourself to only
using printable characters. Examples are
<code class="varname">PREFIX</code> and
<code class="varname">COMMENT</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Internal lists</em></span> are lists that
are never exported to any shell command. Their elements are
separated by whitespace. Therefore, the elements themselves cannot
have embedded whitespace. Any other characters are allowed.
Internal lists can be used in <span class="command"><strong>.for</strong></span> loops.
Examples are <code class="varname">DEPENDS</code> and
<code class="varname">BUILD_DEPENDS</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>External lists</em></span> are lists that
may be exported to a shell command. Their elements can contain any
characters, including whitespace. That's why they cannot be used
in <span class="command"><strong>.for</strong></span> loops. Examples are
<code class="varname">DISTFILES</code> and
<code class="varname">MASTER_SITES</code>.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="makefile.variables.names"></a>12.2.1. Naming conventions</h3></div></div></div>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>All variable names starting with an underscore
are reserved for use by the pkgsrc infrastructure. They shall
not be used by package
<code class="filename">Makefile</code>s.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>In <span class="command"><strong>.for</strong></span> loops you should use
lowercase variable names for the iteration
variables.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>All list variables should have a ``plural''
name, e.g. <code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS</code> or
<code class="varname">DISTFILES</code>.</p></li>
</ul></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="makefile.code"></a>12.3. Code snippets</h2></div></div></div>
<p>This section presents you with some code snippets you should
use in your own code. If you don't find anything appropriate here,
you should test your code and add it here.</p>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="adding-to-list"></a>12.3.1. Adding things to a list</h3></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting">
STRING= foo * bar `date`
INT_LIST= # empty
ANOTHER_INT_LIST= apache-[0-9]*:../../www/apache
EXT_LIST= # empty
ANOTHER_EXT_LIST= a=b c=d
INT_LIST+= ${STRING} # 1
INT_LIST+= ${ANOTHER_INT_LIST} # 2
EXT_LIST+= ${STRING:Q} # 3
EXT_LIST+= ${ANOTHER_EXT_LIST} # 4
</pre>
<p>When you add a string to an external list (example 3), it
must be quoted. In all other cases, you must not add a quoting
level. You must not merge internal and external lists, unless you
are sure that all entries are correctly interpreted in both
lists.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="converting-internal-to-external"></a>12.3.2. Converting an internal list into an external list</h3></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting">
EXT_LIST= # empty
.for i in ${INT_LIST}
EXT_LIST+= ${i:Q}""
.endfor
</pre>
<p>This code converts the internal list
<code class="varname">INT_LIST</code> into the external list
<code class="varname">EXT_LIST</code>. As the elements of an internal list
are unquoted they must be quoted here. The reason for appending
<code class="varname">""</code> is explained below.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="passing-variable-to-shell"></a>12.3.3. Passing variables to a shell command</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Sometimes you may want to print an arbitrary string. There
are many ways to get it wrong and only few that can handle every
nastiness.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
STRING= foo bar < > * `date` $$HOME ' "
EXT_LIST= string=${STRING:Q} x=second\ item
all:
echo ${STRING} # 1
echo "${STRING}" # 2
echo "${STRING:Q}" # 3
echo ${STRING:Q} # 4
echo x${STRING:Q} | sed 1s,.,, # 5
printf "%s\\n" ${STRING:Q}"" # 6
env ${EXT_LIST} /bin/sh -c 'echo "$$string"; echo "$$x"'
</pre>
<p>Example 1 leads to a syntax error in the shell, as the
characters are just copied.</p>
<p>Example 2 leads to a syntax error too, and if you leave out
the last " character from <code class="varname">${STRING}</code>,
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?date+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">date</span>(1)</span></a> will be executed. The <code class="varname">$HOME</code> shell
variable would be evaluated, too.</p>
<p>Example 3 outputs each space character preceded by a
backslash (or not), depending on the implementation of the
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?echo+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">echo</span>(1)</span></a> command.</p>
<p>Example 4 handles correctly every string that does not start
with a dash. In that case, the result depends on the
implementation of the <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?echo+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">echo</span>(1)</span></a> command. As long as you can
guarantee that your input does not start with a dash, this form is
appropriate.</p>
<p>Example 5 handles even the case of a leading dash
correctly.</p>
<p>Example 6 also works with every string and is the
light-weight solution, since it does not involve a pipe, which has
its own problems.</p>
<p>The <code class="varname">EXT_LIST</code> does not need to be quoted
because the quoting has already been done when adding elements to
the list.</p>
<p>As internal lists shall not be passed to the shell, there is
no example for it.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="quoting-guideline"></a>12.3.4. Quoting guideline</h3></div></div></div>
<p>There are many possible sources of wrongly quoted variables.
This section lists some of the commonly known ones.</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem">
<p>Whenever you use the value of a list, think
about what happens to leading or trailing whitespace. If the
list is a well-formed shell expression, you can apply the
<code class="varname">:M*</code> modifier to strip leading and trailing
whitespace from each word. The <code class="varname">:M</code> operator
first splits its argument according to the rules of the shell,
and then creates a new list consisting of all words that match
the shell glob expression <code class="varname">*</code>, that is: all.
One class of situations where this is needed is when adding a
variable like <code class="varname">CPPFLAGS</code> to
<code class="varname">CONFIGURE_ARGS</code>. If the configure script
invokes other configure scripts, it strips the leading and
trailing whitespace from the variable and then passes it to the
other configure scripts. But these configure scripts expect the
(child) <code class="varname">CPPFLAGS</code> variable to be the same as
the parent <code class="varname">CPPFLAGS</code>. That's why we better
pass the <code class="varname">CPPFLAGS</code> value properly trimmed. And
here is how we do it:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
CPPFLAGS= # empty
CPPFLAGS+= -Wundef -DPREFIX=\"${PREFIX:Q}\"
CPPFLAGS+= ${MY_CPPFLAGS}
CONFIGURE_ARGS+= CPPFLAGS=${CPPFLAGS:M*:Q}
all:
echo x${CPPFLAGS:Q}x # leading and trailing whitespace
echo x${CONFIGURE_ARGS}x # properly trimmed
</pre>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>The example above contains one bug: The
<code class="varname">${PREFIX}</code> is a properly quoted shell
expression, but there is the C compiler after it, which also
expects a properly quoted string (this time in C syntax). The
version above is therefore only correct if
<code class="varname">${PREFIX}</code> does not have embedded backslashes
or double quotes. If you want to allow these, you have to add
another layer of quoting to each variable that is used as a C
string literal. You cannot use the <code class="varname">:Q</code>
operator for it, as this operator only works for the
shell.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>Whenever a variable can be empty, the
<code class="varname">:Q</code> operator can have surprising results. Here
are two completely different cases which can be solved with the
same trick.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
EMPTY= # empty
empty_test:
for i in a ${EMPTY:Q} c; do \
echo "$$i"; \
done
for_test:
.for i in a:\ a:\test.txt
echo ${i:Q}
echo "foo"
.endfor
</pre>
<p>The first example will only print two of the three lines
we might have expected. This is because
<code class="varname">${EMPTY:Q}</code> expands to the empty string, which
the shell cannot see. The workaround is to write
<code class="varname">${EMPTY:Q}""</code>. This pattern can be often found
as <code class="varname">${TEST} -z ${VAR:Q}</code> or as <code class="varname">${TEST}
-f ${FNAME:Q}</code> (both of these are wrong).</p>
<p>The second example will only print three lines instead of
four. The first line looks like <code class="varname">a:\ echo foo</code>.
This is because the backslash of the value
<code class="varname">a:\</code> is interpreted as a line-continuation by
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a>, which makes the second line the arguments of the
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?echo+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">echo</span>(1)</span></a> command from the first line. To avoid this, write
<code class="varname">${i:Q}""</code>.</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="bsd-make-bug-workaround"></a>12.3.5. Workaround for a bug in BSD Make</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The pkgsrc bmake program does not handle the following
assignment correctly. In case <code class="varname">_othervar_</code>
contains a ``-'' character, one of the closing braces is included
in <code class="varname">${VAR}</code> after this code executes.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
VAR:= ${VAR:N${_othervar_:C/-//}}
</pre>
<p>For a more complex code snippet and a workaround, see the
package <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/regress/make-quoting/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">regress/make-quoting</code></a>, testcase
<code class="varname">bug1</code>.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="plist"></a>Chapter 13. PLIST issues</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcs-id">13.1. RCS ID</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#automatic-plist-generation">13.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#print-PLIST">13.3. Tweaking output of <span class="command"><strong>make print-PLIST</strong></span></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#plist.misc">13.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#manpage-compression">13.5. Man page compression</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#using-PLIST_SRC">13.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-specific-plist">13.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#faq.common-dirs">13.8. Sharing directories between packages</a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<p>The <code class="filename">PLIST</code> file contains a package's
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">packing list</span>”</span>, i.e. a list of files that belong to
the package (relative to the <code class="filename">${PREFIX}</code>
directory it's been installed in) plus some additional statements
- see the <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_create+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_create</span>(1)</span></a> man page for a full list.
This chapter addresses some issues that need attention when
dealing with the <code class="filename">PLIST</code> file (or files, see
below!).</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="rcs-id"></a>13.1. RCS ID</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Be sure to add a RCS ID line as the first thing in any
<code class="filename">PLIST</code> file you write:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
@comment $NetBSD$
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="automatic-plist-generation"></a>13.2. Semi-automatic <code class="filename">PLIST</code> generation</h2></div></div></div>
<p>You can use the <span class="command"><strong>make print-PLIST</strong></span> command
to output a PLIST that matches any new files since the package
was extracted. See <a class="xref" href="#build.helpful-targets" title="17.17. Other helpful targets">Section 17.17, “Other helpful targets”</a> for
more information on this target.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="print-PLIST"></a>13.3. Tweaking output of <span class="command"><strong>make print-PLIST</strong></span>
</h2></div></div></div>
<p>If you have used any of the *-dirs packages, as explained in
<a class="xref" href="#faq.common-dirs" title="13.8. Sharing directories between packages">Section 13.8, “Sharing directories between packages”</a>, you may have noticed that
<span class="command"><strong>make print-PLIST</strong></span> outputs a set of
<code class="varname">@comment</code>s instead of real
<code class="varname">@dirrm</code> lines. You can also do this for
specific directories and files, so that the results of that
command are very close to reality. This helps <span class="emphasis"><em>a
lot</em></span> during the update of packages.</p>
<p>The <code class="varname">PRINT_PLIST_AWK</code> variable takes a set
of AWK patterns and actions that are used to filter the output of
print-PLIST. You can <span class="emphasis"><em>append</em></span> any chunk of AWK
scripting you like to it, but be careful with quoting.</p>
<p>For example, to get all files inside the
<code class="filename">libdata/foo</code> directory removed from the
resulting PLIST:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
PRINT_PLIST_AWK+= /^libdata\/foo/ { next; }
</pre>
<p>And to get all the <code class="varname">@dirrm</code> lines referring
to a specific (shared) directory converted to
<code class="varname">@comment</code>s:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
PRINT_PLIST_AWK+= /^@dirrm share\/specific/ { print "@comment " $$0; next; }
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="plist.misc"></a>13.4. Variable substitution in PLIST</h2></div></div></div>
<p>A number of variables are substituted automatically in
PLISTs when a package is installed on a system. This includes the
following variables:</p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">${MACHINE_ARCH}</code>, <code class="varname">${MACHINE_GNU_ARCH}</code></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>Some packages like emacs and perl embed information
about which architecture they were built on into the
pathnames where they install their files. To handle this
case, PLIST will be preprocessed before actually used, and
the symbol
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="varname">${MACHINE_ARCH}</code></span>”</span> will be
replaced by what <span class="command"><strong>uname -p</strong></span> gives. The
same is done if the string
<code class="varname">${MACHINE_GNU_ARCH}</code> is embedded in
PLIST somewhere - use this on packages that have GNU
autoconf-created configure scripts.</p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Legacy note</h3>
<p>There used to be a symbol
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="varname">$ARCH</code></span>”</span> that
was replaced by the output of <span class="command"><strong>uname
-m</strong></span>, but that's no longer supported and has
been removed.</p>
</div>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">${OPSYS}</code>, <code class="varname">${LOWER_OPSYS}</code>, <code class="varname">${OS_VERSION}</code></span></dt>
<dd>
<p>Some packages want to embed the OS name and version
into some paths. To do this, use these variables in the
<code class="filename">PLIST</code>:
</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">${OPSYS}</code> - output of <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><span class="command"><strong>uname -s</strong></span></span>”</span></p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">${LOWER_OPSYS}</code> - lowercase common name (eg. <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">solaris</span>”</span>)</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">${OS_VERSION}</code> - <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><span class="command"><strong>uname -r</strong></span></span>”</span></p></li>
</ul></div>
</dd>
</dl></div>
<p>For a complete list of values which are replaced by
default, please look in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code> (and
search for <code class="varname">PLIST_SUBST</code>).</p>
<p>If you want to change other variables not listed above, you
can add variables and their expansions to this variable in the
following way, similar to <code class="varname">MESSAGE_SUBST</code> (see <a class="xref" href="#components.optional" title="11.5. Optional files">Section 11.5, “Optional files”</a>):</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
PLIST_SUBST+= SOMEVAR="somevalue"
</pre>
<p>This replaces all occurrences of <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">${SOMEVAR}</span>”</span>
in the <code class="filename">PLIST</code> with
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">somevalue</span>”</span>.</p>
<p>The <code class="varname">PLIST_VARS</code> variable can be used to simplify
the common case of conditionally including some
<code class="filename">PLIST</code> entries. It can be done by adding
<code class="literal"><code class="varname">PLIST_VARS</code>+=foo</code> and
setting the corresponding <code class="varname">PLIST.foo</code> variable
to <code class="literal">yes</code> if the entry should be included.
This will substitute <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="varname">${PLIST.foo}</code></span>”</span>
in the <code class="filename">PLIST</code> with either
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">""</code></span>”</span> or
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">"@comment "</code></span>”</span>.
For example, in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
PLIST_VARS+= foo
.if <em class="replaceable"><code>condition</code></em>
PLIST.foo= yes
.else
</pre>
<p>And then in <code class="filename">PLIST</code>:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
@comment $NetBSD$
bin/bar
man/man1/bar.1
${PLIST.foo}bin/foo
${PLIST.foo}man/man1/foo.1
${PLIST.foo}share/bar/foo.data
${PLIST.foo}@dirrm share/bar
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="manpage-compression"></a>13.5. Man page compression</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Man pages should be installed in compressed form if
<code class="varname">MANZ</code> is set (in <code class="filename">bsd.own.mk</code>),
and uncompressed otherwise. To handle this in the
<code class="filename">PLIST</code> file, the suffix <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">.gz</span>”</span> is
appended/removed automatically for man pages according to
<code class="varname">MANZ</code> and <code class="varname">MANCOMPRESSED</code> being set
or not, see above for details. This modification of the
<code class="filename">PLIST</code> file is done on a copy of it, not
<code class="filename">PLIST</code> itself.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="using-PLIST_SRC"></a>13.6. Changing PLIST source with <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code>
</h2></div></div></div>
<p>To use one or more files as source for the <code class="filename">PLIST</code> used
in generating the binary package, set the variable
<code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code> to the names of that file(s).
The files are later concatenated using <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?cat+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">cat</span>(1)</span></a>, and the order of things is
important. The default for <code class="varname">PLIST_SRC</code> is
<code class="filename">${PKGDIR}/PLIST</code>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="platform-specific-plist"></a>13.7. Platform-specific and differing PLISTs</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Some packages decide to install a different set of files based on
the operating system being used. These differences can be
automatically handled by using the following files:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">PLIST.common</code></p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">PLIST.${OPSYS}</code></p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">PLIST.${MACHINE_ARCH}</code></p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">PLIST.${OPSYS}-${MACHINE_ARCH}</code></p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">PLIST.common_end</code></p></li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="faq.common-dirs"></a>13.8. Sharing directories between packages</h2></div></div></div>
<p>A <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">shared directory</span>”</span> is a directory where
multiple (and unrelated) packages install files. These
directories were problematic because you had to add special
tricks in the PLIST to conditionally remove them, or have some
centralized package handle them.</p>
<p>In pkgsrc, it is now easy: Each package should create
directories and install files as needed; <span class="command"><strong>pkg_delete</strong></span>
will remove any directories left empty after uninstalling a
package.</p>
<p>If a package needs an empty directory to work, create
the directory during installation as usual, and also add an
entry to the PLIST:
</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
@pkgdir path/to/empty/directory
</pre>
<p>
</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="buildlink"></a>Chapter 14. Buildlink methodology</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-buildlink3">14.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#creating-buildlink3.mk">14.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-bl3">14.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#updating-buildlink-depends">14.2.2. Updating
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
and
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#writing-builtin.mk">14.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#anatomy-of-builtin.mk">14.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#native-or-pkgsrc-preference">14.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl>
</div>
<p>Buildlink is a framework in pkgsrc that controls what headers and libraries
are seen by a package's configure and build processes. This is implemented
in a two step process:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>Symlink headers and libraries for dependencies into
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_DIR</code>, which by default is a subdirectory
of <code class="varname">WRKDIR</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Create wrapper scripts that are used in place of the normal compiler
tools that translate <code class="option">-I${LOCALBASE}/include</code> and
<code class="option">-L${LOCALBASE}/lib</code> into references to
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_DIR</code>. The wrapper scripts also make
native compiler on some operating systems look like GCC, so that
packages that expect GCC won't require modifications to build with
those native compilers.</p></li>
</ol></div>
<p>This normalizes the environment in which a package is built so that the
package may be built consistently despite what other software may be
installed. Please note that the normal system header and library paths,
e.g. <code class="filename">/usr/include</code>,
<code class="filename">/usr/lib</code>, etc., are always searched -- buildlink3 is
designed to insulate the package build from non-system-supplied
software.</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="converting-to-buildlink3"></a>14.1. Converting packages to use buildlink3</h2></div></div></div>
<p>The process of converting packages to use the buildlink3
framework (<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">bl3ifying</span>”</span>) is fairly straightforward.
The things to keep in mind are:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>Ensure that the build always calls the wrapper scripts
instead of the actual toolchain. Some packages are tricky,
and the only way to know for sure is the check
<code class="filename">${WRKDIR}/.work.log</code> to see if the
wrappers are being invoked.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Don't override <code class="varname">PREFIX</code> from within
the package Makefile, e.g. Java VMs, standalone shells,
etc., because the code to symlink files into
<code class="filename">${BUILDLINK_DIR}</code> looks for files
relative to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pkg_info -qp <em class="replaceable"><code>pkgname</code></em></span>”</span>.
</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Remember that <span class="emphasis"><em>only</em></span> the
<code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files that you list in a
package's Makefile are added as dependencies for that package.
</p></li>
</ol></div>
<p>If a dependency on a particular package is required for its libraries and
headers, then we replace:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
DEPENDS+= foo>=1.1.0:../../category/foo
</pre>
<p>with</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
.include "../../category/foo/buildlink3.mk"
</pre>
<p>The buildlink3.mk files usually define the required dependencies.
If you need a newer version of the dependency when using buildlink3.mk
files, then you can define it in your Makefile; for example:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.foo+= foo>=1.1.0
.include "../../category/foo/buildlink3.mk"
</pre>
<p>There are several <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code>
files in <code class="filename">pkgsrc/mk</code>
that handle special package issues:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">bdb.buildlink3.mk</code> chooses either
the native or a pkgsrc Berkeley DB implementation based on
the values of <code class="varname">BDB_ACCEPTED</code> and
<code class="varname">BDB_DEFAULT</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">curses.buildlink3.mk</code>: If the system
comes with neither Curses nor NCurses, this will take care
to install the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/devel/ncurses/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">devel/ncurses</code></a> package.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">krb5.buildlink3.mk</code> uses the value
of <code class="varname">KRB5_ACCEPTED</code> to choose between
adding a dependency on Heimdal or MIT-krb5 for packages that
require a Kerberos 5 implementation.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">motif.buildlink3.mk</code> checks for a
system-provided Motif installation or adds a dependency on
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/x11/lesstif/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">x11/lesstif</code></a>, <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/x11/motif/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">x11/motif</code></a> or <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/x11/openmotif/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">x11/openmotif</code></a>. The user can set
<code class="varname">MOTIF_TYPE</code> to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">dt</span>”</span>,
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">lesstif</span>”</span>, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">motif</span>”</span> or
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">openmotif</span>”</span> to choose
which Motif version will be used.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">readline.buildlink3.mk</code> checks for a
system-provided GNU readline or editline (libedit) installation,
or adds a dependency on <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/devel/readline/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">devel/readline</code></a>,
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/devel/editline/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">devel/editline</code></a>. The user can set
<code class="varname">READLINE_DEFAULT</code> to choose readline implementation.
If your package really needs GNU readline library, its Makefile
should include <code class="filename">devel/readline/buildlink3.mk</code>
instead of <code class="filename">readline.buildlink3.mk</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">oss.buildlink3.mk</code> defines several
variables that may be used by packages that use the
Open Sound System (OSS) API.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">pgsql.buildlink3.mk</code> will accept
any of the Postgres versions in the variable
<code class="varname">PGSQL_VERSIONS_ACCEPTED</code> and default to
the version <code class="varname">PGSQL_VERSION_DEFAULT</code>. See
the file for more information.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">pthread.buildlink3.mk</code> uses the value of
<code class="varname">PTHREAD_OPTS</code> and checks for native pthreads or adds
a dependency on <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/devel/pth/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">devel/pth</code></a> as needed.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">xaw.buildlink3.mk</code> uses the value of
<code class="varname">XAW_TYPE</code> to choose a particular Athena widgets
library.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>The comments in those <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code>
files provide a more complete
description of how to use them properly.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="creating-buildlink3.mk"></a>14.2. Writing <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</h2></div></div></div>
<a name="buildlink3.mk"></a><p>A package's <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file is
included by Makefiles to indicate the need to compile and link
against header files and libraries provided by the package. A
<code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file should always provide
enough information to add the correct type of dependency
relationship and include any other
<code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files that it needs to find
headers and libraries that it needs in turn.</p>
<p>To generate an initial <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code>
file for further editing, Rene Hexel's <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/createbuildlink/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/createbuildlink</code></a>
package is highly recommended. For most packages, the following
command will generate a good starting point for
<code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files:</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd pkgsrc/<em class="replaceable"><code>category</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>pkgdir</code></em>
<code class="prompt">%</code> createbuildlink >buildlink3.mk</code></strong>
</pre>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="anatomy-of-bl3"></a>14.2.1. Anatomy of a buildlink3.mk file</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The following real-life example
<code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> is taken
from <code class="filename">pkgsrc/graphics/tiff</code>:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
# $NetBSD: buildlink3.mk,v 1.16 2009/03/20 19:24:45 joerg Exp $
BUILDLINK_TREE+= tiff
.if !defined(TIFF_BUILDLINK3_MK)
TIFF_BUILDLINK3_MK:=
BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.tiff+= tiff>=3.6.1
BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS.tiff+= tiff>=3.7.2nb1
BUILDLINK_PKGSRCDIR.tiff?= ../../graphics/tiff
.include "../../devel/zlib/buildlink3.mk"
.include "../../graphics/jpeg/buildlink3.mk"
.endif # TIFF_BUILDLINK3_MK
BUILDLINK_TREE+= -tiff
</pre>
<p>The header and footer manipulate
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_TREE</code>, which is common across all
<code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files and is used to track
the dependency tree.</p>
<p>The main section is protected from multiple inclusion
and controls how the dependency on <em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em> is
added. Several important variables are set in the section:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
is the actual dependency recorded in the installed
package; this should always be set using
<span class="command"><strong>+=</strong></span> to ensure that
we're appending to any pre-existing list of values. This
variable should be set to the first version of the
package that had an backwards-incompatible API change.
</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">BUILDLINK_PKGSRCDIR.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
is the location of the <em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em>
pkgsrc directory.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">BUILDLINK_DEPMETHOD.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
(not shown above) controls whether we use
<code class="varname">BUILD_DEPENDS</code> or
<code class="varname">DEPENDS</code> to add the dependency on
<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em>. The build dependency is
selected by setting
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_DEPMETHOD.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">build</span>”</span>. By default, the full dependency is
used.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">BUILDLINK_INCDIRS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
and
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_LIBDIRS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
(not shown above) are lists of subdirectories of
<code class="filename">${BUILDLINK_PREFIX.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em>}</code>
to add to the header and library search paths. These
default to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">include</span>”</span> and <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">lib</span>”</span>
respectively.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">BUILDLINK_CPPFLAGS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
(not shown above) is the list of preprocessor flags to add
to <code class="varname">CPPFLAGS</code>, which are passed on to the
configure and build phases. The <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">-I</span>”</span> option
should be avoided and instead be handled using
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_INCDIRS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code> as
above.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>The following variables are all optionally defined within
this second section (protected against multiple inclusion) and
control which package files are symlinked into
<code class="filename">${BUILDLINK_DIR}</code> and how their names are
transformed during the symlinking:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">BUILDLINK_FILES.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
(not shown above) is a shell glob pattern relative to
<code class="filename">${BUILDLINK_PREFIX.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em>}</code>
to be symlinked into
<code class="filename">${BUILDLINK_DIR}</code>,
e.g. <code class="filename">include/*.h</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">BUILDLINK_FILES_CMD.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
(not shown above) is a shell pipeline that
outputs to stdout a list of files relative to
<code class="filename">${BUILDLINK_PREFIX.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em>}</code>.
The resulting files are to be symlinked
into <code class="filename">${BUILDLINK_DIR}</code>. By default,
this takes the <code class="filename">+CONTENTS</code> of a
<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em> and filters it through
<code class="varname">${BUILDLINK_CONTENTS_FILTER.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em>}</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">BUILDLINK_CONTENTS_FILTER.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
(not shown above) is a filter command that filters
<code class="filename">+CONTENTS</code> input into a list of files
relative to
<code class="filename">${BUILDLINK_PREFIX.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em>}</code>
on stdout. By default for overwrite packages,
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_CONTENTS_FILTER.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
outputs the contents of the <code class="filename">include</code>
and <code class="filename">lib</code> directories in the package
<code class="filename">+CONTENTS</code>, and for pkgviews packages,
it outputs any libtool archives in
<code class="filename">lib</code> directories.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">BUILDLINK_FNAME_TRANSFORM.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
(not shown above) is a list of sed arguments used to
transform the name of the source filename into a
destination filename, e.g. <span class="command"><strong>-e
"s|/curses.h|/ncurses.h|g"</strong></span>.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>This section can additionally include any
<code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> needed for
<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em>'s library dependencies.
Including these <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files
means that the headers and libraries for these
dependencies are also symlinked into
<code class="filename">${BUILDLINK_DIR}</code>
whenever the <em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em>
<code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code>
file is included. Dependencies are only added for directly
include <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files.</p>
<p>When providing a <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> and
including other <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files in it,
please only add necessary ones, i.e., those whose libraries or
header files are automatically exposed when the package is
use.</p>
<p>In particular, if only an executable
(<code class="filename">bin/foo</code>) is linked against a library, that
library does not need to be propagated in the
<code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file.</p>
<p>The following steps should help you decide if a
<code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file needs to be included:
</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>Look at the installed header files: What
headers do they include? The packages providing these files
must be buildlinked.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Run <code class="filename">ldd</code> on all installed
libraries and look against what other libraries they link.
Some of the packages providing these probably need to be
buildlinked; however, it's not automatic, since e.g. GTK on
some systems pulls in the X libraries, so they will show up in
the <code class="filename">ldd</code> output, while on others (like OS
X) it won't. <code class="filename">ldd</code> output can thus only be
used as a hint.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>
</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="updating-buildlink-depends"></a>14.2.2. Updating
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
and
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
in <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files</h3></div></div></div>
<p>These two variables differ in that one describes source
compatibility (API) and the other binary compatibility (ABI).
The difference is that a change in the API breaks compilation of
programs while changes in the ABI stop compiled programs from
running.</p>
<p>Changes to the
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
variable in a <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file happen
very rarely. One possible reason is that all packages depending
on this already need a newer version. In case it is bumped see
the description below.</p>
<p>The most common example of an ABI change is that the major
version of a shared library is increased. In this case,
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
should be adjusted to require at least the new package version.
Then the packages that depend on this package need their
<code class="varname">PKGREVISION</code>s increased and, if they have
<code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files, their
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
adjusted, too. This is needed so pkgsrc will require the correct
package dependency and not settle for an older one when building
the source.</p>
<p>See <a class="xref" href="#dependencies" title="19.1.6. Handling dependencies">Section 19.1.6, “Handling dependencies”</a> for
more information about dependencies on other packages,
including the <code class="varname">BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS</code> and
<code class="varname">ABI_DEPENDS</code> definitions.</p>
<p>Please take careful consideration before adjusting
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
or
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
as we don't want to cause unneeded package deletions and
rebuilds. In many cases, new versions of packages work just
fine with older dependencies.</p>
<p>Also it is not needed to set
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_ABI_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
when it is identical to
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>. </p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="writing-builtin.mk"></a>14.3. Writing <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Some packages in pkgsrc install headers and libraries that
coincide with headers and libraries present in the base system.
Aside from a <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file, these
packages should also include a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code>
file that includes the necessary checks to decide whether using
the built-in software or the pkgsrc software is
appropriate.</p>
<p>The only requirements of a builtin.mk file for
<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em> are:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>It should set
<code class="varname">USE_BUILTIN.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
to either <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span> or <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">no</span>”</span>
after it is included.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>It should <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> override any
<code class="varname">USE_BUILTIN.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
which is already set before the
<code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file is included.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>It should be written to allow multiple inclusion. This
is <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> important and takes careful
attention to <code class="filename">Makefile</code> coding.</p></li>
</ol></div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="anatomy-of-builtin.mk"></a>14.3.1. Anatomy of a <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The following is the recommended template for builtin.mk
files:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
.if !defined(IS_BUILTIN.foo)
#
# IS_BUILTIN.foo is set to "yes" or "no" depending on whether "foo"
# genuinely exists in the system or not.
#
IS_BUILTIN.foo?= no
# BUILTIN_PKG.foo should be set here if "foo" is built-in and its package
# version can be determined.
#
. if !empty(IS_BUILTIN.foo:M[yY][eE][sS])
BUILTIN_PKG.foo?= foo-1.0
. endif
.endif # IS_BUILTIN.foo
.if !defined(USE_BUILTIN.foo)
USE_BUILTIN.foo?= ${IS_BUILTIN.foo}
. if defined(BUILTIN_PKG.foo)
. for _depend_ in ${BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.foo}
. if !empty(USE_BUILTIN.foo:M[yY][eE][sS])
USE_BUILTIN.foo!= \
${PKG_ADMIN} pmatch '${_depend_}' ${BUILTIN_PKG.foo} \
&& ${ECHO} "yes" || ${ECHO} "no"
. endif
. endfor
. endif
.endif # USE_BUILTIN.foo
CHECK_BUILTIN.foo?= no
.if !empty(CHECK_BUILTIN.foo:M[nN][oO])
#
# Here we place code that depends on whether USE_BUILTIN.foo is set to
# "yes" or "no".
#
.endif # CHECK_BUILTIN.foo
</pre>
<p>The first section sets
<code class="varname">IS_BUILTIN.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
depending on if <em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em> really exists
in the base system. This should not be a base system software
with similar functionality to <em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em>;
it should only be <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span> if the actual package is
included as part of the base system. This variable is only
used internally within the <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code>
file.</p>
<p>The second section sets
<code class="varname">BUILTIN_PKG.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
to the version of <em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em> in the base
system if it exists (if
<code class="varname">IS_BUILTIN.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
is <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span>). This variable is only used internally
within the <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file.</p>
<p>The third section sets
<code class="varname">USE_BUILTIN.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
and is <span class="emphasis"><em>required</em></span> in all
<code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> files. The code in this
section must make the determination whether the built-in
software is adequate to satisfy the dependencies listed in
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>.
This is typically done by comparing
<code class="varname">BUILTIN_PKG.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
against each of the dependencies in
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_API_DEPENDS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>.
<code class="varname">USE_BUILTIN.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
<span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> be set to the correct value by the
end of the <code class="filename">builtin.mk</code> file. Note that
<code class="varname">USE_BUILTIN.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
may be <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span> even if
<code class="varname">IS_BUILTIN.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
is <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">no</span>”</span> because we may make the determination
that the built-in version of the software is similar enough to
be used as a replacement.</p>
<p>The last section is guarded by
<code class="varname">CHECK_BUILTIN.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>,
and includes code that uses the value of
<code class="varname">USE_BUILTIN.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>
set in the previous section. This typically includes, e.g.,
adding additional dependency restrictions and listing additional
files to symlink into <code class="filename">${BUILDLINK_DIR}</code> (via
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_FILES.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkg</code></em></code>).</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="native-or-pkgsrc-preference"></a>14.3.2. Global preferences for native or pkgsrc software</h3></div></div></div>
<p>When building packages, it's possible to choose whether to set
a global preference for using either the built-in (native)
version or the pkgsrc version of software to satisfy a
dependency. This is controlled by setting
<code class="varname">PREFER_PKGSRC</code> and
<code class="varname">PREFER_NATIVE</code>. These variables take values
of either <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span>, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">no</span>”</span>, or a list of
packages. <code class="varname">PREFER_PKGSRC</code> tells pkgsrc to
use the pkgsrc versions of software, while
<code class="varname">PREFER_NATIVE</code> tells pkgsrc to use the
built-in versions. Preferences are determined by the most
specific instance of the package in either
<code class="varname">PREFER_PKGSRC</code> or
<code class="varname">PREFER_NATIVE</code>. If a package is specified
in neither or in both variables, then
<code class="varname">PREFER_PKGSRC</code> has precedence over
<code class="varname">PREFER_NATIVE</code>. For example, to require
using pkgsrc versions of software for all but the most basic
bits on a NetBSD system, you can set:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
PREFER_PKGSRC= yes
PREFER_NATIVE= getopt skey tcp_wrappers
</pre>
<p>A package <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> have a
<code class="filename">builtin.mk</code>
file to be listed in <code class="varname">PREFER_NATIVE</code>,
otherwise it is simply ignored in that list.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="pkginstall"></a>Chapter 15. The pkginstall framework</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix">15.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dirs-outside-prefix">15.1.1. Directory manipulation</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#files-outside-prefix">15.1.2. File manipulation</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#conf-files">15.2. Configuration files</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-sysconfdir">15.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-configure">15.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-patching">15.2.3. Patching installations</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conf-files-disable">15.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#rcd-scripts">15.3. System startup scripts</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#rcd-scripts-disable">15.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#users-and-groups">15.4. System users and groups</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#shells">15.5. System shells</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shells-disable">15.5.1. Disabling shell registration</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fonts">15.6. Fonts</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fonts-disable">15.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</a></span></dt></dl></dd>
</dl>
</div>
<p>This chapter describes the framework known as
<code class="literal">pkginstall</code>, whose key features are:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>Generic installation and manipulation of directories and files
outside the pkgsrc-handled tree, <code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Automatic handling of configuration files during installation,
provided that packages are correctly designed.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Generation and installation of system startup scripts.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Registration of system users and groups.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Registration of system shells.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Automatic updating of fonts databases.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>The following sections inspect each of the above points in detail.</p>
<p>You may be thinking that many of the things described here could be
easily done with simple code in the package's post-installation target
(<code class="literal">post-install</code>). <span class="emphasis"><em>This is incorrect</em></span>,
as the code in them is only executed when building from source. Machines
using binary packages could not benefit from it at all (as the code itself
could be unavailable). Therefore, the only way to achieve any of the items
described above is by means of the installation scripts, which are
automatically generated by pkginstall.</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="files-and-dirs-outside-prefix"></a>15.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix</h2></div></div></div>
<p>As you already know, the <code class="filename">PLIST</code> file holds a list
of files and directories that belong to a package. The names used in it
are relative to the installation prefix (<code class="filename">${PREFIX}</code>),
which means that it cannot register files outside this directory (absolute
path names are not allowed). Despite this restriction, some packages need
to install files outside this location; e.g., under
<code class="filename">${VARBASE}</code> or
<code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}</code>. The only way to achieve this
is to create such files during installation time by using
installation scripts.</p>
<p>The generic installation scripts are shell scripts that can
contain arbitrary code. The list of scripts to execute is taken from
the <code class="varname">INSTALL_FILE</code> variable, which defaults to
<code class="filename">INSTALL</code>. A similar variable exists for package
removal (<code class="varname">DEINSTALL_FILE</code>, whose default is
<code class="filename">DEINSTALL</code>). These scripts can run arbitrary
commands, so they have the potential to create and manage files
anywhere in the file system.</p>
<p>Using these general installation files is not recommended, but
may be needed in some special cases. One reason for avoiding them is
that the user has to trust the packager that there is no unwanted or
simply erroneous code included in the installation script. Also,
previously there were many similar scripts for the same functionality,
and fixing a common error involved finding and changing all of
them.</p>
<p>The pkginstall framework offers another, standardized way. It
provides generic scripts to abstract the manipulation of such files
and directories based on variables set in the package's
<code class="filename">Makefile</code>. The rest of this section describes
these variables.</p>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="dirs-outside-prefix"></a>15.1.1. Directory manipulation</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The following variables can be set to request the creation of
directories anywhere in the file system:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">MAKE_DIRS</code> and <code class="varname">OWN_DIRS</code>
contain a list of directories that should be created and should attempt
to be destroyed by the installation scripts. The difference between
the two is that the latter prompts the administrator to remove any
directories that may be left after deinstallation (because they were
not empty), while the former does not.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p><code class="varname">MAKE_DIRS_PERMS</code> and
<code class="varname">OWN_DIRS_PERMS</code> contain a list of tuples describing
which directories should be created and should attempt to be destroyed
by the installation scripts. Each tuple holds the following values,
separated by spaces: the directory name, its owner, its group and its
numerical mode. For example:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
MAKE_DIRS_PERMS+= ${VARBASE}/foo/private ${ROOT_USER} ${ROOT_GROUP} 0700
</pre>
<p>The difference between the two is exactly the same as their
non-<code class="varname">PERMS</code> counterparts.</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="files-outside-prefix"></a>15.1.2. File manipulation</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Creating non-empty files outside the installation prefix is tricky
because the <code class="filename">PLIST</code> forces all files to be inside it.
To overcome this problem, the only solution is to extract the file in the
known place (i.e., inside the installation prefix) and copy it to the
appropriate location during installation (done by the installation scripts
generated by pkginstall). We will call the former the <span class="emphasis"><em>master
file</em></span> in the following paragraphs, which describe the variables
that can be used to automatically and consistently handle files outside the
installation prefix:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem">
<p><code class="varname">CONF_FILES</code> and
<code class="varname">REQD_FILES</code> are pairs of master and target files.
During installation time, the master file is copied to the target one
if and only if the latter does not exist. Upon deinstallation, the
target file is removed provided that it was not modified by the
installation.</p>
<p>The difference between the two is that the latter prompts the
administrator to remove any files that may be left after
deinstallation (because they were not empty), while the former does
not.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p><code class="varname">CONF_FILES_PERMS</code> and
<code class="varname">REQD_FILES_PERMS</code> contain tuples describing master
files as well as their target locations. For each of them, it also
specifies their owner, their group and their numeric permissions, in
this order. For example:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
REQD_FILES_PERMS+= ${PREFIX}/share/somefile ${VARBASE}/somefile ${ROOT_USER} ${ROOT_GROUP} 0700
</pre>
<p>The difference between the two is exactly the same as their
non-<code class="varname">PERMS</code> counterparts.</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="conf-files"></a>15.2. Configuration files</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Configuration files are special in the sense that they are installed
in their own specific directory, <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code>, and
need special treatment during installation (most of which is automated by
pkginstall). The main concept you must bear in mind is that files marked
as configuration files are automatically copied to the right place (somewhere
inside <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code>) during installation <span class="emphasis"><em>if
and only if</em></span> they didn't exist before. Similarly, they will not
be removed if they have local modifications. This ensures that
administrators never lose any custom changes they may have made.</p>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="conf-files-sysconfdir"></a>15.2.1. How <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> is set</h3></div></div></div>
<p>As said before, the <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code> variable
specifies where configuration files shall be installed. Its contents are
set based upon the following variables:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFBASE</code>: The configuration's root
directory. Defaults to <code class="filename">${PREFIX}/etc</code> although it may
be overridden by the user to point to his preferred location (e.g.,
<code class="filename">/etc</code>, <code class="filename">/etc/pkg</code>, etc.).
Packages must not use it directly.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p><code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFSUBDIR</code>: A subdirectory of
<code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFBASE</code> under which the configuration files
for the package being built shall be installed. The definition of this
variable only makes sense in the package's
<code class="filename">Makefile</code> (i.e., it is not user-customizable).</p>
<p>As an example, consider the Apache package,
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/www/apache24/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">www/apache24</code></a>, which places its
configuration files under the
<code class="filename">httpd/</code> subdirectory of
<code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFBASE</code>. This should be set in the package
Makefile.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFVAR</code>: Specifies the name of the
variable that holds this package's configuration directory (if
different from <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFBASE</code>). It defaults to
<code class="varname">PKGBASE</code>'s value, and is always prefixed with
<code class="literal">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKG_SYSCONFVAR}</code>: Holds the
directory where the configuration files for the package identified by
<code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFVAR</code>'s shall be placed.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>Based on the above variables, pkginstall determines the value of
<code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR</code>, which is the <span class="emphasis"><em>only</em></span>
variable that can be used within a package to refer to its configuration
directory. The algorithm used to set its value is basically the
following:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>If <code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFDIR.${PKG_SYSCONFVAR}</code> is set,
its value is used.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>If the previous variable is not defined but
<code class="varname">PKG_SYSCONFSUBDIR</code> is set in the package's
<code class="filename">Makefile</code>, the resulting value is
<code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFBASE}/${PKG_SYSCONFSUBDIR}</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Otherwise, it is set to
<code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFBASE}</code>.</p></li>
</ol></div>
<p>It is worth mentioning that <code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}</code> is
automatically added to <code class="filename">OWN_DIRS</code>. See <a class="xref" href="#dirs-outside-prefix" title="15.1.1. Directory manipulation">Section 15.1.1, “Directory manipulation”</a> what this means. This does not apply to
subdirectories of <code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}</code>, they still have to
be created with OWN_DIRS or MAKE_DIRS.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="conf-files-configure"></a>15.2.2. Telling the software where configuration files are</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Given that pkgsrc (and users!) expect configuration files to be in a
known place, you need to teach each package where it shall install its
files. In some cases you will have to patch the package Makefiles to
achieve it. If you are lucky, though, it may be as easy as passing an
extra flag to the configuration script; this is the case of GNU Autoconf-
generated files:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --sysconfdir=${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}
</pre>
<p>Note that this specifies where the package has to <span class="emphasis"><em>look
for</em></span> its configuration files, not where they will be originally
installed (although the difference is never explicit,
unfortunately).</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="conf-files-patching"></a>15.2.3. Patching installations</h3></div></div></div>
<p>As said before, pkginstall automatically handles configuration files.
This means that <span class="strong"><strong>the packages themselves must not
touch the contents of <code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}</code>
directly</strong></span>. Bad news is that many software installation scripts
will, out of the box, mess with the contents of that directory. So what is
the correct procedure to fix this issue?</p>
<p>You must teach the package (usually by manually patching it) to
install any configuration files under the examples hierarchy,
<code class="filename">share/examples/${PKGBASE}/</code>. This way, the
<code class="filename">PLIST</code> registers them and the administrator always
has the original copies available.</p>
<p>Once the required configuration files are in place (i.e., under the
examples hierarchy), the pkginstall framework can use them as master copies
during the package installation to update what is in
<code class="filename">${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}</code>. To achieve this, the variables
<code class="varname">CONF_FILES</code> and <code class="varname">CONF_FILES_PERMS</code> are
used. Check out <a class="xref" href="#files-outside-prefix" title="15.1.2. File manipulation">Section 15.1.2, “File manipulation”</a> for information
about their syntax and their purpose. Here is an example, taken from the
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/mail/mutt/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">mail/mutt</code></a> package:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
EGDIR= ${PREFIX}/share/doc/mutt/samples
CONF_FILES= ${EGDIR}/Muttrc ${PKG_SYSCONFDIR}/Muttrc
</pre>
<p>Note that the <code class="varname">EGDIR</code> variable is specific to that
package and has no meaning outside it.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="conf-files-disable"></a>15.2.4. Disabling handling of configuration files</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The automatic copying of config files can be toggled by setting the
environment variable <code class="varname">PKG_CONFIG</code> prior to package
installation.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="rcd-scripts"></a>15.3. System startup scripts</h2></div></div></div>
<p>System startup scripts are special files because they must be
installed in a place known by the underlying OS, usually outside the
installation prefix. Therefore, the same rules described in <a class="xref" href="#files-and-dirs-outside-prefix" title="15.1. Files and directories outside the installation prefix">Section 15.1, “Files and directories outside the installation prefix”</a> apply, and the same solutions
can be used. However, pkginstall provides a special mechanism to handle
these files.</p>
<p>In order to provide system startup scripts, the package has
to:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>Store the script inside <code class="filename">${FILESDIR}</code>, with
the <code class="literal">.sh</code> suffix appended. Considering the
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/print/cups/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">print/cups</code></a> package as an example, it has a
<code class="filename">cupsd.sh</code> in its files directory.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>Tell pkginstall to handle it, appending the name of the script,
without its extension, to the <code class="varname">RCD_SCRIPTS</code> variable.
Continuing the previous example:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
RCD_SCRIPTS+= cupsd
</pre>
</li>
</ol></div>
<p>Once this is done, pkginstall will do the following steps for each
script in an automated fashion:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>Process the file found in the files directory applying all the
substitutions described in the <code class="filename">FILES_SUBST</code>
variable.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Copy the script from the files directory to the examples
hierarchy, <code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/examples/rc.d/</code>. Note
that this master file must be explicitly registered in the
<code class="filename">PLIST</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Add code to the installation scripts to copy the startup script
from the examples hierarchy into the system-wide startup scripts
directory.</p></li>
</ol></div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="rcd-scripts-disable"></a>15.3.1. Disabling handling of system startup scripts</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The automatic copying of config files can be toggled by setting the
environment variable <code class="varname">PKG_RCD_SCRIPTS</code> prior to package
installation. Note that the scripts will be always copied inside the
examples hierarchy, <code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/examples/rc.d/</code>, no
matter what the value of this variable is.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="users-and-groups"></a>15.4. System users and groups</h2></div></div></div>
<p>If a package needs to create special users and/or groups during
installation, it can do so by using the pkginstall framework.</p>
<p>Users can be created by adding entries to the
<code class="varname">PKG_USERS</code> variable. Each entry has the following
syntax:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
user:group
</pre>
<p>Further specification of user details may be done by setting
per-user variables.
<code class="varname">PKG_UID.<em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em></code> is the
numeric UID for the user.
<code class="varname">PKG_GECOS.<em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em></code> is the
user's description or comment.
<code class="varname">PKG_HOME.<em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em></code> is the
user's home directory, and defaults to
<code class="filename">/nonexistent</code> if not specified.
<code class="varname">PKG_SHELL.<em class="replaceable"><code>user</code></em></code> is the
user's shell, and defaults to <code class="filename">/sbin/nologin</code> if
not specified.</p>
<p>Similarly, groups can be created by adding entries to the
<code class="varname">PKG_GROUPS</code> variable, whose syntax is:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
group
</pre>
<p>The numeric GID of the group may be set by defining
<code class="varname">PKG_GID.<em class="replaceable"><code>group</code></em></code>.</p>
<p>If a package needs to create the users and groups at an earlier
stage, then it can set <code class="varname">USERGROUP_PHASE</code> to
either <code class="literal">configure</code> or <code class="literal">build</code> to
indicate the phase before which the users and groups are created. In
this case, the numeric UIDs and GIDs of the created users and groups
are automatically hardcoded into the final installation scripts.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="shells"></a>15.5. System shells</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Packages that install system shells should register them in the shell
database, <code class="filename">/etc/shells</code>, to make things easier to the
administrator. This must be done from the installation scripts to keep
binary packages working on any system. pkginstall provides an easy way to
accomplish this task.</p>
<p>When a package provides a shell interpreter, it has to set the
<code class="varname">PKG_SHELL</code> variable to its absolute file name. This will
add some hooks to the installation scripts to handle it. Consider the
following example, taken from <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/shells/zsh/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">shells/zsh</code></a>:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
PKG_SHELL= ${PREFIX}/bin/zsh
</pre>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="shells-disable"></a>15.5.1. Disabling shell registration</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The automatic registration of shell interpreters can be disabled by
the administrator by setting the <code class="filename">PKG_REGISTER_SHELLS</code>
environment variable to <code class="literal">NO</code>.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="fonts"></a>15.6. Fonts</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Packages that install X11 fonts should update the database files
that index the fonts within each fonts directory. This can easily be
accomplished within the pkginstall framework.</p>
<p>When a package installs X11 fonts, it must list the directories in
which fonts are installed in the
<code class="varname">FONTS_DIRS.<em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em></code> variables,
where <em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em> can be one of <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">ttf</span>”</span>,
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">type1</span>”</span> or <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">x11</span>”</span>. This will add hooks to the
installation scripts to run the appropriate commands to update the fonts
database files within each of those directories. For convenience, if the
directory path is relative, it is taken to be relative to the package's
installation prefix. Consider the following example, taken from <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/fonts/dbz-ttf/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">fonts/dbz-ttf</code></a>:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
FONTS_DIRS.ttf= ${PREFIX}/share/fonts/X11/TTF
</pre>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="fonts-disable"></a>15.6.1. Disabling automatic update of the fonts databases</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The automatic update of fonts databases can be disabled by
the administrator by setting the <code class="filename">PKG_UPDATE_FONTS_DB</code>
environment variable to <code class="literal">NO</code>.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="options"></a>Chapter 16. Options handling</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#global-default-options">16.1. Global default options</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#converting-to-options">16.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-names">16.3. Option Names</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#option-build">16.4. Determining the options of dependencies</a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<p>Many packages have the ability to be built to support different
sets of features. <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code> is a framework
in pkgsrc that provides generic handling of those options that
determine different ways in which the packages can be built. It's
possible for the user to specify exactly which sets of options will be
built into a package or to allow a set of global default options
apply.</p>
<p>There are two broad classes of behaviors that one might want to
control via options. One is whether some particular feature is
enabled in a program that will be built anyway, often by including or
not including a dependency on some other package. The other is
whether or not an additional program will be built as part of the
package. Generally, it is better to make a split package for such
additional programs instead of using options, because it enables
binary packages to be built which can then be added separately. For
example, the foo package might have minimal dependencies (those
packages without which foo doesn't make sense), and then the foo-gfoo
package might include the GTK frontend program gfoo. This is better
than including a gtk option to foo that adds gfoo, because either that
option is default, in which case binary users can't get foo without
gfoo, or not default, in which case they can't get gfoo. With split
packages, they can install foo without having GTK, and later decide to
install gfoo (pulling in GTK at that time). This is an advantage to
source users too, avoiding the need for rebuilds.</p>
<p>Plugins with widely varying dependencies should usually be split
instead of options.</p>
<p>It is often more work to maintain split packages, especially if
the upstream package does not support this. The decision of split
vs. option should be made based on the likelihood that users will want
or object to the various pieces, the size of the dependencies that are
included, and the amount of work.</p>
<p>A further consideration is licensing. Non-free parts, or parts
that depend on non-free dependencies (especially plugins) should
almost always be split if feasible.</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="global-default-options"></a>16.1. Global default options</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Global default options are listed in
<code class="varname">PKG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS</code>, which is a list of the options
that should be built into every package if that option is supported.
This variable should be set in <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="converting-to-options"></a>16.2. Converting packages to use <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code>
</h2></div></div></div>
<p>The following example shows how
<code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code> should be used
by the hypothetical ``wibble'' package, either in the package
<code class="filename">Makefile</code>, or in a file,
e.g. <code class="filename">options.mk</code>, that is included by the
main package <code class="filename">Makefile</code>.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
PKG_OPTIONS_VAR= PKG_OPTIONS.wibble
PKG_SUPPORTED_OPTIONS= wibble-foo ldap
PKG_OPTIONS_OPTIONAL_GROUPS= database
PKG_OPTIONS_GROUP.database= mysql pgsql
PKG_SUGGESTED_OPTIONS= wibble-foo
PKG_OPTIONS_LEGACY_VARS+= WIBBLE_USE_OPENLDAP:ldap
PKG_OPTIONS_LEGACY_OPTS+= foo:wibble-foo
.include "../../mk/bsd.prefs.mk"
# this package was previously named wibble2
.if defined(PKG_OPTIONS.wibble2)
PKG_LEGACY_OPTIONS+= ${PKG_OPTIONS.wibble2}
PKG_OPTIONS_DEPRECATED_WARNINGS+= \
"Deprecated variable PKG_OPTIONS.wibble2 used, use ${PKG_OPTIONS_VAR} instead."
.endif
.include "../../mk/bsd.options.mk"
# Package-specific option-handling
###
### FOO support
###
.if !empty(PKG_OPTIONS:Mwibble-foo)
CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --enable-foo
.endif
###
### LDAP support
###
.if !empty(PKG_OPTIONS:Mldap)
. include "../../databases/openldap-client/buildlink3.mk"
CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --enable-ldap=${BUILDLINK_PREFIX.openldap-client}
.endif
###
### database support
###
.if !empty(PKG_OPTIONS:Mmysql)
. include "../../mk/mysql.buildlink3.mk"
.endif
.if !empty(PKG_OPTIONS:Mpgsql)
. include "../../mk/pgsql.buildlink3.mk"
.endif
</pre>
<p>The first section contains the information about which build
options are supported by the package, and any default options settings
if needed.</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS_VAR</code> is the name of the
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a> variable that the user can set to override the default
options. It should be set to
PKG_OPTIONS.<em class="replaceable"><code>pkgbase</code></em>. Do not set it to
PKG_OPTIONS.${PKGBASE}, since <code class="varname">PKGBASE</code> is not defined
at the point where the options are processed.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_SUPPORTED_OPTIONS</code> is a list of
build options supported by the package.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS_OPTIONAL_GROUPS</code> is a
list of names of groups of mutually exclusive options. The options in
each group are listed in
<code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS_GROUP.<em class="replaceable"><code>groupname</code></em></code>.
The most specific setting of any option from the group takes
precedence over all other options in the group. Options from the
groups will be automatically added to
<code class="varname">PKG_SUPPORTED_OPTIONS</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS_REQUIRED_GROUPS</code> is like
<code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS_OPTIONAL_GROUPS</code>, but building the
packages will fail if no option from the group is
selected.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS_NONEMPTY_SETS</code> is a list
of names of sets of options. At least one option from each set must
be selected. The options in each set are listed in
<code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS_SET.<em class="replaceable"><code>setname</code></em></code>.
Options from the sets will be automatically added to
<code class="varname">PKG_SUPPORTED_OPTIONS</code>. Building the package will
fail if no option from the set is selected.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_SUGGESTED_OPTIONS</code> is a list of
build options which are enabled by default.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS_LEGACY_VARS</code> is a list
of
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><em class="replaceable"><code>USE_VARIABLE</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em></span>”</span>
pairs that map legacy <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> variables to
their option counterparts. Pairs should be added with
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">+=</span>”</span> to keep the listing of global legacy variables. A
warning will be issued if the user uses a legacy
variable.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS_LEGACY_OPTS</code> is a list
of
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><em class="replaceable"><code>old-option</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>new-option</code></em></span>”</span>
pairs that map options that have been renamed to their new
counterparts. Pairs should be added with <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">+=</span>”</span> to keep
the listing of global legacy options. A warning will be issued if
the user uses a legacy option.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_LEGACY_OPTIONS</code> is a list of
options implied by deprecated variables used. This can be used for
cases that neither <code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS_LEGACY_VARS</code> nor
<code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS_LEGACY_OPTS</code> can handle, e. g. when
<code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS_VAR</code> is renamed.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS_DEPRECATED_WARNINGS</code> is
a list of warnings about deprecated variables or options used, and
what to use instead.</p></li>
</ol></div>
<p>A package should never modify
<code class="varname">PKG_DEFAULT_OPTIONS</code> or the variable named in
<code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS_VAR</code>. These are strictly user-settable.
To suggest a default set of options, use
<code class="varname">PKG_SUGGESTED_OPTIONS</code>.</p>
<p><code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS_VAR</code> must be defined before
including <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code>. If none of
<code class="varname">PKG_SUPPORTED_OPTIONS</code>,
<code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS_OPTIONAL_GROUPS</code>, and
<code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS_REQUIRED_GROUPS</code> are defined (as can
happen with platform-specific options if none of them is supported on
the current platform), <code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS</code> is set to the
empty list and the package is otherwise treated as not using the
options framework.</p>
<p>After the inclusion of <code class="filename">bsd.options.mk</code>, the
variable <code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS</code> contains the list of selected
build options, properly filtered to remove unsupported and duplicate
options.</p>
<p>The remaining sections contain the logic that is specific to
each option. The correct way to check for an option is to check
whether it is listed in <code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS</code>:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
.if !empty(PKG_OPTIONS:M<em class="replaceable"><code>option</code></em>)
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="option-names"></a>16.3. Option Names</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Options that enable similar features in different packages (like
optional support for a library) should use a common name in all
packages that support it (like the name of the library). If another
package already has an option with the same meaning, use the same
name.</p>
<p>Options that enable features specific to one package, where it's
unlikely that another (unrelated) package has the same (or a similar)
optional feature, should use a name prefixed with
<code class="varname"><em class="replaceable"><code>pkgname</code></em>-</code>.</p>
<p>If a group of related packages share an optional feature
specific to that group, prefix it with the name of the
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">main</span>”</span> package
(e. g. <code class="varname">djbware-errno-hack</code>).</p>
<p>For new options, add a line to
<code class="filename">mk/defaults/options.description</code>. Lines have two
fields, separated by tab. The first field is the option name, the
second its description. The description should be a whole sentence
(starting with an uppercase letter and ending with a period) that
describes what enabling the option does. E. g. <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Enable ispell
support.</span>”</span> The file is sorted by option names.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="option-build"></a>16.4. Determining the options of dependencies</h2></div></div></div>
<p>When writing <a class="link" href="#buildlink3.mk"><code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code></a> files, it is often necessary to list
different dependencies based on the options with which the package was
built. For querying these options, the file
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/mk/pkg-build-options.mk</code> should be used. A
typical example looks like this:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
pkgbase := libpurple
.include "../../mk/pkg-build-options.mk"
.if !empty(PKG_BUILD_OPTIONS.libpurple:Mdbus)
...
.endif
</pre>
<p>Including <code class="filename">pkg-build-options.mk</code> here will set
the variable <code class="varname">PKG_BUILD_OPTIONS.libpurple</code> to the build
options of the libpurple package, which can then be queried like
<code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS</code> in the <code class="filename">options.mk</code>
file. See the file <code class="filename">pkg-build-options.mk</code> for more
details.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="build"></a>Chapter 17. The build process</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.intro">17.1. Introduction</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.prefix">17.2. Program location</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.builddirs">17.3. Directories used during the build process</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.running">17.4. Running a phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.fetch">17.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.what">17.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#build.fetch.how">17.5.2. How are the files fetched?</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.checksum">17.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.extract">17.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.patch">17.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.tools">17.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.wrapper">17.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.configure">17.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.build">17.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.test">17.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.install">17.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.package">17.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.clean">17.16. Cleaning up</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#build.helpful-targets">17.17. Other helpful targets</a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="build.intro"></a>17.1. Introduction</h2></div></div></div>
<p>This chapter gives a detailed description on how a package is
built. Building a package is separated into different
<span class="emphasis"><em>phases</em></span> (for example <code class="varname">fetch</code>,
<code class="varname">build</code>, <code class="varname">install</code>), all of which are
described in the following sections. Each phase is split into
so-called <span class="emphasis"><em>stages</em></span>, which take the name of the
containing phase, prefixed by one of <code class="varname">pre-</code>,
<code class="varname">do-</code> or <code class="varname">post-</code>. (Examples are
<code class="varname">pre-configure</code>, <code class="varname">post-build</code>.) Most
of the actual work is done in the <code class="varname">do-*</code> stages.</p>
<p>Never override the regular targets (like
<code class="varname">fetch</code>), if you have to, override the
<code class="varname">do-*</code> ones instead.</p>
<p>The basic steps for building a program are always the same. First
the program's source (<span class="emphasis"><em>distfile</em></span>) must be brought to
the local system and then extracted. After any pkgsrc-specific patches
to compile properly are applied, the software can be configured, then
built (usually by compiling), and finally the generated binaries, etc.
can be put into place on the system.</p>
<p>To get more details about what is happening at each step,
you can set the <code class="varname">PKG_VERBOSE</code> variable, or the
<code class="varname">PATCH_DEBUG</code> variable if you are just interested
in more details about the <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> step.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="build.prefix"></a>17.2. Program location</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Before outlining the process performed by the NetBSD package system in
the next section, here's a brief discussion on where programs are
installed, and which variables influence this.</p>
<p>The automatic variable <code class="varname">PREFIX</code> indicates
where all files of the final program shall be installed. It is
usually set to <code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code>
(<code class="filename">/usr/pkg</code>), or <code class="varname">CROSSBASE</code>
for pkgs in the <code class="filename">cross</code> category. The value of
<code class="varname">PREFIX</code> needs to be put
into the various places in the program's source where paths to
these files are encoded. See <a class="xref" href="#components.patches" title="11.3. patches/*">Section 11.3, “patches/*”</a> and <a class="xref" href="#fixes.libtool" title="19.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool">Section 19.3.1, “Shared libraries - libtool”</a> for more details.</p>
<p>When choosing which of these variables to use,
follow the following rules:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PREFIX</code> always points to the location
where the current pkg will be installed. When referring to a
pkg's own installation path, use
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">${PREFIX}</span>”</span>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code> is where all non-X11 pkgs
are installed. If you need to construct a -I or -L argument
to the compiler to find includes and libraries installed by
another non-X11 pkg, use <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">${LOCALBASE}</span>”</span>. The name
<code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code> stems from FreeBSD, which
installed all packages in <code class="filename">/usr/local</code>. As
pkgsrc leaves <code class="filename">/usr/local</code> for the system
administrator, this variable is a misnomer.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">X11BASE</code> is where the actual X11
distribution (from xsrc, etc.) is installed. When looking for
<span class="emphasis"><em>standard</em></span> X11 includes (not those
installed by a package), use <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">${X11BASE}</span>”</span>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>X11-based packages are special in that they may be
installed in either <code class="varname">X11BASE</code> or
<code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code>.</p>
<p>Usually, X11 packages should be installed under
<code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code> whenever possible. Note that you
will need to include
<code class="filename">../../mk/x11.buildlink3.mk</code> in them to
request the presence of X11 and to get the right compilation
flags.</p>
<p>Even though, there are some packages that cannot be installed
under <code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code>: those that come with app-defaults
files. These packages are special and they must be placed under
<code class="varname">X11BASE</code>. To accomplish this, set either
<code class="varname">USE_X11BASE</code> or <code class="varname">USE_IMAKE</code> in
your package.</p>
<p>Some notes: If you need
to find includes or libraries installed by a pkg that has
<code class="varname">USE_IMAKE</code> or <code class="varname">USE_X11BASE</code> in
its pkg <code class="filename">Makefile</code>, you need to look in
<span class="emphasis"><em>both</em></span> <code class="filename">${X11BASE}</code> and
<code class="filename">${LOCALBASE}</code>. To force installation of
all X11 packages in <code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code>, the
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/xpkgwedge/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/xpkgwedge</code></a> package
is enabled by default.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">X11PREFIX</code> should be used to refer to
the installed location of an X11
package. <code class="varname">X11PREFIX</code> will be set to
<code class="varname">X11BASE</code> if xpkgwedge is not installed, and
to <code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code> if xpkgwedge is
installed.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>If xpkgwedge is installed, it is possible to have some
packages installed in <code class="varname">X11BASE</code> and some in
<code class="varname">LOCALBASE</code>. To determine the prefix of an
installed package, the <code class="varname">EVAL_PREFIX</code>
definition can be used. It takes pairs in the format
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">DIRNAME=<package></span>”</span>, and the <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a>
variable <code class="varname">DIRNAME</code> will be set to the prefix
of the installed package <package>, or
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">${X11PREFIX}</span>”</span> if the package is not
installed.</p>
<p>This is best illustrated by example.</p>
<p>The following lines are taken from
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/wm/scwm/Makefile</code>:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
EVAL_PREFIX+= GTKDIR=gtk+
CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --with-guile-prefix=${LOCALBASE:Q}
CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --with-gtk-prefix=${GTKDIR:Q}
CONFIGURE_ARGS+= --enable-multibyte
</pre>
<p>Specific defaults can be defined for the packages
evaluated using <code class="varname">EVAL_PREFIX</code>, by using a
definition of the form:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
GTKDIR_DEFAULT= ${LOCALBASE}
</pre>
<p>where <code class="varname">GTKDIR</code> corresponds
to the first definition in
the <code class="varname">EVAL_PREFIX</code> pair.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Within <code class="filename">${PREFIX}</code>, packages should
install files according to <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?hier+7+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">hier</span>(7)</span></a>, with the exception that
manual pages go into <code class="filename">${PREFIX}/man</code>, not
<code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/man</code>.</p></li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="build.builddirs"></a>17.3. Directories used during the build process</h2></div></div></div>
<p>When building a package, various directories are used to store
source files, temporary files, pkgsrc-internal files, and so on. These
directories are explained here.</p>
<p>Some of the directory variables contain relative pathnames. There
are two common base directories for these relative directories:
<code class="varname">PKGSRCDIR/PKGPATH</code> is used for directories that are
pkgsrc-specific. <code class="varname">WRKSRC</code> is used for directories
inside the package itself.</p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">PKGSRCDIR</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This is an absolute pathname that points to the pkgsrc
root directory. Generally, you don't need
it.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">PKGDIR</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This is an absolute pathname that points to the
current package.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">PKGPATH</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This is a pathname relative to
<code class="varname">PKGSRCDIR</code> that points to the current
package.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">WRKDIR</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This is an absolute pathname pointing to the directory
where all work takes place. The distfiles are extracted to this
directory. It also contains temporary directories and log files used by
the various pkgsrc frameworks, like <span class="emphasis"><em>buildlink</em></span> or
the <span class="emphasis"><em>wrappers</em></span>.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">WRKSRC</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This is an absolute pathname pointing to the directory
where the distfiles are extracted. It is usually a direct subdirectory
of <code class="varname">WRKDIR</code>, and often it's the only directory entry
that isn't hidden. This variable may be changed by a package
<code class="filename">Makefile</code>.</p></dd>
</dl></div>
<p>The <code class="varname">CREATE_WRKDIR_SYMLINK</code> definition takes either
the value <span class="emphasis"><em>yes</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>no</em></span> and defaults
to <span class="emphasis"><em>no</em></span>. It indicates whether a symbolic link to the
<code class="varname">WRKDIR</code> is to be created in the pkgsrc entry's directory.
If users would like to have their pkgsrc trees behave in a
read-only manner, then the value of
<code class="varname">CREATE_WRKDIR_SYMLINK</code> should be set to
<span class="emphasis"><em>no</em></span>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="build.running"></a>17.4. Running a phase</h2></div></div></div>
<p>You can run a particular phase by typing <span class="command"><strong>make
phase</strong></span>, where <span class="emphasis"><em>phase</em></span> is the name of the
phase. This will automatically run all phases that are required for this
phase. The default phase is <code class="varname">build</code>, that is, when you
run <span class="command"><strong>make</strong></span> without parameters in a package directory,
the package will be built, but not installed.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="build.fetch"></a>17.5. The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div>
<p>The first step in building a package is to fetch the
distribution files (distfiles) from the sites that are providing
them. This is the task of the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span>
phase.</p>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="build.fetch.what"></a>17.5.1. What to fetch and where to get it from</h3></div></div></div>
<p>In simple cases, <code class="varname">MASTER_SITES</code>
defines all URLs from where the distfile, whose name is
derived from the <code class="varname">DISTNAME</code> variable, is
fetched. The more complicated cases are described
below.</p>
<p>The variable <code class="varname">DISTFILES</code> specifies
the list of distfiles that have to be fetched. Its value
defaults to <code class="literal">${DEFAULT_DISTFILES}</code> and
its value is <code class="literal">${DISTNAME}${EXTRACT_SUFX}</code>,
so that most packages don't need to define it at all.
<code class="varname">EXTRACT_SUFX</code> is
<code class="literal">.tar.gz</code> by default, but can be changed
freely. Note that if your package requires additional
distfiles to the default one, you cannot just append the
additional filenames using the <code class="literal">+=</code>
operator, but you have write for example:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
DISTFILES= ${DEFAULT_DISTFILES} additional-files.tar.gz
</pre>
<p>Each distfile is fetched from a list of sites, usually
<code class="varname">MASTER_SITES</code>. If the package has multiple
<code class="varname">DISTFILES</code> or multiple
<code class="varname">PATCHFILES</code> from different sites, you can
set
<code class="varname">SITES.<em class="replaceable"><code>distfile</code></em></code>
to the list of URLs where the file
<code class="filename"><em class="replaceable"><code>distfile</code></em></code>
(including the suffix) can be found.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
DISTFILES= ${DISTNAME}${EXTRACT_SUFX}
DISTFILES+= foo-file.tar.gz
SITES.foo-file.tar.gz= \
http://www.somewhere.com/somehow/ \
http://www.somewhereelse.com/mirror/somehow/
</pre>
<p>When actually fetching the distfiles, each item from
<code class="varname">MASTER_SITES</code> or
<code class="varname">SITES.*</code> gets the name of each distfile
appended to it, without an intermediate slash. Therefore,
all site values have to end with a slash or other separator
character. This allows for example to set
<code class="varname">MASTER_SITES</code> to a URL of a CGI script
that gets the name of the distfile as a parameter. In this
case, the definition would look like:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
MASTER_SITES= http://www.example.com/download.cgi?file=
</pre>
<p> The exception to this rule are URLs starting with a dash.
In that case the URL is taken as is, fetched and the result
stored under the name of the distfile. You can use this style
for the case when the download URL style does not match the
above common case. For example, if permanent download URL is a
redirector to the real download URL, or the download file name
is offered by an HTTP Content-Disposition header. In the
following example, <code class="filename">foo-1.0.0.tar.gz</code> will be
created instead of the default
<code class="filename">v1.0.0.tar.gz</code>.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
DISTNAME= foo-1.0.0
MASTER_SITES= -http://www.example.com/archive/v1.0.0.tar.gz
</pre>
<p>There are some predefined values for
<code class="varname">MASTER_SITES</code>, which can be used in
packages. The names of the variables should speak for
themselves.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
${MASTER_SITE_APACHE}
${MASTER_SITE_BACKUP}
${MASTER_SITE_CYGWIN}
${MASTER_SITE_DEBIAN}
${MASTER_SITE_FREEBSD}
${MASTER_SITE_FREEBSD_LOCAL}
${MASTER_SITE_GENTOO}
${MASTER_SITE_GNOME}
${MASTER_SITE_GNU}
${MASTER_SITE_GNUSTEP}
${MASTER_SITE_HASKELL_HACKAGE}
${MASTER_SITE_IFARCHIVE}
${MASTER_SITE_KDE}
${MASTER_SITE_MOZILLA}
${MASTER_SITE_MOZILLA_ALL}
${MASTER_SITE_MOZILLA_ESR}
${MASTER_SITE_MYSQL}
${MASTER_SITE_NETLIB}
${MASTER_SITE_OPENOFFICE}
${MASTER_SITE_PERL_CPAN}
${MASTER_SITE_PGSQL}
${MASTER_SITE_RUBYGEMS}
${MASTER_SITE_R_CRAN}
${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE}
${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE_JP}
${MASTER_SITE_SUNSITE}
${MASTER_SITE_SUSE}
${MASTER_SITE_TEX_CTAN}
${MASTER_SITE_XCONTRIB}
${MASTER_SITE_XEMACS}
${MASTER_SITE_XORG}
</pre>
<p>Some explanations for the less self-explaining ones:
<code class="varname">MASTER_SITE_BACKUP</code> contains backup sites
for packages that are maintained in <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/distfiles/%24%7BDIST_SUBDIR%7D" target="_top">ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/distfiles/${DIST_SUBDIR}</a>. <code class="varname">MASTER_SITE_LOCAL</code> contains local
package source distributions that are maintained in <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/distfiles/LOCAL_PORTS/" target="_top">ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/distfiles/LOCAL_PORTS/</a>.</p>
<p>If you choose one of these predefined sites, you may
want to specify a subdirectory of that site. Since these
macros may expand to more than one actual site, you
<span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> use the following construct to
specify a subdirectory:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
MASTER_SITES= ${MASTER_SITE_GNU:=subdirectory/name/}
MASTER_SITES= ${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE:=project_name/}
</pre>
<p>Note the trailing slash after the subdirectory
name.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="build.fetch.how"></a>17.5.2. How are the files fetched?</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase makes sure that
all the distfiles exist in a local directory
(<code class="varname">DISTDIR</code>, which can be set by the pkgsrc
user). If the files do not exist, they are fetched using
commands of the form</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
${FETCH_CMD} ${FETCH_BEFORE_ARGS} ${site}${file} ${FETCH_AFTER_ARGS}
</pre>
<p>where <code class="literal">${site}</code> varies through
several possibilities in turn: first,
<code class="varname">MASTER_SITE_OVERRIDE</code> is tried, then the
sites specified in either <code class="varname">SITES.file</code> if
defined, else <code class="varname">MASTER_SITES</code> or
<code class="varname">PATCH_SITES</code>, as applies, then finally the
value of <code class="varname">MASTER_SITE_BACKUP</code>. The order of
all except the first and the last can be optionally sorted
by the user, via setting either
<code class="varname">MASTER_SORT_RANDOM</code>, and
<code class="varname">MASTER_SORT_AWK</code> or
<code class="varname">MASTER_SORT_REGEX</code>.</p>
<p> The specific command and arguments used depend on the
<code class="varname">FETCH_USING</code> parameter. The example above is
for <code class="literal">FETCH_USING=custom</code>.</p>
<p>The distfiles mirror run by the NetBSD Foundation uses the
<span class="emphasis"><em>mirror-distfiles</em></span> target to mirror the
distfiles, if they are freely distributable. Packages setting
<code class="varname">NO_SRC_ON_FTP</code> (usually to
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">${RESTRICTED}</span>”</span>) will not have their distfiles
mirrored.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="build.checksum"></a>17.6. The <span class="emphasis"><em>checksum</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div>
<p>After the distfile(s) are fetched, their checksum is
generated and compared with the checksums stored in the
distinfo file. If the checksums don't match, the build is
aborted. This is to ensure the same distfile is used for
building, and that the distfile wasn't changed, e.g. by some
malign force, deliberately changed distfiles on the master
distribution site or network lossage.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="build.extract"></a>17.7. The <span class="emphasis"><em>extract</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div>
<p>When the distfiles are present on the local system, they
need to be extracted, as they usually come in the form of some
compressed archive format.</p>
<p>By default, all <code class="varname">DISTFILES</code> are
extracted. If you only need some of them, you can set the
<code class="varname">EXTRACT_ONLY</code> variable to the list of those
files.</p>
<p>Extracting the files is usually done by a little
program, <code class="filename">mk/extract/extract</code>, which
already knows how to extract various archive formats, so most
likely you will not need to change anything here. But if you
need, the following variables may help you:</p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">EXTRACT_OPTS_{BIN,LHA,PAX,RAR,TAR,ZIP,ZOO}</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Use these variables to override the default
options for an extract command, which are defined in
<code class="filename">mk/extract/extract</code>.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">EXTRACT_USING</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This variable can be set to
<code class="literal">bsdtar</code>, <code class="literal">gtar</code>, <code class="literal">nbtar</code>
(which is the default value), <code class="literal">pax</code>, or an
absolute pathname pointing to the command with which tar
archives should be extracted. It is preferred to choose bsdtar over gtar
if NetBSD's pax-as-tar is not good enough.</p></dd>
</dl></div>
<p>If the <code class="filename">extract</code> program doesn't
serve your needs, you can also override the
<code class="varname">EXTRACT_CMD</code> variable, which holds the
command used for extracting the files. This command is
executed in the <code class="filename">${WRKSRC}</code>
directory. During execution of this command, the shell
variable <code class="varname">extract_file</code> holds the absolute
pathname of the file that is going to be extracted.</p>
<p>And if that still does not suffice, you can override the
<code class="varname">do-extract</code> target in the package
Makefile.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="build.patch"></a>17.8. The <span class="emphasis"><em>patch</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div>
<p>After extraction, all the patches named by the
<code class="varname">PATCHFILES</code>, those present in the patches
subdirectory of the package as well as in
$LOCALPATCHES/$PKGPATH (e.g.
<code class="filename">/usr/local/patches/graphics/png</code>) are
applied. Patchfiles ending in <code class="filename">.Z</code> or
<code class="filename">.gz</code> are uncompressed before they are
applied, files ending in <code class="filename">.orig</code> or
<code class="filename">.rej</code> are ignored. Any special options to
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?patch+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">patch</span>(1)</span></a> can be handed in
<code class="varname">PATCH_DIST_ARGS</code>. See <a class="xref" href="#components.patches" title="11.3. patches/*">Section 11.3, “patches/*”</a> for more details.</p>
<p>By default <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?patch+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">patch</span>(1)</span></a> is given special args to make
it fail if the patches apply with some lines of fuzz. Please
fix (regen) the patches so that they apply cleanly. The
rationale behind this is that patches that don't apply cleanly
may end up being applied in the wrong place, and cause severe
harm there.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="build.tools"></a>17.9. The <span class="emphasis"><em>tools</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div>
<p>This is covered in <a class="xref" href="#tools" title="Chapter 18. Tools needed for building or running">Chapter 18, <i>Tools needed for building or running</i></a>.
</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="build.wrapper"></a>17.10. The <span class="emphasis"><em>wrapper</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div>
<p>This phase creates wrapper programs for the compilers and
linkers. The following variables can be used to tweak the
wrappers.</p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">ECHO_WRAPPER_MSG</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>The command used to print progress
messages. Does nothing by default. Set to
<code class="literal">${ECHO}</code> to see the progress
messages.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">WRAPPER_DEBUG</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This variable can be set to
<code class="literal">yes</code> (default) or <code class="literal">no</code>,
depending on whether you want additional information in the
wrapper log file.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">WRAPPER_UPDATE_CACHE</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This variable can be set to
<code class="literal">yes</code> or <code class="literal">no</code>, depending
on whether the wrapper should use its cache, which will
improve the speed. The default value is
<code class="literal">yes</code>, but is forced to
<code class="literal">no</code> if the platform does not support
it.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">WRAPPER_REORDER_CMDS</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>A list of reordering commands. A reordering
command has the form
<code class="literal">reorder:l:<em class="replaceable"><code>lib1</code></em>:<em class="replaceable"><code>lib2</code></em></code>.
It ensures that that
<code class="literal">-l<em class="replaceable"><code>lib1</code></em></code> occurs
before <code class="literal">-l<em class="replaceable"><code>lib2</code></em></code>.
</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">WRAPPER_TRANSFORM_CMDS</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>A list of transformation commands. [TODO:
investigate further]</p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="build.configure"></a>17.11. The <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Most pieces of software need information on the header
files, system calls, and library routines which are available
on the platform they run on. The process of determining this
information is known as configuration, and is usually
automated. In most cases, a script is supplied with the
distfiles, and its invocation results in generation of header
files, Makefiles, etc.</p>
<p>If the package contains a configure script, this can be
invoked by setting <code class="varname">HAS_CONFIGURE</code> to
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span>. If the configure script is a GNU autoconf
script, you should set <code class="varname">GNU_CONFIGURE</code> to
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span> instead. What happens in the
<span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase is roughly:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
.for d in ${CONFIGURE_DIRS}
cd ${WRKSRC} \
&& cd ${d} \
&& env ${CONFIGURE_ENV} ${CONFIGURE_SCRIPT} ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}
.endfor
</pre>
<p><code class="varname">CONFIGURE_DIRS</code> (default:
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">.</span>”</span>) is a list of pathnames relative to
<code class="varname">WRKSRC</code>. In each of these directories, the
configure script is run with the environment
<code class="varname">CONFIGURE_ENV</code> and arguments
<code class="varname">CONFIGURE_ARGS</code>. The variables
<code class="varname">CONFIGURE_ENV</code>,
<code class="varname">CONFIGURE_SCRIPT</code> (default:
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">./configure</span>”</span>) and
<code class="varname">CONFIGURE_ARGS</code> may all be changed by the
package.</p>
<p>If the program uses the Perl way of configuration (mainly Perl
modules, but not only), i.e. a file called
<code class="filename">Makefile.PL</code>, it should include
<code class="filename">../../lang/perl5/module.mk</code>. To set any parameter for
<code class="filename">Makefile.PL</code> use the <code class="varname">MAKE_PARAMS</code>
variable (e.g., <code class="literal">MAKE_PARAMS+=foo=bar</code></p>
<p>If the program uses an <code class="filename">Imakefile</code>
for configuration, the appropriate steps can be invoked by
setting <code class="varname">USE_IMAKE</code> to
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span>. (If you only want the package installed in
<code class="varname">${X11PREFIX}</code> but xmkmf not being run, set
<code class="varname">USE_X11BASE</code> instead.) You can add variables to
xmkmf's environment by adding them to the
<code class="varname">SCRIPTS_ENV</code> variable.</p>
<p>If the program uses <code class="filename">cmake</code>
for configuration, the appropriate steps can be invoked by
setting <code class="varname">USE_CMAKE</code> to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span>.
You can add variables to cmake's environment by adding them to the
<code class="varname">CONFIGURE_ENV</code> variable and arguments to cmake
by adding them to the <code class="varname">CMAKE_ARGS</code> variable.
The top directory argument is given by the
<code class="varname">CMAKE_ARG_PATH</code> variable, that defaults to
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">.</span>”</span> (relative to <code class="varname">CONFIGURE_DIRS</code>)</p>
<p>If there is no configure step at all, set
<code class="varname">NO_CONFIGURE</code> to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="build.build"></a>17.12. The <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div>
<p>For building a package, a rough equivalent of the
following code is executed.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
.for d in ${BUILD_DIRS}
cd ${WRKSRC} \
&& cd ${d} \
&& env ${MAKE_ENV} \
${MAKE_PROGRAM} ${BUILD_MAKE_FLAGS} \
-f ${MAKE_FILE} \
${BUILD_TARGET}
.endfor
</pre>
<p><code class="varname">BUILD_DIRS</code> (default:
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">.</span>”</span>) is a list of pathnames relative to
<code class="varname">WRKSRC</code>. In each of these directories,
<code class="varname">MAKE_PROGRAM</code> is run with the environment
<code class="varname">MAKE_ENV</code> and arguments
<code class="varname">BUILD_MAKE_FLAGS</code>. The variables
<code class="varname">MAKE_ENV</code>,
<code class="varname">BUILD_MAKE_FLAGS</code>,
<code class="varname">MAKE_FILE</code> and
<code class="varname">BUILD_TARGET</code> may all be changed by the
package.</p>
<p>The default value of <code class="varname">MAKE_PROGRAM</code> is
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">gmake</span>”</span> if <code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code> contains
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">gmake</span>”</span>, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">make</span>”</span> otherwise. The
default value of <code class="varname">MAKE_FILE</code> is
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Makefile</span>”</span>, and <code class="varname">BUILD_TARGET</code>
defaults to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">all</span>”</span>.</p>
<p>If there is no build step at all, set
<code class="varname">NO_BUILD</code> to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="build.test"></a>17.13. The <span class="emphasis"><em>test</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div>
<p>[TODO]</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="build.install"></a>17.14. The <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Once the build stage has completed, the final step is to
install the software in public directories, so users can
access the programs and files.</p>
<p>In the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase, a rough
equivalent of the following code is executed. Additionally,
before and after this code, much magic is performed to do
consistency checks, registering the package, and so on.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
.for d in ${INSTALL_DIRS}
cd ${WRKSRC} \
&& cd ${d} \
&& env ${MAKE_ENV} \
${MAKE_PROGRAM} ${INSTALL_MAKE_FLAGS} \
-f ${MAKE_FILE} \
${INSTALL_TARGET}
.endfor
</pre>
<p>The variable's meanings are analogous to the ones in the
<span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase.
<code class="varname">INSTALL_DIRS</code> defaults to
<code class="varname">BUILD_DIRS</code>. <code class="varname">INSTALL_TARGET</code>
is <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">install</span>”</span> by default, plus
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">install.man</span>”</span> if <code class="varname">USE_IMAKE</code> is
defined and <code class="varname">NO_INSTALL_MANPAGES</code> is not
defined.</p>
<p>In the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase, the following
variables are useful. They are all variations of the
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?install+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">install</span>(1)</span></a> command that have the owner, group and
permissions preset. <code class="varname">INSTALL</code> is the plain
install command. The specialized variants, together with their
intended use, are:</p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">INSTALL_PROGRAM_DIR</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>directories that contain
binaries</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">INSTALL_SCRIPT_DIR</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>directories that contain
scripts</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">INSTALL_LIB_DIR</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>directories that contain shared and static
libraries</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">INSTALL_DATA_DIR</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>directories that contain data
files</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">INSTALL_MAN_DIR</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>directories that contain man
pages</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">INSTALL_PROGRAM</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>binaries that can be stripped from debugging
symbols</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">INSTALL_SCRIPT</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>binaries that cannot be
stripped</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">INSTALL_GAME</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>game
binaries</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">INSTALL_LIB</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>shared and static
libraries</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">INSTALL_DATA</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>data files</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">INSTALL_GAME_DATA</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>data files for
games</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">INSTALL_MAN</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>man pages</p></dd>
</dl></div>
<p>Some other variables are:</p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">INSTALLATION_DIRS</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>A list of directories relative to
<code class="varname">PREFIX</code> that are created by pkgsrc at the
beginning of the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase.
The package is supposed to create all needed directories itself
before installing files to it and list all other directories here.
</p></dd>
</dl></div>
<p>In the rare cases that a package shouldn't install anything,
set <code class="varname">NO_INSTALL</code> to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span>. This is
mostly relevant for packages in the <code class="filename">regress</code>
category.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="build.package"></a>17.15. The <span class="emphasis"><em>package</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Once the install stage has completed, a binary package of
the installed files can be built. These binary packages can be
used for quick installation without previous compilation, e.g. by
the <span class="command"><strong>make bin-install</strong></span> or by using
<span class="command"><strong>pkg_add</strong></span>.</p>
<p>By default, the binary packages are created in
<code class="filename">${PACKAGES}/All</code> and symlinks are created in
<code class="filename">${PACKAGES}/<em class="replaceable"><code>category</code></em></code>,
one for each category in the <code class="varname">CATEGORIES</code>
variable. <code class="varname">PACKAGES</code> defaults to
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/packages</code>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="build.clean"></a>17.16. Cleaning up</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Once you're finished with a package, you can clean the work
directory by running <span class="command"><strong>make clean</strong></span>. If you want
to clean the work directories of all dependencies too, use
<span class="command"><strong>make clean-depends</strong></span>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="build.helpful-targets"></a>17.17. Other helpful targets</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term">pre/post-*</span></dt>
<dd><p>For any of the main targets described in the
previous section, two auxiliary targets exist with
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pre-</span>”</span> and <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">post-</span>”</span> used as a
prefix for the main target's name. These targets are
invoked before and after the main target is called,
allowing extra configuration or installation steps be
performed from a package's Makefile, for example, which
a program's configure script or install target
omitted.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term">do-*</span></dt>
<dd><p>Should one of the main targets do the wrong thing,
and should there be no variable to fix this, you can
redefine it with the do-* target. (Note that redefining
the target itself instead of the do-* target is a bad
idea, as the pre-* and post-* targets won't be called
anymore, etc.) You will not usually need to do
this.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term">reinstall</span></dt>
<dd>
<p>If you did a <span class="command"><strong>make install</strong></span> and
you noticed some file was not installed properly, you
can repeat the installation with this target, which will
ignore the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">already installed</span>”</span> flag.</p>
<p>This is the default value of
<code class="varname">DEPENDS_TARGET</code> except in the case of
<span class="command"><strong>make update</strong></span> and <span class="command"><strong>make
package</strong></span>, where the defaults are
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">package</span>”</span> and <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">update</span>”</span>,
respectively.</p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term">deinstall</span></dt>
<dd>
<p>This target does a <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_delete+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_delete</span>(1)</span></a> in the
current directory, effectively de-installing the
package. The following variables can be used to tune the
behaviour:</p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">PKG_VERBOSE</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Add a "-v" to the <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_delete+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_delete</span>(1)</span></a> command.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">DEINSTALLDEPENDS</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Remove all packages that require (depend on)
the given package. This can be used to remove any
packages that may have been pulled in by a given
package, e.g. if <span class="command"><strong>make deinstall
DEINSTALLDEPENDS=1</strong></span> is done in
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/x11/kde</code>, this is
likely to remove whole KDE. Works by adding
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">-R</span>”</span> to the <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_delete+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_delete</span>(1)</span></a>
command line.</p></dd>
</dl></div>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term">bin-install</span></dt>
<dd><p>Install a binary package from local disk and via FTP
from a list of sites (see the
<code class="varname">BINPKG_SITES</code> variable), and do a
<span class="command"><strong>make package</strong></span> if no binary package is
available anywhere. The arguments given to
<span class="command"><strong>pkg_add</strong></span> can be set via
<code class="varname">BIN_INSTALL_FLAGS</code> e.g., to do verbose
operation, etc.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term">update</span></dt>
<dd>
<p>This target causes the current package to be
updated to the latest version. The package and all
depending packages first get de-installed, then current
versions of the corresponding packages get compiled and
installed. This is similar to manually noting which
packages are currently installed, then performing a
series of <span class="command"><strong>make deinstall</strong></span> and
<span class="command"><strong>make install</strong></span> (or whatever
<code class="varname">UPDATE_TARGET</code> is set to) for these
packages.</p>
<p>You can use the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">update</span>”</span> target to
resume package updating in case a previous <span class="command"><strong>make
update</strong></span> was interrupted for some reason.
However, in this case, make sure you don't call
<span class="command"><strong>make clean</strong></span> or otherwise remove the
list of dependent packages in <code class="varname">WRKDIR</code>.
Otherwise, you lose the ability to automatically update
the current package along with the dependent packages
you have installed.</p>
<p>Resuming an interrupted <span class="command"><strong>make
update</strong></span> will only work as long as the package
tree remains unchanged. If the source code for one of
the packages to be updated has been changed, resuming
<span class="command"><strong>make update</strong></span> will most certainly
fail!</p>
<p>The following variables can be used either on the
command line or in <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> to
alter the behaviour of <span class="command"><strong>make
update</strong></span>:</p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">UPDATE_TARGET</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Install target to recursively use for the
updated package and the dependent packages.
Defaults to <code class="varname">DEPENDS_TARGET</code> if
set, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">install</span>”</span> otherwise for
<span class="command"><strong>make update</strong></span>. Other good
targets are <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">package</span>”</span> or
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">bin-install</span>”</span>. Do not set this to
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">update</span>”</span> or you will get stuck in an
endless loop!</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">NOCLEAN</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Don't clean up after updating. Useful if
you want to leave the work sources of the updated
packages around for inspection or other purposes.
Be sure you eventually clean up the source tree
(see the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">clean-update</span>”</span> target below)
or you may run into troubles with old source code
still lying around on your next
<span class="command"><strong>make</strong></span> or <span class="command"><strong>make
update</strong></span>.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">REINSTALL</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Deinstall each package before installing
(making <code class="varname">DEPENDS_TARGET</code>). This
may be necessary if the
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">clean-update</span>”</span> target (see below) was
called after interrupting a running <span class="command"><strong>make
update</strong></span>.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">DEPENDS_TARGET</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Allows you to disable recursion and hardcode
the target for packages. The default is
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">update</span>”</span> for the update target,
facilitating a recursive update of prerequisite
packages. Only set
<code class="varname">DEPENDS_TARGET</code> if you want to
disable recursive updates. Use
<code class="varname">UPDATE_TARGET</code> instead to just
set a specific target for each package to be
installed during <span class="command"><strong>make update</strong></span>
(see above).</p></dd>
</dl></div>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term">clean-update</span></dt>
<dd>
<p>Clean the source tree for all packages that would
get updated if <span class="command"><strong>make update</strong></span> was called
from the current directory. This target should not be
used if the current package (or any of its depending
packages) have already been de-installed (e.g., after
calling <span class="command"><strong>make update</strong></span>) or you may lose
some packages you intended to update. As a rule of
thumb: only use this target <span class="emphasis"><em>before</em></span>
the first time you run <span class="command"><strong>make update</strong></span>
and only if you have a dirty package tree (e.g., if you
used <code class="varname">NOCLEAN</code>).</p>
<p>If you are unsure about whether your tree is
clean, you can either perform a <span class="command"><strong>make
clean</strong></span> at the top of the tree, or use the
following sequence of commands from the directory of the
package you want to update (<span class="emphasis"><em>before</em></span>
running <span class="command"><strong>make update</strong></span> for the first
time, otherwise you lose all the packages you wanted to
update!):</p>
<pre class="screen">
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make clean-update</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make clean CLEANDEPENDS=YES</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make update</code></strong>
</pre>
<p>The following variables can be used either on the
command line or in <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> to alter the behaviour of
<span class="command"><strong>make clean-update</strong></span>:</p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">CLEAR_DIRLIST</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>After <span class="command"><strong>make clean</strong></span>, do not
reconstruct the list of directories to update for
this package. Only use this if <span class="command"><strong>make
update</strong></span> successfully installed all
packages you wanted to update. Normally, this is
done automatically on <span class="command"><strong>make
update</strong></span>, but may have been suppressed by
the <code class="varname">NOCLEAN</code> variable (see
above).</p></dd>
</dl></div>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term">replace</span></dt>
<dd>
<p>Update the installation of the current package. This
differs from update in that it does not replace dependent
packages. You will need to install <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkg_tarup/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkg_tarup</code></a> for this
target to work.</p>
<p><span class="emphasis"><em>Be careful when using this
target!</em></span> There are no guarantees that dependent
packages will still work, in particular they will most
certainly break if you <span class="command"><strong>make replace</strong></span> a
library package whose shared library major version changed
between your installed version and the new one. For this
reason, this target is not officially supported and only
recommended for advanced users.</p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term">info</span></dt>
<dd><p>This target invokes <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_info+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_info</span>(1)</span></a> for the current
package. You can use this to check which version of a
package is installed.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term">index</span></dt>
<dd>
<p>This is a top-level command, i.e. it should be used in
the <code class="filename">pkgsrc</code> directory. It creates a
database of all packages in the local pkgsrc tree, including
dependencies, comment, maintainer, and some other useful
information. Individual entries are created by running
<span class="command"><strong>make describe</strong></span> in the packages'
directories. This index file is saved as
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/INDEX</code>. It can be displayed in
verbose format by running <span class="command"><strong>make
print-index</strong></span>. You can search in it with
<span class="command"><strong>make search
key=<em class="replaceable"><code>something</code></em></strong></span>. You can
extract a list of all packages that depend on a particular
one by running <span class="command"><strong>make show-deps
PKG=<em class="replaceable"><code>somepackage</code></em></strong></span>.</p>
<p>Running this command takes a very long time, some
hours even on fast machines!</p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term">readme</span></dt>
<dd>
<p>This target generates a
<code class="filename">README.html</code> file, which can be
viewed using a browser such as <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/www/firefox/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">www/firefox</code></a> or <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/www/links/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">www/links</code></a>. The generated files
contain references to any packages which are in the
<code class="varname">PACKAGES</code> directory on the local
host. The generated files can be made to refer to URLs
based on <code class="varname">FTP_PKG_URL_HOST</code> and
<code class="varname">FTP_PKG_URL_DIR</code>. For example, if I
wanted to generate <code class="filename">README.html</code>
files which pointed to binary packages on the local
machine, in the directory
<code class="filename">/usr/packages</code>, set
<code class="varname">FTP_PKG_URL_HOST=file://localhost</code> and
<code class="varname">FTP_PKG_URL_DIR=/usr/packages</code>. The
<code class="varname">${PACKAGES}</code> directory and its
subdirectories will be searched for all the binary
packages.</p>
<p>The target can be run at the toplevel or in category
directories, in which case it descends recursively.</p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term">readme-all</span></dt>
<dd><p>This is a top-level command, run it in
<code class="filename">pkgsrc</code>. Use this target to create a
file <code class="filename">README-all.html</code> which contains a
list of all packages currently available in the NetBSD
Packages Collection, together with the category they belong
to and a short description. This file is compiled from the
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/*/README.html</code> files, so be sure
to run this <span class="emphasis"><em>after</em></span> a <span class="command"><strong>make
readme</strong></span>.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term">cdrom-readme</span></dt>
<dd><p>This is very much the same as the
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">readme</span>”</span> target (see above), but is to be
used when generating a pkgsrc tree to be written to a
CD-ROM. This target also produces
<code class="filename">README.html</code> files, and can be made
to refer to URLs based on
<code class="varname">CDROM_PKG_URL_HOST</code> and
<code class="varname">CDROM_PKG_URL_DIR</code>.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term">show-distfiles</span></dt>
<dd><p>This target shows which distfiles and patchfiles
are needed to build the package
(<code class="varname">ALLFILES</code>, which contains all
<code class="varname">DISTFILES</code> and
<code class="varname">PATCHFILES</code>, but not
<code class="filename">patches/*</code>).</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term">show-downlevel</span></dt>
<dd><p>This target shows nothing if the package is not
installed. If a version of this package is installed,
but is not the version provided in this version of
pkgsrc, then a warning message is displayed. This target
can be used to show which of your installed packages are
downlevel, and so the old versions can be deleted, and
the current ones added.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term">show-pkgsrc-dir</span></dt>
<dd><p>This target shows the directory in the pkgsrc
hierarchy from which the package can be built and
installed. This may not be the same directory as the one
from which the package was installed. This target is
intended to be used by people who may wish to upgrade
many packages on a single host, and can be invoked from
the top-level pkgsrc Makefile by using the
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">show-host-specific-pkgs</span>”</span> target.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term">show-installed-depends</span></dt>
<dd><p>This target shows which installed packages match
the current package's <code class="varname">DEPENDS</code>. Useful
if out of date dependencies are causing build
problems.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term">check-shlibs</span></dt>
<dd><p>After a package is installed, check all its
binaries and (on ELF platforms) shared libraries to see
if they find the shared libs they need. Run by default
if <code class="varname">PKG_DEVELOPER</code> is set in <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term">print-PLIST</span></dt>
<dd>
<p>After a <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">make install</span>”</span> from a new or
upgraded pkg, this prints out an attempt to generate a
new <code class="filename">PLIST</code> from a <span class="command"><strong>find
-newer work/.extract_done</strong></span>. An attempt is made
to care for shared libs etc., but it is
<span class="emphasis"><em>strongly</em></span> recommended to review the
result before putting it into
<code class="filename">PLIST</code>. On upgrades, it's useful to
diff the output of this command against an already
existing <code class="filename">PLIST</code> file.</p>
<p>If the package installs files via <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?tar+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">tar</span>(1)</span></a> or
other methods that don't update file access times, be
sure to add these files manually to your
<code class="filename">PLIST</code>, as the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">find
-newer</span>”</span> command used by this target won't catch
them!</p>
<p>See <a class="xref" href="#print-PLIST" title="13.3. Tweaking output of make print-PLIST">Section 13.3, “Tweaking output of <span class="command"><strong>make print-PLIST</strong></span>”</a> for more
information on this target.</p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term">bulk-package</span></dt>
<dd>
<p>Used to do bulk builds. If an appropriate binary
package already exists, no action is taken. If not, this
target will compile, install and package it (and its
depends, if <code class="varname">PKG_DEPENDS</code> is set
properly. See <a class="xref" href="#bulk" title="Chapter 7. Creating binary packages for everything in pkgsrc (bulk builds)">Chapter 7, <i>Creating binary packages for everything in pkgsrc (bulk
builds)</i></a>).
After creating the binary package, the sources, the
just-installed package and its required packages are
removed, preserving free disk space.</p>
<p><span class="emphasis"><em>Beware that this target may deinstall
all packages installed on a system!</em></span></p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term">bulk-install</span></dt>
<dd>
<p>Used during bulk-installs to install required
packages. If an up-to-date binary package is available,
it will be installed via <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_add+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_add</span>(1)</span></a>. If not,
<span class="command"><strong>make bulk-package</strong></span> will be executed,
but the installed binary won't be removed.</p>
<p>A binary package is considered
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">up-to-date</span>”</span> to be installed via
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_add+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_add</span>(1)</span></a> if:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>None of the package's files
(<code class="filename">Makefile</code>, ...) were modified
since it was built.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>None of the package's required (binary)
packages were modified since it was built.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p><span class="emphasis"><em>Beware that this target may deinstall
all packages installed on a system!</em></span></p>
</dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="tools"></a>Chapter 18. Tools needed for building or running</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#pkgsrc-tools">18.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#package-tools">18.2. Tools needed by packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#platform-tools">18.3. Tools provided by platforms</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#tools.questions">18.4. Questions regarding the tools</a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<p>The <code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code> definition is used both internally
by pkgsrc and also for individual packages to define what commands
are needed for building a package (like <code class="varname">BUILD_DEPENDS</code>)
or for later run-time of an installed packaged (such as
<code class="varname">DEPENDS</code>).
If the native system provides an adequate tool, then in many cases, a pkgsrc
package will not be used.</p>
<p>When building a package, the replacement tools are
made available in a directory (as symlinks or wrapper scripts)
that is early in the executable search path. Just like the buildlink
system, this helps with consistent builds.</p>
<p>A tool may be needed to help build a specific package. For example,
perl, GNU make (gmake) or yacc may be needed.</p>
<p>Also a tool may be needed, for example, because the native system's supplied
tool may be inefficient for building a package with pkgsrc.
For example, a package may need GNU awk, bison (instead of
yacc) or a better sed.</p>
<p>The tools used by a package can be listed by running
<span class="command"><strong>make show-tools</strong></span>.</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="pkgsrc-tools"></a>18.1. Tools for pkgsrc builds</h2></div></div></div>
<p>The default set of tools used by pkgsrc is defined in
<code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code>. This includes standard Unix tools,
such as: <span class="command"><strong>cat</strong></span>, <span class="command"><strong>awk</strong></span>,
<span class="command"><strong>chmod</strong></span>, <span class="command"><strong>test</strong></span>, and so on.
These can be seen by running:
<span class="command"><strong>make show-var VARNAME=USE_TOOLS</strong></span>.</p>
<p>If a package needs a specific program to build
then the <code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code> variable can be used
to define the tools needed.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="package-tools"></a>18.2. Tools needed by packages</h2></div></div></div>
<p>In the following examples, the :run means that it is needed at
run-time (and becomes a DEPENDS).
The default is a build dependency which can be set with
:build. (So in this example, it is the same as gmake:build
and pkg-config:build.)</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
USE_TOOLS+= gmake perl:run pkg-config
</pre>
<p>When using the tools framework, a
<code class="varname">TOOLS_PATH.foo</code> variable is defined
which contains the full path to the appropriate tool. For example,
<code class="varname">TOOLS_PATH.bash</code> could be <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">/bin/bash</span>”</span>
on Linux systems.</p>
<p>If you always need a pkgsrc version of the
tool at run-time, then just use <code class="varname">DEPENDS</code> instead.
</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="platform-tools"></a>18.3. Tools provided by platforms</h2></div></div></div>
<p>When improving or porting pkgsrc to a new platform, have a look
at (or create) the corresponding platform specific make file fragment under
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/mk/tools/tools.${OPSYS}.mk</code> which defines
the name of the common tools. For example:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
.if exists(/usr/bin/bzcat)
TOOLS_PLATFORM.bzcat?= /usr/bin/bzcat
.elif exists(/usr/bin/bzip2)
TOOLS_PLATFORM.bzcat?= /usr/bin/bzip2 -cd
.endif
TOOLS_PLATFORM.true?= true # shell builtin
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="tools.questions"></a>18.4. Questions regarding the tools</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="qandaset">
<a name="idm68304768"></a><dl>
<dt>18.4.1. <a href="#tools.new">How do I add a new tool?</a>
</dt>
<dt>18.4.2. <a href="#tools.listall">How do I get a list of all available
tools?</a>
</dt>
<dt>18.4.3. <a href="#tools.used">How can I get a list of all the tools that a
package is using while being built? I want to know whether it
uses sed or not.</a>
</dt>
</dl>
<table border="0" style="width: 100%;">
<colgroup>
<col align="left" width="1%">
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr class="question">
<td align="left" valign="top">
<a name="tools.new"></a><a name="idm68304384"></a><p><b>18.4.1.</b></p>
</td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>How do I add a new tool?</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="answer">
<td align="left" valign="top"></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>TODO</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="question">
<td align="left" valign="top">
<a name="tools.listall"></a><a name="idm68303360"></a><p><b>18.4.2.</b></p>
</td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>How do I get a list of all available
tools?</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="answer">
<td align="left" valign="top"></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>TODO</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="question">
<td align="left" valign="top">
<a name="tools.used"></a><a name="idm68302208"></a><p><b>18.4.3.</b></p>
</td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>How can I get a list of all the tools that a
package is using while being built? I want to know whether it
uses sed or not.</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="answer">
<td align="left" valign="top"></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>Currently, you can't. (TODO: But I want to be able
to do it.)</p></td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="fixes"></a>Chapter 19. Making your package work</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-operation">19.1. General operation</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#portability-of-packages">19.1.1. Portability of packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf">19.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#user-interaction">19.1.3. User interaction</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#handling-licenses">19.1.4. Handling licenses</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#restricted-packages">19.1.5. Restricted packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#dependencies">19.1.6. Handling dependencies</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#conflicts">19.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#not-building-packages">19.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undeletable-packages">19.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#security-handling">19.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#bumping-pkgrevision">19.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.subst">19.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.fetch">19.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#no-plain-download">19.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#modified-distfiles-same-name">19.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.configure">19.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.libtool">19.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#using-libtool">19.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#autoconf-automake">19.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#programming-languages">19.4. Programming languages</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#basic-programming-languages">19.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#java-programming-language">19.4.2. Java</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-scripts">19.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#shell-scripts">19.4.4. Packages containing shell scripts</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#other-programming-languages">19.4.5. Other programming languages</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.build">19.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#fixes.build.cpp">19.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#compiler-bugs">19.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#undefined-reference">19.5.3. Undefined reference to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...</span>”</span></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#out-of-memory">19.5.4. Running out of memory</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#fixes.install">19.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#install-scripts">19.6.1. Creating needed directories</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#where-to-install-documentation">19.6.2. Where to install documentation</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#installing-score-files">19.6.3. Installing highscore files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#destdir-support">19.6.4. Adding DESTDIR support to packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hardcoded-paths">19.6.5. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#perl-modules">19.6.6. Packages installing perl modules</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#faq.info-files">19.6.7. Packages installing info files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#manpages">19.6.8. Packages installing man pages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gconf-data-files">19.6.9. Packages installing GConf data files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#scrollkeeper-data-files">19.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper/rarian data files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#x11-fonts">19.6.11. Packages installing X11 fonts</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#gtk2-modules">19.6.12. Packages installing GTK2 modules</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#sgml-xml-data">19.6.13. Packages installing SGML or XML data</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#mime-database">19.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#intltool">19.6.15. Packages using intltool</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#startup-scripts">19.6.16. Packages installing startup scripts</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#tex-packages">19.6.17. Packages installing TeX modules</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#emulation-packages">19.6.18. Packages supporting running binaries in
emulation</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#hicolor-theme">19.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#desktop-files">19.6.20. Packages installing desktop files</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#punting">19.7. Marking packages as having problems</a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="general-operation"></a>19.1. General operation</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="portability-of-packages"></a>19.1.1. Portability of packages</h3></div></div></div>
<p>One appealing feature of pkgsrc is that it runs on many
different platforms. As a result, it is important to ensure,
where possible, that packages in pkgsrc are portable. This
chapter mentions some particular details you should pay
attention to while working on pkgsrc.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="pulling-vars-from-etc-mk.conf"></a>19.1.2. How to pull in user-settable variables from <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>
</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The pkgsrc user can configure pkgsrc by overriding several
variables in the file pointed to by <code class="varname">MAKECONF</code>,
which is <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> by default. When you
want to use those variables in the preprocessor directives of
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a> (for example <code class="literal">.if</code> or
<code class="literal">.for</code>), you need to include the file
<code class="filename">../../mk/bsd.prefs.mk</code> before, which in turn
loads the user preferences.</p>
<p>But note that some variables may not be completely defined
after <code class="filename">../../mk/bsd.prefs.mk</code> has been
included, as they may contain references to variables that are
not yet defined. In shell commands this is no problem, since
variables are actually macros, which are only expanded when they
are used. But in the preprocessor directives mentioned above and
in dependency lines (of the form <code class="literal">target:
dependencies</code>) the variables are expanded at load
time.</p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>Currently there is no exhaustive list of all
variables that tells you whether they can be used at load time
or only at run time, but it is in preparation.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="user-interaction"></a>19.1.3. User interaction</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Occasionally, packages require interaction from the user,
and this can be in a number of ways:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>When fetching the distfiles, some packages require user
interaction such as entering username/password or accepting a
license on a web page.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>When extracting the distfiles, some packages may ask for
passwords.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>help to configure the package before it is built</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>help during the build process</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>help during the installation of a package</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>The <code class="varname">INTERACTIVE_STAGE</code> definition is
provided to notify the pkgsrc mechanism of an interactive stage
which will be needed, and this should be set in the package's
<code class="filename">Makefile</code>, e.g.:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
INTERACTIVE_STAGE= build
</pre>
<p>Multiple interactive stages can be specified:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
INTERACTIVE_STAGE= configure install
</pre>
<p>The user can then decide to skip this package by setting the
<code class="varname">BATCH</code> variable.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="handling-licenses"></a>19.1.4. Handling licenses</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Authors of software can choose the licence under which
software can be copied. This is due to copyright law, and reasons
for license choices are outside the scope of pkgsrc. The pkgsrc
system recognizes that there are a number of licenses which some
users may find objectionable or difficult or impossible to comply
with. The Free Software Foundation has declared some licenses
"Free", and the Open Source Initiative has a definition of "Open
Source". The pkgsrc system, as a policy choice, does not label
packages which have licenses that are Free or Open Source.
However, packages without a license meeting either of those tests
are labeled with a license tag denoting the license. Note that a
package with no license to copy trivially does not meet either the
Free or Open Source test.</p>
<p>For packages which are not Free or Open Source, pkgsrc will
not build the package unless the user has indicated to pkgsrc that
packages with that particular license may be built. Note that
this documentation avoids the term "accepted the license". The
pkgsrc system is merely providing a mechanism to avoid
accidentally building a package with a non-free license;
judgement and responsibility remain with the user. (Installation
of binary packages are not currently subject to this mechanism;
this is a bug.)</p>
<p>One might want to only install packages with a BSD license,
or the GPL, and not the other. The free licenses are added to the
default <code class="varname">ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES</code> variable. The
user can override the default by setting the
<code class="varname">ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES</code> variable with "=" instead
of "+=". The licenses accepted by default are:
</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
apache-1.1 apache-2.0
arphic-public
artistic artistic-2.0
boost-license
cc-by-sa-v3.0
cc0-1.0-universal
cddl-1.0
cpl-1.0
epl-v1.0
gnu-fdl-v1.1 gnu-fdl-v1.2 gnu-fdl-v1.3
gnu-gpl-v1
gnu-gpl-v2 gnu-lgpl-v2 gnu-lgpl-v2.1
gnu-gpl-v3 gnu-lgpl-v3
ibm-public-license-1.0
ipafont
isc
lppl-1.3c
lucent
miros
mit
mpl-1.0 mpl-1.1 mpl-2.0
mplusfont
ofl-v1.0 ofl-v1.1
original-bsd modified-bsd 2-clause-bsd
php
png-license
postgresql-license
public-domain
python-software-foundation
qpl-v1.0
sgi-free-software-b-v2.0
sleepycat-public
unlicense
x11
zlib
zpl
</pre>
<p>
</p>
<p>The license tag mechanism is intended to address
copyright-related issues surrounding building, installing and
using a package, and not to address redistribution issues (see
<code class="varname">RESTRICTED</code> and
<code class="varname">NO_SRC_ON_FTP</code>, etc.).
Packages with redistribution restrictions should set these
tags.</p>
<p>Denoting that a package may be copied according to a
particular license is done by placing the license in
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/licenses</code> and setting the
<code class="varname">LICENSE</code> variable to a string identifying the
license, e.g. in <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/graphics/xv/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">graphics/xv</code></a>:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
LICENSE= xv-license
</pre>
<p>When trying to build, the user will get a notice that the
package is covered by a license which has not been placed in the
<code class="varname">ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES</code> variable:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make</code></strong>
===> xv-3.10anb9 has an unacceptable license: xv-license.
===> To view the license, enter "/usr/bin/make show-license".
===> To indicate acceptance, add this line to your /etc/mk.conf:
===> ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES+=xv-license
*** Error code 1
</pre>
<p>The license can be viewed with <span class="command"><strong>make
show-license</strong></span>, and if the user so chooses, the line
printed above can be added to <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> to
convey to pkgsrc that it should not in the future fail because of
that license:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES+=xv-license
</pre>
<p>When adding a package with a new license, the following steps
are required:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem">
<p>Check if the file can avoid the -license filename tag as described above by referencing <a class="ulink" href="http://www.gnu.org/licenses/license-list.html" target="_top">Various Licenses and Comments about Them</a> and <a class="ulink" href="http://opensource.org/licenses/alphabetical" target="_top">Licenses by Name | Open Source Initiative</a>. If this is the case, additionally add the license filename to:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>DEFAULT_ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES in <code class="filename">pkgsrc/mk/license.mk</code></p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>default_acceptable_licenses in <code class="filename">pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkg_install/files/lib/license.c</code></p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>the ACCEPTABLE_LICENSES list in <code class="filename">pkgsrc/doc/guide/files/fixes.xml</code></p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>with the proper syntax as demonstrated in those files, respectively.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>The license text should be added to <code class="filename">pkgsrc/licenses</code> for displaying. A list of known licenses can be seen in this directory.</p></li>
</ol></div>
<p>When the license changes (in a way other than formatting),
please make sure that the new license has a different name (e.g.,
append the version number if it exists, or the date). Just
because a user told pkgsrc to build programs under a previous
version of a license does not mean that pkgsrc should build
programs under the new licenses. The higher-level point is that
pkgsrc does not evaluate licenses for reasonableness; the only
test is a mechanistic test of whether a particular text has been
approved by either of two bodies.</p>
<p>The use of <code class="varname">LICENSE=shareware</code>,
<code class="varname">LICENSE=no-commercial-use</code>, and similar language
is deprecated because it does not crisply refer to a particular
license text. Another problem with such usage is that it does not
enable a user to tell pkgsrc to proceed for a single package
without also telling pkgsrc to proceed for all packages with that
tag.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="restricted-packages"></a>19.1.5. Restricted packages</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Some licenses restrict how software may be re-distributed.
Because a license tag is required unless the package is Free or
Open Source, all packages with restrictions should have license
tags. By declaring the restrictions, package tools can
automatically refrain from e.g. placing binary packages on FTP
sites.</p>
<p>There are four restrictions that may be encoded, which are
the cross product of sources (distfiles) and binaries not being
placed on FTP sites and CD-ROMs. Because this is rarely the exact
language in any license, and because non-Free licenses tend to be
different from each other, pkgsrc adopts a definition of FTP and
CD-ROM. Pkgsrc uses "FTP" to mean that the source or binary file
should not be made available over the Internet at no charge.
Pkgsrc uses "CD-ROM" to mean that the source or binary may not be
made available on some kind of media, together with other source
and binary packages, and which is sold for a distribution charge.
</p>
<p>In order to encode these restrictions, the package system
defines five make variables that can be set to note these
restrictions:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem">
<p><code class="varname">RESTRICTED</code></p>
<p>This variable should be set whenever a restriction
exists (regardless of its kind). Set this variable to a
string containing the reason for the restriction. It should
be understood that those wanting to understand the restriction
will have to read the license, and perhaps seek advice of
counsel.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p><code class="varname">NO_BIN_ON_CDROM</code></p>
<p>Binaries may not be placed on CD-ROM containing other
binary packages, for which a distribution charge may be made.
In this case, set this variable to
<code class="varname">${RESTRICTED}</code>.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p><code class="varname">NO_BIN_ON_FTP</code></p>
<p>Binaries may not made available on the Internet without
charge. In this case, set this variable to
<code class="varname">${RESTRICTED}</code>. If this variable is set,
binary packages will not be included on ftp.NetBSD.org.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p><code class="varname">NO_SRC_ON_CDROM</code></p>
<p>Distfiles may not be placed on CD-ROM, together with
other distfiles, for which a fee may be charged. In this
case, set this variable to <code class="varname">${RESTRICTED}</code>.
</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p><code class="varname">NO_SRC_ON_FTP</code></p>
<p>Distfiles may not made available via FTP at no charge.
In this case, set this variable to
<code class="varname">${RESTRICTED}</code>. If this variable is set,
the distfile(s) will not be mirrored on ftp.NetBSD.org.</p>
</li>
</ul></div>
<p>Please note that packages will to be removed from pkgsrc
when the distfiles are not distributable and cannot be obtained
for a period of one full quarter branch. Packages with manual /
interactive fetch must have a maintainer and it is his/her
responsibility to ensure this.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="dependencies"></a>19.1.6. Handling dependencies</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Your package may depend on some other package being present
- and there are various ways of expressing this dependency.
pkgsrc supports the <code class="varname">BUILD_DEPENDS</code> and
<code class="varname">DEPENDS</code> definitions, the
<code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code> definition, as well as dependencies
via <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code>, which is the preferred way
to handle dependencies, and which uses the variables named above.
See <a class="xref" href="#buildlink" title="Chapter 14. Buildlink methodology">Chapter 14, <i>Buildlink methodology</i></a> for more information.</p>
<p>The basic difference between the two variables is as
follows: The <code class="varname">DEPENDS</code> definition registers
that pre-requisite in the binary package so it will be pulled in
when the binary package is later installed, whilst the
<code class="varname">BUILD_DEPENDS</code> definition does not, marking a
dependency that is only needed for building the package.</p>
<p>This means that if you only need a package present whilst
you are building, it should be noted as a
<code class="varname">BUILD_DEPENDS</code>.</p>
<p>The format for a <code class="varname">BUILD_DEPENDS</code> and a
<code class="varname">DEPENDS</code> definition is:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
<pre-req-package-name>:../../<category>/<pre-req-package>
</pre>
<p>Please note that the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pre-req-package-name</span>”</span>
may include any of the wildcard version numbers recognized by
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_info+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_info</span>(1)</span></a>.</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem">
<p>If your package needs another package's binaries or
libraries to build and run, and if that package has a
<code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file available, use it:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
.include "../../graphics/jpeg/buildlink3.mk"
</pre>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>If your package needs another package's binaries or
libraries only for building, and if that package has a
<code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file available, use it:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
.include "../../graphics/jpeg/buildlink3.mk"
</pre>
<p>but set
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_DEPMETHOD.<em class="replaceable"><code>jpeg</code></em>?=build</code>
to make it a build dependency only. This case is rather
rare.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>If your package needs binaries from another package to build,
use the <code class="varname">BUILD_DEPENDS</code> definition:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
BUILD_DEPENDS+= scons-[0-9]*:../../devel/scons
</pre>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>If your package needs a library with which to link and
there is no <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file
available, create one. Using
<code class="varname">DEPENDS</code> won't be sufficient because the
include files and libraries will be hidden from the compiler.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>If your package needs some executable to be able to run
correctly and if there's no
<code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file, this is specified
using the <code class="varname">DEPENDS</code> variable. The
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/print/lyx/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">print/lyx</code></a> package needs to
be able to execute the latex binary from the teTeX package
when it runs, and that is specified:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
DEPENDS+= teTeX-[0-9]*:../../print/teTeX
</pre>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>You can use wildcards in package dependencies. Note that
such wildcard dependencies are retained when creating binary
packages. The dependency is checked when installing the binary
package and any package which matches the pattern will be
used. Wildcard dependencies should be used with care.</p>
<p>The <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">-[0-9]*</span>”</span> should be used instead of
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">-*</span>”</span> to avoid potentially ambiguous matches
such as <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">tk-postgresql</span>”</span> matching a
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">tk-*</span>”</span> <code class="varname">DEPENDS</code>.</p>
<p>Wildcards can also be used to specify that a package
will only build against a certain minimum version of a
pre-requisite:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
DEPENDS+= ImageMagick>=6.0:../../graphics/ImageMagick
</pre>
<p>This means that the package will build using version 6.0
of ImageMagick or newer. Such a dependency may be warranted
if, for example, the command line options of an executable
have changed.</p>
<p>If you need to depend on minimum versions of libraries,
see the buildlink section of the pkgsrc guide.</p>
<p>For security fixes, please update the package
vulnerabilities file. See <a class="xref" href="#security-handling" title="19.1.10. Handling packages with security problems">Section 19.1.10, “Handling packages with security problems”</a> for more
information.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>If the package depends on either one of two (or more)
packages, specify the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pre-req-package-name</span>”</span> as a
comma-separated list between curly braces.</p>
<p>As an example, take a package that depends on the Perl
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">version</span>”</span> module, which has been part of Perl
itself since version 5.10.0. This either/or dependency is
expressed as:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
DEPENDS+= {perl>=5.10.0,p5-version-[0-9]*}:../../devel/p5-version
</pre>
</li>
</ol></div>
<p>If your package needs files from another package to build,
add the relevant distribution files to
<code class="varname">DISTFILES</code>, so they will be extracted
automatically. See the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/print/ghostscript/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">print/ghostscript</code></a> package for an example.
(It relies on the jpeg sources being present in source form
during the build.)</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="conflicts"></a>19.1.7. Handling conflicts with other packages</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Your package may conflict with other packages a user might
already have installed on his system, e.g. if your package
installs the same set of files as another package in the pkgsrc
tree.</p>
<p>In this case you can set <code class="varname">CONFLICTS</code> to a
space-separated list of packages (including version string) your
package conflicts with.</p>
<p>For example, <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/x11/Xaw3d/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">x11/Xaw3d</code></a>
and <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/x11/Xaw-Xpm/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">x11/Xaw-Xpm</code></a>
install the same shared library, thus you set in
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/x11/Xaw3d/Makefile</code>:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
CONFLICTS= Xaw-Xpm-[0-9]*
</pre>
<p>and in <code class="filename">pkgsrc/x11/Xaw-Xpm/Makefile</code>:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
CONFLICTS= Xaw3d-[0-9]*
</pre>
<p>Packages will automatically conflict with other packages
with the name prefix and a different version
string. <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Xaw3d-1.5</span>”</span> e.g. will automatically
conflict with the older version <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">Xaw3d-1.3</span>”</span>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="not-building-packages"></a>19.1.8. Packages that cannot or should not be built</h3></div></div></div>
<p>There are several reasons why a package might be
instructed to not build under certain circumstances. If the
package builds and runs on most platforms, the exceptions
should be noted with <code class="varname">NOT_FOR_PLATFORM</code>. If
the package builds and runs on a small handful of platforms,
set <code class="varname">ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM</code> instead.
Both <code class="varname">ONLY_FOR_PLATFORM</code> and
<code class="varname">NOT_FOR_PLATFORM</code> are OS triples
(OS-version-platform) that can use glob-style
wildcards.</p>
<p>Some packages are tightly bound to a specific version of an
operating system, e.g. LKMs or <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/sysutils/lsof/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">sysutils/lsof</code></a>. Such binary packages are not
backwards compatible with other versions of the OS, and should be
uploaded to a version specific directory on the FTP server. Mark
these packages by setting <code class="varname">OSVERSION_SPECIFIC</code> to
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span>. This variable is not currently used by any of
the package system internals, but may be used in the
future.</p>
<p>If the package should be skipped (for example, because it
provides functionality already provided by the system), set
<code class="varname">PKG_SKIP_REASON</code> to a descriptive message. If
the package should fail because some preconditions are not met,
set <code class="varname">PKG_FAIL_REASON</code> to a descriptive
message.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="undeletable-packages"></a>19.1.9. Packages which should not be deleted, once installed</h3></div></div></div>
<p>To ensure that a package may not be deleted, once it has been
installed, the <code class="varname">PKG_PRESERVE</code> definition should
be set in the package Makefile. This will be carried into any
binary package that is made from this pkgsrc entry. A
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">preserved</span>”</span> package will
not be deleted using <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_delete+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_delete</span>(1)</span></a> unless the
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">-f</span>”</span> option is used.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="security-handling"></a>19.1.10. Handling packages with security problems</h3></div></div></div>
<p>When a vulnerability is found, this should be noted in
<code class="filename">localsrc/security/advisories/pkg-vulnerabilities</code>,
and after committing that file, ask pkgsrc-security@NetBSD.org to
update the file on ftp.NetBSD.org.</p>
<p>After fixing the vulnerability by a patch, its
<code class="varname">PKGREVISION</code> should be increased (this is of
course not necessary if the problem is fixed by using a newer
release of the software), and the pattern in the
pkg-vulnerabilities file must be updated.</p>
<p>Also, if the fix should be applied to the stable pkgsrc
branch, be sure to submit a pullup request!</p>
<p>Binary packages already on ftp.NetBSD.org will be handled
semi-automatically by a weekly cron job.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="bumping-pkgrevision"></a>19.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package</h3></div></div></div>
<p>When making fixes to an existing package it can be useful
to change the version number in <code class="varname">PKGNAME</code>. To
avoid conflicting with future versions by the original author, a
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">nb1</span>”</span>, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">nb2</span>”</span>, ... suffix can be used
on package versions by setting <code class="varname">PKGREVISION=1</code>
(2, ...). The <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">nb</span>”</span> is treated like a
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">.</span>”</span> by the package tools. e.g.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
DISTNAME= foo-17.42
PKGREVISION= 9
</pre>
<p>will result in a <code class="varname">PKGNAME</code> of
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">foo-17.42nb9</span>”</span>. If you want to use the original
value of <code class="varname">PKGNAME</code> without the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">nbX</span>”</span>
suffix, e.g. for setting <code class="varname">DIST_SUBDIR</code>, use
<code class="varname">PKGNAME_NOREV</code>.</p>
<p>When a new release of the package is released, the
<code class="varname">PKGREVISION</code> should be removed, e.g. on a new
minor release of the above package, things should be like:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
DISTNAME= foo-17.43
</pre>
<p><code class="varname">PKGREVISION</code> should be incremented for any
non-trivial change in the resulting binary package. Without a
<code class="varname">PKGREVISION</code> bump, someone with the previous
version installed has no way of knowing that their package is out
of date. Thus, changes without increasing
<code class="varname">PKGREVISION</code> are essentially labeled "this is so
trivial that no reasonable person would want to upgrade", and this
is the rough test for when increasing
<code class="varname">PKGREVISION</code> is appropriate. Examples of
changes that do not merit increasing
<code class="varname">PKGREVISION</code> are:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>Changing <code class="varname">HOMEPAGE</code>,
<code class="varname">MAINTAINER</code>, <code class="varname">OWNER</code>,
or comments in Makefile.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>
Changing build variables if the resulting binary package is the same.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>
Changing <code class="filename">DESCR</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>
Adding <code class="varname">PKG_OPTIONS</code> if the default options don't change.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>Examples of changes that do merit an increase to
<code class="varname">PKGREVISION</code> include:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>
Security fixes</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>
Changes or additions to a patch file</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>
Changes to the <code class="filename">PLIST</code></p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>A dependency is changed or renamed.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>PKGREVISION must also be incremented when dependencies have ABI
changes.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="fixes.subst"></a>19.1.12. Substituting variable text in the package files (the SUBST framework)</h3></div></div></div>
<p>When you want to replace the same text in multiple files
or when the replacement text varies, patches alone cannot help.
This is where the SUBST framework comes in. It provides an
easy-to-use interface for replacing text in files.
Example:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
SUBST_CLASSES+= fix-paths
SUBST_STAGE.fix-paths= pre-configure
SUBST_MESSAGE.fix-paths= Fixing absolute paths.
SUBST_FILES.fix-paths= src/*.c
SUBST_FILES.fix-paths+= scripts/*.sh
SUBST_SED.fix-paths= -e 's,"/usr/local,"${PREFIX},g'
SUBST_SED.fix-paths+= -e 's,"/var/log,"${VARBASE}/log,g'
</pre>
<p><code class="varname">SUBST_CLASSES</code> is a list of identifiers
that are used to identify the different SUBST blocks that are
defined. The SUBST framework is heavily used by pkgsrc, so it is
important to always use the <code class="literal">+=</code> operator with
this variable. Otherwise some substitutions may be
skipped.</p>
<p>The remaining variables of each SUBST block are
parameterized with the identifier from the first line
(<code class="literal">fix-paths</code> in this case.) They can be seen as
parameters to a function call.</p>
<p><code class="varname">SUBST_STAGE.*</code> specifies the stage at
which the replacement will take place. All combinations of
<code class="literal">pre-</code>, <code class="literal">do-</code> and
<code class="literal">post-</code> together with a phase name are
possible, though only few are actually used. Most commonly used
are <code class="literal">post-patch</code> and
<code class="literal">pre-configure</code>. Of these two,
<code class="literal">pre-configure</code> should be preferred because
then it is possible to run <span class="command"><strong>bmake patch</strong></span> and
have the state after applying the patches but before making any
other changes. This is especially useful when you are debugging
a package in order to create new patches for it. Similarly,
<code class="literal">post-build</code> is preferred over
<code class="literal">pre-install</code>, because the install phase should
generally be kept as simple as possible. When you use
<code class="literal">post-build</code>, you have the same files in the
working directory that will be installed later, so you can check
if the substitution has succeeded.</p>
<p><code class="varname">SUBST_MESSAGE.*</code> is an optional text
that is printed just before the substitution is done.</p>
<p><code class="varname">SUBST_FILES.*</code> is the list of shell
globbing patterns that specifies the files in which the
substitution will take place. The patterns are interpreted
relatively to the <code class="varname">WRKSRC</code> directory.</p>
<p><code class="varname">SUBST_SED.*</code> is a list of arguments to
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?sed+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">sed</span>(1)</span></a> that specify the actual substitution. Every sed
command should be prefixed with <code class="literal">-e</code>, so that
all SUBST blocks look uniform.</p>
<p>There are some more variables, but they are so seldomly
used that they are only documented in the
<code class="filename">mk/subst.mk</code> file.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="fixes.fetch"></a>19.2. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>fetch</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="no-plain-download"></a>19.2.1. Packages whose distfiles aren't available for plain downloading</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If you need to download from a dynamic URL you can set
<code class="varname">DYNAMIC_MASTER_SITES</code> and a <span class="command"><strong>make
fetch</strong></span> will call <code class="filename">files/getsite.sh</code>
with the name of each file to download as an argument, expecting
it to output the URL of the directory from which to download
it. <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/graphics/ns-cult3d/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">graphics/ns-cult3d</code></a> is an
example of this usage.</p>
<p>If the download can't be automated, because the user must
submit personal information to apply for a password, or must pay
for the source, or whatever, you can set
<code class="varname">FETCH_MESSAGE</code> to a list of lines that are
displayed to the user before aborting the build. Example:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
FETCH_MESSAGE= "Please download the files"
FETCH_MESSAGE+= " "${DISTFILES:Q}
FETCH_MESSAGE+= "manually from "${MASTER_SITES:Q}"."
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="modified-distfiles-same-name"></a>19.2.2. How to handle modified distfiles with the 'old' name</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Sometimes authors of a software package make some
modifications after the software was released, and they put up a
new distfile without changing the package's version number. If a
package is already in pkgsrc at that time, the checksum will
no longer match. The contents of the new distfile should be
compared against the old one before changing anything, to make
sure the distfile was really updated on purpose, and that
no trojan horse or so crept in.
Please mention that the distfiles were compared and what was found
in your commit message.</p>
<p>Then, the correct way to work around this is to
set <code class="varname">DIST_SUBDIR</code> to a unique directory name,
usually based on <code class="varname">PKGNAME_NOREV</code>. All
<code class="varname">DISTFILES</code> and
<code class="varname">PATCHFILES</code> for this package will be put in that
subdirectory of the local distfiles directory.
(See <a class="xref" href="#bumping-pkgrevision" title="19.1.11. How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package">Section 19.1.11, “How to handle incrementing versions when fixing an existing package”</a> for more details.)
In case this
happens more often, <code class="varname">PKGNAME</code> can be used (thus
including the <code class="filename">nbX</code> suffix) or a date stamp
can be appended, like <code class="varname">${PKGNAME_NOREV}-YYYYMMDD</code>.</p>
<p><code class="varname">DIST_SUBDIR</code> is also used when a distfile's name does not contain a version and the distfile is apt to change. In cases where the likelihood of this is very small, <code class="varname">DIST_SUBDIR</code> might not be required. Additionally, <code class="varname">DIST_SUBDIR</code> must not be removed unless the distfile name changes, even if a package is being moved or renamed.</p>
<p>Do not forget regenerating the <code class="filename">distinfo</code> file
after that, since it contains the <code class="varname">DIST_SUBDIR</code>
path in the filenames.
Also, increase the PKGREVISION if the installed package is different.
Furthermore, a mail to the package's authors seems appropriate
telling them that changing distfiles after releases without
changing the file names is not good practice.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="fixes.configure"></a>19.3. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>configure</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="fixes.libtool"></a>19.3.1. Shared libraries - libtool</h3></div></div></div>
<p>pkgsrc supports many different machines, with different
object formats like a.out and ELF, and varying abilities to do
shared library and dynamic loading at all. To accompany this,
varying commands and options have to be passed to the
compiler, linker, etc. to get the Right Thing, which can be
pretty annoying especially if you don't have all the machines
at your hand to test things. The
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/devel/libtool/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">devel/libtool</code></a> pkg
can help here, as it just <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">knows</span>”</span> how to build
both static and dynamic libraries from a set of source files,
thus being platform-independent.</p>
<p>Here's how to use libtool in a package in seven simple
steps:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>Add <code class="varname">USE_LIBTOOL=yes</code> to the package
Makefile.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>For library objects, use <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">${LIBTOOL} --mode=compile
${CC}</span>”</span> in place of <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">${CC}</span>”</span>. You could even
add it to the definition of <code class="varname">CC</code>, if only
libraries are being built in a given Makefile. This one command
will build both PIC and non-PIC library objects, so you need not
have separate shared and non-shared library rules.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>For the linking of the library, remove any
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">ar</span>”</span>, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">ranlib</span>”</span>, and <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">ld
-Bshareable</span>”</span> commands, and instead use:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
${LIBTOOL} --mode=link \
${CC} -o ${.TARGET:.a=.la} \
${OBJS:.o=.lo} \
-rpath ${PREFIX}/lib \
-version-info major:minor
</pre>
<p>Note that the library is changed to have a
<code class="filename">.la</code> extension, and the objects are
changed to have a <code class="filename">.lo</code>
extension. Change <code class="varname">OBJS</code> as
necessary. This automatically creates all of the
<code class="filename">.a</code>,
<code class="filename">.so.major.minor</code>, and ELF symlinks (if
necessary) in the build directory. Be sure to include
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">-version-info</span>”</span>, especially when major and
minor are zero, as libtool will otherwise strip off the
shared library version.</p>
<p>From the libtool manual:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
So, libtool library versions are described by three integers:
CURRENT
The most recent interface number that this library implements.
REVISION
The implementation number of the CURRENT interface.
AGE
The difference between the newest and oldest interfaces that
this library implements. In other words, the library implements
all the interface numbers in the range from number `CURRENT -
AGE' to `CURRENT'.
If two libraries have identical CURRENT and AGE numbers, then the
dynamic linker chooses the library with the greater REVISION number.
</pre>
<p>The <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">-release</span>”</span> option will produce
different results for a.out and ELF (excluding symlinks)
in only one case. An ELF library of the form
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">libfoo-release.so.<span class="emphasis"><em>x</em></span>.<span class="emphasis"><em>y</em></span></span>”</span>
will have a symlink of
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">libfoo.so.<span class="emphasis"><em>x</em></span>.<span class="emphasis"><em>y</em></span></span>”</span>
on an a.out platform. This is handled
automatically.</p>
<p>The <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">-rpath argument</span>”</span> is the install
directory of the library being built.</p>
<p>In the <code class="filename">PLIST</code>, include only the
<code class="filename">.la</code> file, the other files will be
added automatically.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>When linking shared object (<code class="filename">.so</code>)
files, i.e. files that are loaded via <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?dlopen+3+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">dlopen</span>(3)</span></a>, NOT
shared libraries, use <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">-module
-avoid-version</span>”</span> to prevent them getting version
tacked on.</p>
<p>The <code class="filename">PLIST</code> file gets the
<code class="filename">foo.so</code> entry.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>When linking programs that depend on these libraries
<span class="emphasis"><em>before</em></span> they are installed, preface
the <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?cc+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">cc</span>(1)</span></a> or <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?ld+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ld</span>(1)</span></a> line with <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">${LIBTOOL}
--mode=link</span>”</span>, and it will find the correct
libraries (static or shared), but please be aware that
libtool will not allow you to specify a relative path in
-L (such as <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">-L../somelib</span>”</span>), because it
expects you to change that argument to be the
<code class="filename">.la</code> file. e.g.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
${LIBTOOL} --mode=link ${CC} -o someprog -L../somelib -lsomelib
</pre>
<p>should be changed to:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
${LIBTOOL} --mode=link ${CC} -o <em class="replaceable"><code>someprog</code></em> <em class="replaceable"><code>../somelib/somelib.la</code></em>
</pre>
<p>and it will do the right thing with the libraries.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>When installing libraries, preface the <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?install+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">install</span>(1)</span></a>
or <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?cp+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">cp</span>(1)</span></a> command with <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">${LIBTOOL}
--mode=install</span>”</span>, and change the library name to
<code class="filename">.la</code>. e.g.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
${LIBTOOL} --mode=install ${BSD_INSTALL_LIB} ${SOMELIB:.a=.la} ${PREFIX}/lib
</pre>
<p>This will install the static <code class="filename">.a</code>,
shared library, any needed symlinks, and run
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?ldconfig+8+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ldconfig</span>(8)</span></a>.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>In your <code class="filename">PLIST</code>, include only
the <code class="filename">.la</code>
file (this is a change from previous behaviour).</p></li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="using-libtool"></a>19.3.2. Using libtool on GNU packages that already support libtool</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Add <code class="varname">USE_LIBTOOL=yes</code> to the
package Makefile. This will override the package's own libtool
in most cases. For older libtool using packages, libtool is
made by ltconfig script during the do-configure step; you can
check the libtool script location by doing <span class="command"><strong>make
configure; find work*/ -name libtool</strong></span>.</p>
<p><code class="varname">LIBTOOL_OVERRIDE</code> specifies which libtool
scripts, relative to <code class="varname">WRKSRC</code>, to override. By
default, it is set to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">libtool */libtool
*/*/libtool</span>”</span>. If this does not match the location of the
package's libtool script(s), set it as appropriate.</p>
<p>If you do not need <code class="filename">*.a</code> static
libraries built and installed, then use
<code class="varname">SHLIBTOOL_OVERRIDE</code> instead.</p>
<p>If your package makes use of the platform-independent library
for loading dynamic shared objects, that comes with libtool
(libltdl), you should include devel/libltdl/buildlink3.mk.</p>
<p>Some packages use libtool incorrectly so that the package
may not work or build in some circumstances. Some of the more
common errors are:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem">
<p>The inclusion of a shared object (-module) as a dependent library in an
executable or library. This in itself isn't a problem if one of two things
has been done:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>The shared object is named correctly, i.e.
<code class="filename">libfoo.la</code>, not
<code class="filename">foo.la</code></p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>The -dlopen option is used when linking an executable.</p></li>
</ol></div>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>The use of libltdl without the correct calls to initialisation routines.
The function lt_dlinit() should be called and the macro
<code class="varname">LTDL_SET_PRELOADED_SYMBOLS</code> included in
executables.</p></li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="autoconf-automake"></a>19.3.3. GNU Autoconf/Automake</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If a package needs GNU autoconf or automake to be executed
to regenerate the configure script and Makefile.in makefile
templates, then they should be executed in a pre-configure
target.</p>
<p>For packages that need only autoconf:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
AUTOCONF_REQD= 2.50 # if default version is not good enough
USE_TOOLS+= autoconf # use "autoconf213" for autoconf-2.13
...
pre-configure:
cd ${WRKSRC} && autoconf
...
</pre>
<p>and for packages that need automake and autoconf:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
AUTOMAKE_REQD= 1.7.1 # if default version is not good enough
USE_TOOLS+= automake # use "automake14" for automake-1.4
...
pre-configure:
set -e; cd ${WRKSRC}; \
aclocal; autoheader; automake -a --foreign -i; autoconf
...
</pre>
<p>Packages which use GNU Automake will almost certainly
require GNU Make.</p>
<p>There are times when the configure process makes
additional changes to the generated files, which then causes
the build process to try to re-execute the automake sequence.
This is prevented by touching various files in the configure
stage. If this causes problems with your package you can set
<code class="varname">AUTOMAKE_OVERRIDE=NO</code> in the package
Makefile.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="programming-languages"></a>19.4. Programming languages</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="basic-programming-languages"></a>19.4.1. C, C++, and Fortran</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Compilers for the C, C++, and Fortran languages comes with
the NetBSD base system. By default, pkgsrc assumes that a package
is written in C and will hide all other compilers (via the wrapper
framework, see <a class="xref" href="#buildlink" title="Chapter 14. Buildlink methodology">Chapter 14, <i>Buildlink methodology</i></a>).</p>
<p>To declare which language's compiler a package needs, set
the <code class="varname">USE_LANGUAGES</code> variable. Allowed values
currently are <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">c</span>”</span>, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">c++</span>”</span>, and
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">fortran</span>”</span> (and any combination). The default is
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">c</span>”</span>. Packages using GNU configure scripts, even if
written in C++, usually need a C compiler for the configure
phase.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="java-programming-language"></a>19.4.2. Java</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If a program is written in Java, use the Java framework in
pkgsrc. The package must include
<code class="filename">../../mk/java-vm.mk</code>. This Makefile fragment
provides the following variables:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">USE_JAVA</code> defines if a build
dependency on the JDK is added. If
<code class="varname">USE_JAVA</code> is set to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">run</span>”</span>, then
there is only a runtime dependency on the JDK. The default is
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span>, which also adds a build dependency on the
JDK.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Set <code class="varname">USE_JAVA2</code> to declare that
a package needs a Java2 implementation. The supported values
are <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span>, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">1.4</span>”</span>, and
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">1.5</span>”</span>. <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span> accepts any Java2
implementation, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">1.4</span>”</span> insists on versions 1.4 or
above, and <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">1.5</span>”</span> only accepts versions 1.5 or
above. This variable is not set by default.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_JAVA_HOME</code> is
automatically set to the runtime location of the used Java
implementation dependency. It may be used to set
<code class="varname">JAVA_HOME</code> to a good value if the program
needs this variable to be defined.
</p></li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="perl-scripts"></a>19.4.3. Packages containing perl scripts</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If your package contains interpreted perl scripts, add
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">perl</span>”</span> to the <code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code> variable
and set <code class="varname">REPLACE_PERL</code> to ensure that the proper
interpreter path is set. <code class="varname">REPLACE_PERL</code> should
contain a list of scripts, relative to <code class="varname">WRKSRC</code>,
that you want adjusted. Every occurrence of
<code class="filename">*/bin/perl</code> will be replaced with the full
path to the perl executable.</p>
<p>If a particular version of perl is needed, set the
<code class="varname">PERL5_REQD</code> variable to the version number. The
default is <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">5.0</span>”</span>.</p>
<p>See <a class="xref" href="#perl-modules" title="19.6.6. Packages installing perl modules">Section 19.6.6, “Packages installing perl modules”</a> for information
about handling perl modules.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="shell-scripts"></a>19.4.4. Packages containing shell scripts</h3></div></div></div>
<p><code class="varname">REPLACE_SH</code>,
<code class="varname">REPLACE_BASH</code>, <code class="varname">REPLACE_CSH</code>,
and <code class="varname">REPLACE_KSH</code> can be used to replace shell
hash bangs in files. Please use the appropriate one, prefering
<code class="varname">REPLACE_SH</code> in case this shell is sufficient.
When using <code class="varname">REPLACE_BASH</code>, don't forget to add
<code class="filename">bash</code> to <code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="other-programming-languages"></a>19.4.5. Other programming languages</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Currently, there is no special handling for other languages
in pkgsrc. If a compiler package provides a
<code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file, include that, otherwise
just add a (build) dependency on the appropriate compiler
package.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="fixes.build"></a>19.5. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>build</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div>
<p>The most common failures when building a package are that
some platforms do not provide certain header files, functions or
libraries, or they provide the functions in a library that the
original package author didn't know. To work around this, you
can rewrite the source code in most cases so that it does not
use the missing functions or provides a replacement function.</p>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="fixes.build.cpp"></a>19.5.1. Compiling C and C++ code conditionally</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If a package already comes with a GNU configure script, the
preferred way to fix the build failure is to change the
configure script, not the code. In the other cases, you can
utilize the C preprocessor, which defines certain macros
depending on the operating system and hardware architecture it
compiles for. These macros can be queried using for example
<code class="varname">#if defined(__i386)</code>. Almost every operating
system, hardware architecture and compiler has its own macro.
For example, if the macros <code class="varname">__GNUC__</code>,
<code class="varname">__i386__</code> and <code class="varname">__NetBSD__</code>
are all defined, you know that you are using NetBSD on an i386
compatible CPU, and your compiler is GCC.</p>
<p>The list of the following macros for hardware and
operating system depends on the compiler that is used. For
example, if you want to conditionally compile code on Solaris,
don't use <code class="varname">__sun__</code>, as the SunPro compiler
does not define it. Use <code class="varname">__sun</code> instead.</p>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="fixes.build.cpp.os"></a>19.5.1.1. C preprocessor macros to identify the operating system</h4></div></div></div>
<p>To distinguish between 4.4 BSD-derived systems and the
rest of the world, you should use the following code.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
#include <sys/param.h>
#if (defined(BSD) && BSD >= 199306)
/* BSD-specific code goes here */
#else
/* non-BSD-specific code goes here */
#endif
</pre>
<p>If this distinction is not fine enough, you can also test
for the following macros.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
Cygwin __CYGWIN__
DragonFly __DragonFly__
FreeBSD __FreeBSD__
Haiku __HAIKU__
Interix __INTERIX
IRIX __sgi (TODO: get a definite source for this)
Linux linux, __linux, __linux__
MirBSD __MirBSD__ (__OpenBSD__ is also defined)
Minix3 __minix
NetBSD __NetBSD__
OpenBSD __OpenBSD__
Solaris sun, __sun
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="fixes.build.cpp.arch"></a>19.5.1.2. C preprocessor macros to identify the hardware architecture</h4></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting">
i386 i386, __i386, __i386__
MIPS __mips
SPARC sparc, __sparc
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="fixes.build.cpp.compiler"></a>19.5.1.3. C preprocessor macros to identify the compiler</h4></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting">
GCC __GNUC__ (major version), __GNUC_MINOR__
MIPSpro _COMPILER_VERSION (0x741 for MIPSpro 7.41)
SunPro __SUNPRO_C (0x570 for Sun C 5.7)
SunPro C++ __SUNPRO_CC (0x580 for Sun C++ 5.8)
</pre>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="compiler-bugs"></a>19.5.2. How to handle compiler bugs</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Some source files trigger bugs in the compiler, based on
combinations of compiler version and architecture and almost
always relation to optimisation being enabled. Common symptoms
are gcc internal errors or never finishing compiling a
file.</p>
<p>Typically, a workaround involves testing the
<code class="varname">MACHINE_ARCH</code> and compiler version, disabling
optimisation for that combination of file,
<code class="varname">MACHINE_ARCH</code> and compiler, and documenting it
in <code class="filename">pkgsrc/doc/HACKS</code>. See that file for a
number of examples.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="undefined-reference"></a>19.5.3. Undefined reference to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">...</span>”</span>
</h3></div></div></div>
<p>This error message often means that a package did not
link to a shared library it needs. The following functions are
known to cause this error message over and over.</p>
<div class="informaltable">
<a name="undefined-reference-functions"></a><table border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<thead><tr>
<th>Function</th>
<th>Library</th>
<th>Affected platforms</th>
</tr></thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>accept, bind, connect</td>
<td>-lsocket</td>
<td>Solaris</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>crypt</td>
<td>-lcrypt</td>
<td>DragonFly, NetBSD</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>dlopen, dlsym</td>
<td>-ldl</td>
<td>Linux</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>gethost*</td>
<td>-lnsl</td>
<td>Solaris</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>inet_aton</td>
<td>-lresolv</td>
<td>Solaris</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>nanosleep, sem_*, timer_*</td>
<td>-lrt</td>
<td>Solaris</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>openpty</td>
<td>-lutil</td>
<td>Linux</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
<p>To fix these linker errors, it is often sufficient to say
<code class="literal">LIBS.<em class="replaceable"><code>OperatingSystem</code></em>+=
-l<em class="replaceable"><code>foo</code></em></code> to the package
<code class="filename">Makefile</code> and then say <span class="command"><strong>bmake clean;
bmake</strong></span>.</p>
<div class="sect3">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title">
<a name="undefined-reference-sunpro"></a>19.5.3.1. Special issue: The SunPro compiler</h4></div></div></div>
<p>When you are using the SunPro compiler, there is another
possibility. That compiler cannot handle the following code:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
extern int extern_func(int);
static inline int
inline_func(int x)
{
return extern_func(x);
}
int main(void)
{
return 0;
}
</pre>
<p>It generates the code for <code class="function">inline_func</code> even if
that function is never used. This code then refers to
<code class="function">extern_func</code>, which can usually not be resolved. To
solve this problem you can try to tell the package to disable inlining
of functions.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="out-of-memory"></a>19.5.4. Running out of memory</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Sometimes packages fail to build because the compiler runs
into an operating system specific soft limit. With the
<code class="varname">UNLIMIT_RESOURCES</code> variable pkgsrc can be told
to unlimit the resources. Currently, the allowed values are
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">datasize</span>”</span> and <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">stacksize</span>”</span> (or both).
Setting this variable is similar to running the shell builtin
<span class="command"><strong>ulimit</strong></span> command to raise the maximum data
segment size or maximum stack size of a process, respectively, to
their hard limits.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="fixes.install"></a>19.6. Fixing problems in the <span class="emphasis"><em>install</em></span> phase</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="install-scripts"></a>19.6.1. Creating needed directories</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The BSD-compatible <span class="command"><strong>install</strong></span> supplied
with some operating systems cannot create more than one
directory at a time. As such, you should call
<code class="literal">${INSTALL_*_DIR}</code> like this:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
${INSTALL_DATA_DIR} ${PREFIX}/dir1
${INSTALL_DATA_DIR} ${PREFIX}/dir2
</pre>
<p>You can also just append <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">dir1
dir2</code></span>”</span> to the
<code class="varname">INSTALLATION_DIRS</code> variable, which will
automatically do the right thing.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="where-to-install-documentation"></a>19.6.2. Where to install documentation</h3></div></div></div>
<p>In general, documentation should be installed into
<code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/doc/${PKGBASE}</code> or
<code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/doc/${PKGNAME}</code> (the latter
includes the version number of the package).</p>
<p>Many modern packages using GNU autoconf allow to set the
directory where HTML documentation is installed with the
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">--with-html-dir</span>”</span> option. Sometimes using this flag
is needed because otherwise the documentation ends up in
<code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/doc/html</code> or other
places.</p>
<p>An exception to the above is that library API documentation
generated with the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/textproc/gtk-doc/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">textproc/gtk-doc</code></a> tools, for use by special
browsers (devhelp) should be left at their default location, which
is <code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/gtk-doc</code>. Such
documentation can be recognized from files ending in
<code class="filename">.devhelp</code> or <code class="filename">.devhelp2</code>.
(It is also acceptable to install such files in
<code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/doc/${PKGBASE}</code> or
<code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/doc/${PKGNAME}</code>; the
<code class="filename">.devhelp*</code> file must be directly in that
directory then, no additional subdirectory level is allowed in
this case. This is usually achieved by using
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">--with-html-dir=${PREFIX}/share/doc</span>”</span>.
<code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/gtk-doc</code> is preferred
though.)</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="installing-score-files"></a>19.6.3. Installing highscore files</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Certain packages, most of them in the games category, install
a score file that allows all users on the system to record their
highscores. In order for this to work, the binaries need to be
installed setgid and the score files owned by the appropriate
group and/or owner (traditionally the "games" user/group). Set
<code class="varname">USE_GAMESGROUP</code> to yes to support this. The
following variables, documented in more detail in
<code class="filename">mk/defaults/mk.conf</code>, control this
behaviour: <code class="varname">GAMEDATAMODE</code>,
<code class="varname">GAMEDIRMODE</code>, <code class="varname">GAMES_GROUP</code>,
<code class="varname">GAMEMODE</code>, <code class="varname">GAME_USER</code>.</p>
<p>A package should therefore never hard code file ownership or
access permissions but rely on <code class="varname">INSTALL_GAME</code> and
<code class="varname">INSTALL_GAME_DATA</code> to set these
correctly.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="destdir-support"></a>19.6.4. Adding DESTDIR support to packages</h3></div></div></div>
<p><code class="varname">DESTDIR</code> support means that a package
installs into a staging directory, not the final location of the
files. Then a binary package is created which can be used for
installation as usual. There are two ways: Either the package must
install as root (<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">destdir</span>”</span>) or the package can
install as non-root user (<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">user-destdir</span>”</span>).</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">PKG_DESTDIR_SUPPORT</code> has to be
set to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">none</span>”</span>, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">destdir</span>”</span>, or
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">user-destdir</span>”</span>. By default <code class="varname">PKG_DESTDIR_SUPPORT</code>
is set to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">user-destdir</span>”</span> to help catching more
potential packaging problems. If bsd.prefs.mk is included in the Makefile,
<code class="varname">PKG_DESTDIR_SUPPORT</code> needs to be set before
the inclusion.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>All installation operations have to be prefixed with
<code class="filename">${DESTDIR}</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>automake gets this DESTDIR mostly right
automatically. Many manual rules and pre/post-install often are
incorrect; fix them.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>If files are installed with special owner/group
use <code class="varname">SPECIAL_PERMS</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>In general, packages should support
<code class="varname">UNPRIVILEGED</code> to be able to use
DESTDIR.</p></li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="hardcoded-paths"></a>19.6.5. Packages with hardcoded paths to other interpreters</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Your package may also contain scripts with hardcoded paths to
other interpreters besides (or as well as) perl. To correct the
full pathname to the script interpreter, you need to set the
following definitions in your <code class="filename">Makefile</code> (we
shall use <span class="command"><strong>tclsh</strong></span> in this example):</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
REPLACE_INTERPRETER+= tcl
REPLACE.tcl.old= .*/bin/tclsh
REPLACE.tcl.new= ${PREFIX}/bin/tclsh
REPLACE_FILES.tcl= # list of tcl scripts which need to be fixed,
# relative to ${WRKSRC}, just as in REPLACE_PERL
</pre>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>Before March 2006, these variables were called
<code class="varname">_REPLACE.*</code> and
<code class="varname">_REPLACE_FILES.*</code>.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="perl-modules"></a>19.6.6. Packages installing perl modules</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Makefiles of packages providing perl5 modules should include
the Makefile fragment
<code class="filename">../../lang/perl5/module.mk</code>. It provides a
<span class="command"><strong>do-configure</strong></span> target for the standard perl
configuration for such modules as well as various hooks to tune
this configuration. See comments in this file for
details.</p>
<p>Perl5 modules will install into different places depending
on the version of perl used during the build process. To
address this, pkgsrc will append lines to the
<code class="filename">PLIST</code> corresponding to the files listed in
the installed <code class="filename">.packlist</code> file generated by
most perl5 modules. This is invoked by defining
<code class="varname">PERL5_PACKLIST</code> to a space-separated list of
packlist files relative to <code class="varname">PERL5_PACKLIST_DIR</code>
(<code class="varname">PERL5_INSTALLVENDORARCH</code> by default),
e.g.:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
PERL5_PACKLIST= auto/Pg/.packlist
</pre>
<p>The perl5 config variables
<code class="varname">installarchlib</code>,
<code class="varname">installscript</code>,
<code class="varname">installvendorbin</code>,
<code class="varname">installvendorscript</code>,
<code class="varname">installvendorarch</code>,
<code class="varname">installvendorlib</code>,
<code class="varname">installvendorman1dir</code>, and
<code class="varname">installvendorman3dir</code> represent those
locations in which components of perl5 modules may be installed,
provided as variable with uppercase and prefixed with
<code class="varname">PERL5_</code>, e.g. <code class="varname">PERL5_INSTALLARCHLIB</code>
and may be used by perl5 packages that don't have a packlist.
These variables are also substituted for in the
<code class="filename">PLIST</code> as uppercase prefixed with
<code class="varname">PERL5_SUB_</code>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="faq.info-files"></a>19.6.7. Packages installing info files</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Some packages install info files or use the
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">makeinfo</span>”</span> or <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">install-info</span>”</span>
commands. <code class="varname">INFO_FILES</code> should be defined in
the package Makefile so that <code class="filename">INSTALL</code> and
<code class="filename">DEINSTALL</code> scripts will be generated to
handle registration of the info files in the Info directory
file. The <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">install-info</span>”</span> command used for the info
files registration is either provided by the system, or by a
special purpose package automatically added as dependency if
needed.</p>
<p><code class="varname">PKGINFODIR</code> is the directory under
<code class="filename">${PREFIX}</code> where info files are primarily
located. <code class="varname">PKGINFODIR</code> defaults to
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">info</span>”</span> and can be overridden by the user.</p>
<p>The info files for the package should be listed in the
package <code class="filename">PLIST</code>; however any split info files
need not be listed.</p>
<p>A package which needs the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">makeinfo</span>”</span> command
at build time must add <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">makeinfo</span>”</span> to
<code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code> in its Makefile. If a minimum
version of the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">makeinfo</span>”</span> command is needed it
should be noted with the <code class="varname">TEXINFO_REQD</code>
variable in the package <code class="filename">Makefile</code>. By
default, a minimum version of 3.12 is required. If the system
does not provide a <span class="command"><strong>makeinfo</strong></span> command or if it
does not match the required minimum, a build dependency on the
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/devel/gtexinfo/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">devel/gtexinfo</code></a> package will
be added automatically.</p>
<p>The build and installation process of the software provided
by the package should not use the
<span class="command"><strong>install-info</strong></span> command as the registration of
info files is the task of the package
<code class="filename">INSTALL</code> script, and it must use the
appropriate <span class="command"><strong>makeinfo</strong></span> command.</p>
<p>To achieve this goal, the pkgsrc infrastructure creates
overriding scripts for the <span class="command"><strong>install-info</strong></span> and
<span class="command"><strong>makeinfo</strong></span> commands in a directory listed early
in <code class="varname">PATH</code>.</p>
<p>The script overriding <span class="command"><strong>install-info</strong></span> has
no effect except the logging of a message. The script overriding
<span class="command"><strong>makeinfo</strong></span> logs a message and according to the
value of <code class="varname">TEXINFO_REQD</code> either runs the appropriate
<span class="command"><strong>makeinfo</strong></span> command or exit on error.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="manpages"></a>19.6.8. Packages installing man pages</h3></div></div></div>
<p>All packages that install manual pages should install them
into the same directory, so that there is one common place to look
for them. In pkgsrc, this place is
<code class="literal">${PREFIX}/${PKGMANDIR}</code>, and this expression
should be used in packages. The default for
<code class="varname">PKGMANDIR</code> is
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="filename">man</code></span>”</span>. Another often-used value
is <span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="filename">share/man</code></span>”</span>.</p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>The support for a custom <code class="varname">PKGMANDIR</code>
is far from complete.</p>
</div>
<p>The <code class="filename">PLIST</code> files can just use
<code class="filename">man/</code> as the top level directory for the man
page file entries, and the pkgsrc framework will convert as
needed. In all other places, the correct
<code class="varname">PKGMANDIR</code> must be used.</p>
<p>Packages that are
configured with <code class="varname">GNU_CONFIGURE</code> set as
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span>, by default will use the
<code class="filename">./configure</code>
--mandir switch to set where the man pages should be installed.
The path is <code class="varname">GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR</code> which defaults
to <code class="varname">${PREFIX}/${PKGMANDIR}</code>.</p>
<p>Packages that use <code class="varname">GNU_CONFIGURE</code> but do not
use --mandir, can set <code class="varname">CONFIGURE_HAS_MANDIR</code>
to <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">no</span>”</span>.
Or if the <code class="filename">./configure</code> script uses
a non-standard use of --mandir, you can set
<code class="varname">GNU_CONFIGURE_MANDIR</code> as needed.</p>
<p>See <a class="xref" href="#manpage-compression" title="13.5. Man page compression">Section 13.5, “Man page compression”</a> for
information on installation of compressed manual pages.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="gconf-data-files"></a>19.6.9. Packages installing GConf data files</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If a package installs <code class="filename">.schemas</code> or
<code class="filename">.entries</code> files, used by GConf,
you need to take some extra steps to make sure they get registered
in the database:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>Include <code class="filename">../../devel/GConf/schemas.mk</code>
instead of its <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file. This
takes care of rebuilding the GConf database at installation and
deinstallation time, and tells the package where to install
GConf data files using some standard configure arguments. It
also disallows any access to the database directly from the
package.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Ensure that the package installs its
<code class="filename">.schemas</code> files under
<code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/gconf/schemas</code>. If they get
installed under <code class="filename">${PREFIX}/etc</code>, you will
need to manually patch the package.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Check the PLIST and remove any entries under the etc/gconf
directory, as they will be handled automatically. See
<a class="xref" href="#faq.conf" title="9.14. How do I change the location of configuration files?">Section 9.14, “How do I change the location of configuration files?”</a> for more information.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Define the <code class="varname">GCONF_SCHEMAS</code> variable in
your <code class="filename">Makefile</code> with a list of all
<code class="filename">.schemas</code> files installed by the package, if
any. Names must not contain any directories in them.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Define the <code class="varname">GCONF_ENTRIES</code> variable in
your <code class="filename">Makefile</code> with a
list of all <code class="filename">.entries</code> files installed by the
package, if any. Names must not contain any directories in
them.</p></li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="scrollkeeper-data-files"></a>19.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper/rarian data files</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If a package installs <code class="filename">.omf</code> files, used by
scrollkeeper/rarian, you need to take some extra steps to make sure they
get registered in the database:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>Include
<code class="filename">../../mk/omf-scrollkeeper.mk</code>
instead of rarian's <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file. This
takes care of rebuilding the scrollkeeper database at
installation and deinstallation time, and disallows any access
to it directly from the package.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Check the PLIST and remove any entries under the
<code class="filename">libdata/scrollkeeper</code> directory, as they
will be handled automatically.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Remove the <code class="filename">share/omf</code> directory from
the PLIST. It will be handled by rarian. (<span class="command"><strong>make
print-PLIST</strong></span> does this automatically.)</p></li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="x11-fonts"></a>19.6.11. Packages installing X11 fonts</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If a package installs font files, you will need to rebuild
the fonts database in the directory where they get installed at
installation and deinstallation time. This can be automatically
done by using the pkginstall framework.</p>
<p>You can list the directories where fonts are installed in the
<code class="varname">FONTS_DIRS.<em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em></code>
variables, where <em class="replaceable"><code>type</code></em> can be one of
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">ttf</span>”</span>, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">type1</span>”</span> or <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">x11</span>”</span>.
Also make sure that the database file
<code class="filename">fonts.dir</code> is not listed in the PLIST.</p>
<p>Note that you should not create new directories for fonts;
instead use the standard ones to avoid that the user needs to
manually configure his X server to find them.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="gtk2-modules"></a>19.6.12. Packages installing GTK2 modules</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If a package installs GTK2 immodules or loaders, you need to
take some extra steps to get them registered in the GTK2 database
properly:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>Include
<code class="filename">../../x11/gtk2/modules.mk</code> instead of its
<code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file. This takes care of
rebuilding the database at installation and deinstallation time.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Set <code class="varname">GTK2_IMMODULES=YES</code> if
your package installs GTK2 immodules.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Set <code class="varname">GTK2_LOADERS=YES</code> if your package installs
GTK2 loaders.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>Patch the package to not touch any of the GTK2
databases directly. These are:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">libdata/gtk-2.0/gdk-pixbuf.loaders</code></p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">libdata/gtk-2.0/gtk.immodules</code></p></li>
</ul></div>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Check the <code class="filename">PLIST</code> and remove
any entries under the <code class="filename">libdata/gtk-2.0</code>
directory, as they will be handled automatically.</p></li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="sgml-xml-data"></a>19.6.13. Packages installing SGML or XML data</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If a package installs SGML or XML data files that need to be
registered in system-wide catalogs (like DTDs, sub-catalogs,
etc.), you need to take some extra steps:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>Include
<code class="filename">../../textproc/xmlcatmgr/catalogs.mk</code> in
your <code class="filename">Makefile</code>, which takes care of
registering those files in system-wide catalogs at
installation and deinstallation time.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Set <code class="varname">SGML_CATALOGS</code> to the full path of
any SGML catalogs installed by the package.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Set <code class="varname">XML_CATALOGS</code> to the full path of
any XML catalogs installed by the package.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Set <code class="varname">SGML_ENTRIES</code> to individual entries
to be added to the SGML catalog. These come in groups of
three strings; see xmlcatmgr(1) for more information
(specifically, arguments recognized by the 'add' action).
Note that you will normally not use this variable.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Set <code class="varname">XML_ENTRIES</code> to individual entries
to be added to the XML catalog. These come in groups of three
strings; see xmlcatmgr(1) for more information (specifically,
arguments recognized by the 'add' action). Note that you will
normally not use this variable.</p></li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="mime-database"></a>19.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If a package provides extensions to the MIME database by
installing <code class="filename">.xml</code> files inside
<code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/mime/packages</code>, you
need to take some extra steps to ensure that the database is kept
consistent with respect to these new files:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>Include
<code class="filename">../../databases/shared-mime-info/mimedb.mk</code>
(avoid using the <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> file from
this same directory, which is reserved for inclusion from
other <code class="filename">buildlink3.mk</code> files). It takes
care of rebuilding the MIME database at installation and
deinstallation time, and disallows any access to it directly
from the package.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Check the PLIST and remove any entries under the
<code class="filename">share/mime</code> directory,
<span class="emphasis"><em>except</em></span> for files saved under
<code class="filename">share/mime/packages</code>. The former are
handled automatically by
the update-mime-database program, but the latter are
package-dependent and must be removed by the package that
installed them in the first place.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Remove any <code class="filename">share/mime/*</code> directories
from the PLIST. They will be handled by the shared-mime-info
package.</p></li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="intltool"></a>19.6.15. Packages using intltool</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If a package uses intltool during its build, add
<code class="literal">intltool</code> to the <code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code>,
which forces it to use the intltool package provided by pkgsrc,
instead of the one bundled with the distribution file.</p>
<p>This tracks intltool's build-time dependencies and uses the
latest available version; this way, the package benefits of any
bug fixes that may have appeared since it was released.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="startup-scripts"></a>19.6.16. Packages installing startup scripts</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If a package contains a rc.d script, it won't be copied into
the startup directory by default, but you can enable it, by adding
the option <code class="varname">PKG_RCD_SCRIPTS=YES</code> in
<a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>. This option will copy the scripts
into <code class="filename">/etc/rc.d</code> when a package is installed, and
it will automatically remove the scripts when the package is
deinstalled.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="tex-packages"></a>19.6.17. Packages installing TeX modules</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If a package installs TeX packages into the texmf tree,
the <code class="filename">ls-R</code> database of the tree needs to be
updated.</p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>Except the main TeX packages such as kpathsea,
packages should install files
into <code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/texmf-dist</code>,
not <code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/texmf</code>.</p>
</div>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>Include
<code class="filename">../../print/kpathsea/texmf.mk</code>. This
takes care of rebuilding the <code class="filename">ls-R</code>
database at installation and deinstallation time.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>If your package installs files into a texmf
tree other than the one
at <code class="filename">${PREFIX}/share/texmf-dist</code>,
set <code class="varname">TEX_TEXMF_DIRS</code> to the list of all texmf
trees that need database update.</p>
<p>If your package also installs font map files that need
to be registered using <span class="command"><strong>updmap</strong></span>,
include <code class="filename">../../print/tex-tetex/map.mk</code> and
set <code class="varname">TEX_MAP_FILES</code> and/or
<code class="varname">TEX_MIXEDMAP_FILES</code> to the list of all
such font map files. Then <span class="command"><strong>updmap</strong></span> will
be run automatically at installation/deinstallation to
enable/disable font map files for TeX output
drivers.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Make sure that none of <code class="filename">ls-R</code>
databases are included in <code class="filename">PLIST</code>, as
they will be removed only by the kpathsea package.</p></li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="emulation-packages"></a>19.6.18. Packages supporting running binaries in
emulation</h3></div></div></div>
<p>There are some packages that provide libraries and
executables for running binaries from a one operating system
on a different one (if the latter supports it). One example
is running Linux binaries on NetBSD.</p>
<p>The <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/rpm2pkg/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/rpm2pkg</code></a>
helps in extracting and packaging Linux rpm packages.</p>
<p>The <code class="varname">CHECK_SHLIBS</code> can be set to no to
avoid the <span class="command"><strong>check-shlibs</strong></span> target, which tests
if all libraries for each installed executable can be found by
the dynamic linker. Since the standard dynamic linker is run,
this fails for emulation packages, because the libraries used
by the emulation are not in the standard directories.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="hicolor-theme"></a>19.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If a package installs images under the
<code class="filename">share/icons/hicolor</code> and/or updates the
<code class="filename">share/icons/hicolor/icon-theme.cache</code>
database, you need to take some extra steps to make sure that the
shared theme directory is handled appropriately and that the cache
database is rebuilt:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>Include
<code class="filename">../../graphics/hicolor-icon-theme/buildlink3.mk</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Check the <code class="filename">PLIST</code> and remove the
entry that refers to the theme cache.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Ensure that the PLIST does not remove the shared icon
directories from the <code class="filename">share/icons/hicolor</code>
hierarchy because they will be handled automatically.</p></li>
</ol></div>
<p>The best way to verify that the PLIST is correct with
respect to the last two points is to regenerate it using
<span class="command"><strong>make print-PLIST</strong></span>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="desktop-files"></a>19.6.20. Packages installing desktop files</h3></div></div></div>
<p>If a package installs <code class="filename">.desktop</code> files
under <code class="filename">share/applications</code> and these include
MIME information (MimeType key), you need to take extra steps to
ensure that they are registered into the MIME database:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>Include
<code class="filename">../../sysutils/desktop-file-utils/desktopdb.mk</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Check the PLIST and remove the entry that refers to the
<code class="filename">share/applications/mimeinfo.cache</code> file.
It will be handled automatically.</p></li>
</ol></div>
<p>The best way to verify that the PLIST is correct with
respect to the last point is to regenerate it using <span class="command"><strong>make
print-PLIST</strong></span>.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="punting"></a>19.7. Marking packages as having problems</h2></div></div></div>
<p>In some cases one does not have the time to solve a problem
immediately. In this case, one can plainly mark a package as broken. For
this, one just sets the variable <code class="varname">BROKEN</code> to the
reason why the package is broken (similar to the
<code class="varname">RESTRICTED</code> variable). A user trying to build
the package will immediately be shown this message, and the build
will not be even tried.</p>
<p><code class="varname">BROKEN</code> packages are removed from pkgsrc in irregular
intervals.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="debug"></a>Chapter 20. Debugging</h2></div></div></div>
<p>To check out all the gotchas when building a package, here are
the steps that I do in order to get a package working. Please note
this is basically the same as what was explained in the previous
sections, only with some debugging aids.</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>Be sure to set <code class="varname">PKG_DEVELOPER=yes</code> in <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>Install <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/url2pkg/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/url2pkg</code></a>,
create a directory for a new package, change into it, then run
<span class="command"><strong>url2pkg</strong></span>:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mkdir /usr/pkgsrc/<em class="replaceable"><code>category</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>examplepkg</code></em></code></strong>
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd /usr/pkgsrc/<em class="replaceable"><code>category</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>examplepkg</code></em></code></strong>
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>url2pkg http://www.example.com/path/to/distfile.tar.gz</code></strong></pre>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Edit the <code class="filename">Makefile</code> as requested.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Fill in the <code class="filename">DESCR</code> file</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Run <span class="command"><strong>make configure</strong></span></p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Add any dependencies glimpsed from documentation and the
configure step to the package's
<code class="filename">Makefile</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>Make the package compile, doing multiple rounds of</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>pkgvi ${WRKSRC}/some/file/that/does/not/compile</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mkpatches</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>patchdiff</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mv ${WRKDIR}/.newpatches/* patches</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make mps</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make clean</code></strong></pre>
<p>Doing this step as non-root user will ensure that no files
are modified that shouldn't be, especially during the build
phase. <span class="command"><strong>mkpatches</strong></span>,
<span class="command"><strong>patchdiff</strong></span> and <span class="command"><strong>pkgvi</strong></span> are
from the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkgdiff/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkgdiff</code></a>
package.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Look at the <code class="filename">Makefile</code>, fix if
necessary; see <a class="xref" href="#components.Makefile" title="11.1. Makefile">Section 11.1, “<code class="filename">Makefile</code>”</a>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>Generate a <code class="filename">PLIST</code>:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make install</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make print-PLIST >PLIST</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make deinstall</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make install</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make deinstall</code></strong></pre>
<p>You usually need to be <code class="username">root</code> to do
this. Look if there are any files left:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make print-PLIST</code></strong></pre>
<p>If this reveals any files that are missing in
<code class="filename">PLIST</code>, add them.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>Now that the <code class="filename">PLIST</code> is OK, install the
package again and make a binary package:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make reinstall</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make package</code></strong></pre>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>Delete the installed package:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>pkg_delete <em class="replaceable"><code>examplepkg</code></em></code></strong></pre>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>Repeat the above <span class="command"><strong>make print-PLIST</strong></span>
command, which shouldn't find anything now:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make print-PLIST</code></strong></pre>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>Reinstall the binary package:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>pkg_add .../<em class="replaceable"><code>examplepkg</code></em>.tgz</code></strong></pre>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Play with it. Make sure everything works.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>Run <span class="command"><strong>pkglint</strong></span> from <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkglint/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkglint</code></a>, and fix the problems it
reports:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>pkglint</code></strong></pre>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Submit (or commit, if you have cvs access); see <a class="xref" href="#submit" title="Chapter 21. Submitting and Committing">Chapter 21, <i>Submitting and Committing</i></a>.</p></li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="submit"></a>Chapter 21. Submitting and Committing</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-binary-packages">21.1. Submitting binary packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#submitting-your-package">21.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#general-notes-for-changes">21.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#committing-importing">21.4. Committing: Adding a package to CVS</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#updating-package">21.5. Updating a package to a newer version</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#renaming-package">21.6. Renaming a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#moving-package">21.7. Moving a package in pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="submitting-binary-packages"></a>21.1. Submitting binary packages</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Our policy is that we accept binaries only from pkgsrc
developers to guarantee that the packages don't contain any
trojan horses etc. This is not to annoy anyone but rather to
protect our users! You're still free to put up your home-made
binary packages and tell the world where to get them. NetBSD
developers doing bulk builds and wanting to upload them please
see <a class="xref" href="#bulk" title="Chapter 7. Creating binary packages for everything in pkgsrc (bulk builds)">Chapter 7, <i>Creating binary packages for everything in pkgsrc (bulk
builds)</i></a>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="submitting-your-package"></a>21.2. Submitting source packages (for non-NetBSD-developers)</h2></div></div></div>
<p>First, check that your package is complete, compiles and
runs well; see <a class="xref" href="#debug" title="Chapter 20. Debugging">Chapter 20, <i>Debugging</i></a> and the rest of this
document. Next, generate an uuencoded gzipped <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?tar+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">tar</span>(1)</span></a>
archive that contains all files that make up the package.
Finally, send this package to the pkgsrc bug tracking system,
either with the <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?send-pr+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">send-pr</span>(1)</span></a> command, or if you don't have
that, go to the web page
<a class="ulink" href="http://www.NetBSD.org/support/send-pr.html" target="_top">http://www.NetBSD.org/support/send-pr.html</a>,
which contains some instructions and a link to a form where you
can submit packages. The
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/sysutils/gtk-send-pr/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">sysutils/gtk-send-pr</code></a> package is
also available as a substitute for either of the above two tools.
</p>
<p>In the form of the problem report, the category should be
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pkg</span>”</span>, the synopsis should include the package name
and version number, and the description field should contain a
short description of your package (contents of the COMMENT
variable or DESCR file are OK). The uuencoded package data should
go into the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">fix</span>”</span> field.</p>
<p>If you want to submit several packages, please send a
separate PR for each one, it's easier for us to track things
that way.</p>
<p>Alternatively, you can also import new packages into
pkgsrc-wip (<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">pkgsrc work-in-progress</span>”</span>); see the
homepage at <a class="ulink" href="http://pkgsrc-wip.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">http://pkgsrc-wip.sourceforge.net/</a>
for details.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="general-notes-for-changes"></a>21.3. General notes when adding, updating, or removing packages</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Please note all package additions, updates, moves, and
removals in <code class="filename">pkgsrc/doc/CHANGES-<em class="replaceable"><code>YYYY</code></em></code>. It's very
important to keep this file up to date and conforming to the
existing format, because it will be used by scripts to
automatically update pages on <a class="ulink" href="http://www.NetBSD.org/" target="_top">www.NetBSD.org</a> and other
sites. Additionally, check the
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/doc/TODO</code> file and remove the entry
for the package you updated or removed, in case it was mentioned
there.</p>
<p>When the <code class="varname">PKGREVISION</code> of a package is
bumped, the change should appear in
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/doc/CHANGES-<em class="replaceable"><code>YYYY</code></em></code> if it is security
related or otherwise relevant. Mass bumps that result from a
dependency being updated should not be mentioned. In all other
cases it's the developer's decision.</p>
<p>There is a make target that helps in creating proper
<code class="filename">CHANGES-<em class="replaceable"><code>YYYY</code></em></code> entries: <span class="command"><strong>make
changes-entry</strong></span>. It uses the optional <code class="varname">CTYPE</code>
and <code class="varname">NETBSD_LOGIN_NAME</code> variables. The general
usage is to first make sure that your <code class="filename">CHANGES-<em class="replaceable"><code>YYYY</code></em></code>
file is up-to-date (to avoid having to resolve conflicts later-on)
and then to <span class="command"><strong>cd</strong></span> to the package directory. For
package updates, <span class="command"><strong>make changes-entry</strong></span> is enough.
For new packages, or package moves or removals, set the
<code class="varname">CTYPE</code> variable on the command line to "Added",
"Moved", or "Removed". You can set <code class="varname">NETBSD_LOGIN_NAME</code>
in <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a> if your local login name is
not the same as your NetBSD login name. The target also automatically
removes possibly existing entries for the package in the
<code class="filename">TODO</code> file. Don't forget to commit
the changes, e.g. by using <span class="command"><strong>make commit-changes-entry</strong></span>!
If you are not using a checkout directly from cvs.NetBSD.org, but e.g.
a local copy of the repository, you can set USE_NETBSD_REPO=yes. This
makes the cvs commands use the main repository.
</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="committing-importing"></a>21.4. Committing: Adding a package to CVS</h2></div></div></div>
<p>This section is only of interest for pkgsrc developers with write
access to the pkgsrc repository.</p>
<p>When the package is finished, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">cvs add</span>”</span> the files.
Start by adding the directory and then files in the directory. Don't
forget to add the new package to the category's
<code class="filename">Makefile</code>. Make sure you don't forget any files;
you can check by running <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">cvs status</span>”</span>. An example:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
<code class="prompt">$</code> cd .../pkgsrc/category
<code class="prompt">$</code> cvs add pkgname
<code class="prompt">$</code> cd pkgname
<code class="prompt">$</code> cvs add DESCR Makefile PLIST distinfo buildlink3.mk patches
<code class="prompt">$</code> cvs add patches/p*
<code class="prompt">$</code> cvs status | less
<code class="prompt">$</code> cvs commit
<code class="prompt">$</code> cd ..
<code class="prompt">$</code> vi Makefile # add SUBDIRS+=pkgname line
<code class="prompt">$</code> cvs commit Makefile
<code class="prompt">$</code> cd pkgname
<code class="prompt">$</code> make CTYPE=Added commit-changes-entry
</pre>
<p>The commit message of the initial import should include part of the
<code class="filename">DESCR</code> file, so people reading the mailing lists know
what the package is/does.</p>
<p>Also mention the new package in
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/doc/CHANGES-20xx</code>.</p>
<p>Previously, <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">cvs import</span>”</span> was suggested, but it was
much easier to get wrong than <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">cvs add</span>”</span>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="updating-package"></a>21.5. Updating a package to a newer version</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Please always put a concise, appropriate and relevant summary of the
changes between old and new versions into the commit log when updating
a package. There are various reasons for this:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>A URL is volatile, and can change over time. It may go away completely
or its information may be overwritten by newer information.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Having the change information between old and new versions in our CVS
repository is very useful for people who use either cvs or anoncvs.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Having the change information between old and new versions in our CVS
repository is very useful for people who read the pkgsrc-changes mailing
list, so that they can make tactical decisions about when to upgrade
the package.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>Please also recognize that, just because a new version of a package
has been released, it should not automatically be upgraded in the CVS
repository. We prefer to be conservative in the packages that are
included in pkgsrc - development or beta packages are not really the
best thing for most places in which pkgsrc is used. Please use your
judgement about what should go into pkgsrc, and bear in mind that
stability is to be preferred above new and possibly untested features.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="renaming-package"></a>21.6. Renaming a package in pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Renaming packages is not recommended.</p>
<p>When renaming packages, be sure to fix any references to old name
in other Makefiles, options, buildlink files, etc.</p>
<p>Also When renaming a package, please define
<code class="varname">SUPERSEDES</code> to the package name and dewey version
pattern(s) of the previous package name.
This may be repeated for multiple renames.
The new package would be an exact replacement.
</p>
<p>Note that <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">successor</span>”</span> in the
CHANGES-<em class="replaceable"><code>YYYY</code></em> file doesn't necessarily
mean that it <span class="emphasis"><em>supersedes</em></span>, as that successor may
not be an exact replacement but is a suggestion for the replaced
functionality.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="moving-package"></a>21.7. Moving a package in pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div>
<p>It is preferred that packages are not renamed or moved, but if needed
please follow these steps.
</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem"><p>Make a copy of the directory somewhere else.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>Remove all CVS dirs.</p>
<p>Alternatively to the first two steps you can also do:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cvs -d user@cvs.NetBSD.org:/cvsroot export -D today pkgsrc/category/package</code></strong></pre>
<p>and use that for further work.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Fix <code class="varname">CATEGORIES</code> and any
<code class="varname">DEPENDS</code> paths that just did <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">../package</span>”</span>
instead of <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">../../category/package</span>”</span>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>In the modified package's Makefile, consider setting
<code class="varname">PREV_PKGPATH</code> to the previous category/package
pathname. The <code class="varname">PREV_PKGPATH</code> can be used by tools
for doing an update using pkgsrc building; for example, it can
search the <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?pkg_summary+5+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pkg_summary</span>(5)</span></a> database for <code class="varname">PREV_PKGPATH</code>
(if no <code class="varname">SUPERSEDES</code>) and then use the corresponding
new <code class="varname">PKGPATH</code> for that moved package. Note that
it may have multiple matches, so the tool should also check on the
<code class="varname">PKGBASE</code> too. The <code class="varname">PREV_PKGPATH</code>
probably has no value unless <code class="varname">SUPERSEDES</code> is not
set, i.e. <code class="varname">PKGBASE</code> stays the same. </p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><span class="command"><strong>cvs import</strong></span> the modified package in the new
place.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>Check if any package depends on it:
</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd /usr/pkgsrc</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>grep /package */*/Makefile* */*/buildlink*</code></strong></pre>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Fix paths in packages from step 5 to point to new location.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><span class="command"><strong>cvs rm (-f)</strong></span> the package at the old location.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Remove from <code class="filename">oldcategory/Makefile</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Add to <code class="filename">newcategory/Makefile</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>Commit the changed and removed files:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cvs commit oldcategory/package oldcategory/Makefile newcategory/Makefile</code></strong></pre>
<p>(and any packages from step 5, of course).</p>
</li>
</ol></div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="devfaq"></a>Chapter 22. Frequently Asked Questions</h2></div></div></div>
<p>This section contains the answers to questions that may
arise when you are writing a package. If you don't find your
question answered here, first have a look in the other chapters,
and if you still don't have the answer, ask on the
<code class="literal">pkgsrc-users</code> mailing list.</p>
<div class="qandaset">
<a name="idm67746688"></a><dl>
<dt>22.1. <a href="#devfaq.makeflags">What is the difference between
MAKEFLAGS, .MAKEFLAGS and
MAKE_FLAGS?</a>
</dt>
<dt>22.2. <a href="#devfaq.make">What is the difference between
MAKE, GMAKE and
MAKE_PROGRAM?</a>
</dt>
<dt>22.3. <a href="#devfaq.cc">What is the difference between
CC, PKG_CC and
PKGSRC_COMPILER?</a>
</dt>
<dt>22.4. <a href="#devfaq.bl3flags">What is the difference between
BUILDLINK_LDFLAGS,
BUILDLINK_LDADD and
BUILDLINK_LIBS?</a>
</dt>
<dt>22.5. <a href="#devfaq.bl3prefix">Why does make show-var
VARNAME=BUILDLINK_PREFIX.foo
say it's empty?</a>
</dt>
<dt>22.6. <a href="#devfaq.master_sites">What does
${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE:=package/} mean? I
don't understand the := inside
it.</a>
</dt>
<dt>22.7. <a href="#devfaq.mailinglists">Which mailing lists are there for package
developers?</a>
</dt>
<dt>22.8. <a href="#devfaq.documentation">Where is the pkgsrc
documentation?</a>
</dt>
<dt>22.9. <a href="#devfaq.too-much-time">I have a little time to kill. What shall I
do?</a>
</dt>
</dl>
<table border="0" style="width: 100%;">
<colgroup>
<col align="left" width="1%">
<col>
</colgroup>
<tbody>
<tr class="question">
<td align="left" valign="top">
<a name="devfaq.makeflags"></a><a name="idm67746304"></a><p><b>22.1.</b></p>
</td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>What is the difference between
<code class="varname">MAKEFLAGS</code>, <code class="varname">.MAKEFLAGS</code> and
<code class="varname">MAKE_FLAGS</code>?</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="answer">
<td align="left" valign="top"></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p><code class="varname">MAKEFLAGS</code> are the flags passed
to the pkgsrc-internal invocations of <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a>, while
<code class="varname">MAKE_FLAGS</code> are the flags that are passed to
the <code class="varname">MAKE_PROGRAM</code> when building the
package. [FIXME: What is .MAKEFLAGS for?]</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="question">
<td align="left" valign="top">
<a name="devfaq.make"></a><a name="idm67742208"></a><p><b>22.2.</b></p>
</td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>What is the difference between
<code class="varname">MAKE</code>, <code class="varname">GMAKE</code> and
<code class="varname">MAKE_PROGRAM</code>?</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="answer">
<td align="left" valign="top"></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p><code class="varname">MAKE</code> is the path to the
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a> program that is used in the pkgsrc
infrastructure. <code class="varname">GMAKE</code> is the path to GNU
Make, but you need to say <code class="varname">USE_TOOLS+=gmake</code> to
use that. <code class="varname">MAKE_PROGRAM</code> is the path to the
Make program that is used for building the
package.</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="question">
<td align="left" valign="top">
<a name="devfaq.cc"></a><a name="idm67737856"></a><p><b>22.3.</b></p>
</td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>What is the difference between
<code class="varname">CC</code>, <code class="varname">PKG_CC</code> and
<code class="varname">PKGSRC_COMPILER</code>?</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="answer">
<td align="left" valign="top"></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p><code class="varname">CC</code> is the path to the real C
compiler, which can be configured by the pkgsrc user.
<code class="varname">PKG_CC</code> is the path to the compiler wrapper.
<code class="varname">PKGSRC_COMPILER</code> is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> a
path to a compiler, but the type of compiler that should be
used. See <code class="filename">mk/compiler.mk</code> for more
information about the latter variable.</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="question">
<td align="left" valign="top">
<a name="devfaq.bl3flags"></a><a name="idm67733632"></a><p><b>22.4.</b></p>
</td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>What is the difference between
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_LDFLAGS</code>,
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_LDADD</code> and
<code class="varname">BUILDLINK_LIBS</code>?</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="answer">
<td align="left" valign="top"></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>[FIXME]</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="question">
<td align="left" valign="top">
<a name="devfaq.bl3prefix"></a><a name="idm67731456"></a><p><b>22.5.</b></p>
</td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>Why does <span class="command"><strong>make show-var
VARNAME=BUILDLINK_PREFIX.<em class="replaceable"><code>foo</code></em></strong></span>
say it's empty?</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="answer">
<td align="left" valign="top"></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>For optimization reasons, some variables are only
available in the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">wrapper</span>”</span> phase and later. To
<span class="quote">“<span class="quote">simulate</span>”</span> the wrapper phase, append
<span class="command"><strong>PKG_PHASE=wrapper</strong></span> to the above
command.</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="question">
<td align="left" valign="top">
<a name="devfaq.master_sites"></a><a name="idm67728256"></a><p><b>22.6.</b></p>
</td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>What does
<code class="literal">${MASTER_SITE_SOURCEFORGE:=package/}</code> mean? I
don't understand the <code class="literal">:=</code> inside
it.</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="answer">
<td align="left" valign="top"></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>The <code class="literal">:=</code> is not really an
assignment operator, like you might expect at first sight.
Instead, it is a degenerate form of
<code class="literal">${LIST:<em class="replaceable"><code>old_string</code></em>=<em class="replaceable"><code>new_string</code></em>}</code>,
which is documented in the <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?make+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">make</span>(1)</span></a> man page and which you
may have seen as in <code class="literal">${SRCS:.c=.o}</code>. In the
case of <code class="varname">MASTER_SITE_*</code>,
<em class="replaceable"><code>old_string</code></em> is the empty string and
<em class="replaceable"><code>new_string</code></em> is
<code class="literal">package/</code>. That's where the
<code class="literal">:</code> and the <code class="literal">=</code> fall
together.</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="question">
<td align="left" valign="top">
<a name="devfaq.mailinglists"></a><a name="idm67712000"></a><p><b>22.7.</b></p>
</td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>Which mailing lists are there for package
developers?</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="answer">
<td align="left" valign="top"></td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="http://www.NetBSD.org/mailinglists/index.html#tech-pkg" target="_top">tech-pkg</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>This is a list for technical discussions related
to pkgsrc development, e.g. soliciting feedback for changes to
pkgsrc infrastructure, proposed new features, questions related
to porting pkgsrc to a new platform, advice for maintaining a
package, patches that affect many packages, help requests moved
from pkgsrc-users when an infrastructure bug is found,
etc.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><a class="ulink" href="http://www.NetBSD.org/mailinglists/index.html#pkgsrc-bugs" target="_top">pkgsrc-bugs</a></span></dt>
<dd><p>All bug reports in category "pkg" sent with
<a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?send-pr+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">send-pr</span>(1)</span></a> appear here. Please do not report your bugs here
directly; use one of the other mailing
lists.</p></dd>
</dl></div></td>
</tr>
<tr class="question">
<td align="left" valign="top">
<a name="devfaq.documentation"></a><a name="idm67708288"></a><p><b>22.8.</b></p>
</td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>Where is the pkgsrc
documentation?</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="answer">
<td align="left" valign="top"></td>
<td align="left" valign="top">
<p>There are many places where you can find
documentation about pkgsrc:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>The pkgsrc guide (this document) is a collection
of chapters that explain large parts of pkgsrc, but some
chapters tend to be outdated. Which ones they are is hard to
say.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>On the mailing list archives (see <a class="ulink" href="http://mail-index.NetBSD.org/" target="_top">http://mail-index.NetBSD.org/</a>), you can find discussions
about certain features, announcements of new parts of the pkgsrc
infrastructure and sometimes even announcements that a certain
feature has been marked as obsolete. The benefit here is that
each message has a date appended to it.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Many of the files in the
<code class="filename">mk/</code> directory start with a comment that
describes the purpose of the file and how it can be used by the
pkgsrc user and package authors. An easy way to find this
documentation is to run <span class="command"><strong>bmake
help</strong></span>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>The CVS log messages are a rich source of
information, but they tend to be highly abbreviated, especially
for actions that occur often. Some contain a detailed
description of what has changed, but they are geared towards the
other pkgsrc developers, not towards an average pkgsrc user.
They also only document <span class="emphasis"><em>changes</em></span>, so if you
don't know what has been before, these messages may not be worth
too much to you.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Some parts of pkgsrc are only <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">implicitly
documented</span>”</span>, that is the documentation exists only in the
mind of the developer who wrote the code. To get this
information, use the <span class="command"><strong>cvs annotate</strong></span> command
to see who has written it and ask on the
<code class="literal">tech-pkg</code> mailing list, so that others can
find your questions later (see above). To be sure that the
developer in charge reads the mail, you may CC him or
her.</p></li>
</ul></div>
</td>
</tr>
<tr class="question">
<td align="left" valign="top">
<a name="devfaq.too-much-time"></a><a name="idm67701760"></a><p><b>22.9.</b></p>
</td>
<td align="left" valign="top"><p>I have a little time to kill. What shall I
do?</p></td>
</tr>
<tr class="answer">
<td align="left" valign="top"></td>
<td align="left" valign="top">
<p>This is not really an FAQ yet, but here's the answer
anyway.</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>Run <span class="command"><strong>pkg_chk -N</strong></span> (from the
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkg_chk/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkg_chk</code></a> package). It
will tell you about newer versions of installed packages that are
available, but not yet updated in pkgsrc.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Browse <code class="filename">pkgsrc/doc/TODO</code>
— it contains a list of suggested new packages and a list of
cleanups and enhancements for pkgsrc that would be nice to
have.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Review packages for which review was requested on
the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.NetBSD.org/mailinglists/index.html#tech-pkg" target="_top">tech-pkg</a>
mailing list.</p></li>
</ul></div>
</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="gnome"></a>Chapter 23. GNOME packaging and porting</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#meta-packages">23.1. Meta packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#new-package">23.2. Packaging a GNOME application</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#full-update">23.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#patching">23.4. Patching guidelines</a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<p>Quoting <a class="ulink" href="http://www.gnome.org/" target="_top">GNOME's web
site</a>:</p>
<div class="blockquote"><blockquote class="blockquote"><p>The GNOME project provides two things: The GNOME desktop
environment, an intuitive and attractive desktop for users, and the
GNOME development platform, an extensive framework for building
applications that integrate into the rest of the desktop.</p></blockquote></div>
<p>pkgsrc provides a seamless way to automatically build and install
a complete GNOME environment <span class="emphasis"><em>under many different
platforms</em></span>. We can say with confidence that pkgsrc is one of
the most advanced build and packaging systems for GNOME due to its
included technologies buildlink3, the wrappers and tools framework and
automatic configuration file management. Lots of efforts are put into
achieving a completely clean deinstallation of installed software
components.</p>
<p>Given that pkgsrc is <a class="ulink" href="http://www.NetBSD.org/" target="_top">NetBSD</a>'s official packaging system,
the above also means that great efforts are put into making GNOME work
under this operating system. Recently, <a class="ulink" href="http://www.dragonflybsd.org/" target="_top">DragonFly BSD</a> also adopted
pkgsrc as its preferred packaging system, contributing lots of
portability fixes to make GNOME build and install under it.</p>
<p>This chapter is aimed at pkgsrc developers and other people
interested in helping our GNOME porting and packaging efforts. It
provides instructions on how to manage the existing packages and some
important information regarding their internals.</p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">We need your help!</h3>
<p>Should you have some spare cycles to devote to NetBSD, pkgsrc
and GNOME and are willing to learn new exciting stuff, please jump
straight to the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.NetBSD.org/contrib/projects.html#gnome" target="_top">pending
work</a> list! There is still a long way to go to get a
fully-functional GNOME desktop under NetBSD and we need your help to
achieve it!</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="meta-packages"></a>23.1. Meta packages</h2></div></div></div>
<p>pkgsrc includes three GNOME-related meta packages:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/meta-pkgs/gnome-base/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">meta-pkgs/gnome-base</code></a>: Provides
the core GNOME desktop environment. It only includes the necessary
bits to get it to boot correctly, although it may lack important
functionality for daily operation. The idea behind this package is
to let end users build their own configurations on top of this one,
first installing this meta package to achieve a functional setup and
then adding individual applications.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/meta-pkgs/gnome/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">meta-pkgs/gnome</code></a>: Provides a
complete installation of the GNOME platform and desktop as defined
by the GNOME project; this is based on the components distributed in
the <code class="filename">platform/x.y/x.y.z/sources</code> and
<code class="filename">desktop/x.y/x.y.z/sources</code> directories of the
official FTP server. Developer-only tools found in those
directories are not installed unless required by some other
component to work properly. Similarly, packages from the bindings
set (<code class="filename">bindings/x.y/x.y.z/sources</code>) are not pulled
in unless required as a dependency for an end-user component. This
package "extends" <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/meta-pkgs/gnome-base/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">meta-pkgs/gnome-base</code></a>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/meta-pkgs/gnome-devel/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">meta-pkgs/gnome-devel</code></a>:
Installs all the tools required to build a GNOME component when
fetched from the CVS repository. These are required to let the
<span class="command"><strong>autogen.sh</strong></span> scripts work appropriately.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>In all these packages, the <code class="varname">DEPENDS</code> lines are
sorted in a way that eases updates: a package may depend on other
packages listed before it but not on any listed after it. It is very
important to keep this order to ease updates so... <span class="emphasis"><em>do not
change it to alphabetical sorting!</em></span></p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="new-package"></a>23.2. Packaging a GNOME application</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Almost all GNOME applications are written in C and use a common
set of tools as their build system. Things get different with the new
bindings to other languages (such as Python), but the following will
give you a general idea on the minimum required tools:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem">
<p>Almost all GNOME applications use the GNU Autotools as their
build system. As a general rule you will need to tell this to your
package:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
GNU_CONFIGURE=yes
USE_LIBTOOL=yes
USE_TOOLS+=gmake
</pre>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>If the package uses pkg-config to detect dependencies, add this
tool to the list of required utilities:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">USE_TOOLS+=pkg-config</pre>
<p>Also use <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/verifypc/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/verifypc</code></a> at
the end of the build process to ensure that you did not miss to
specify any dependency in your package and that the version
requirements are all correct.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>If the package uses intltool, be sure to add
<code class="literal">intltool</code> to the <code class="varname">USE_TOOLS</code>
to handle dependencies and to force the package to use the latest
available version.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>If the package uses gtk-doc (a documentation generation
utility), do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> add a dependency on it. The
tool is rather big and the distfile should come with pregenerated
documentation anyway; if it does not, it is a bug that you ought to
report. For such packages you should disable gtk-doc (unless it is
the default):</p>
<pre class="programlisting">CONFIGURE_ARGS+=--disable-gtk-doc</pre>
<p>The default location of installed HTML files
(<code class="filename">share/gtk-doc/<package-name></code>) is correct
and should not be changed unless the package insists on installing
them somewhere else. Otherwise programs as
<span class="command"><strong>devhelp</strong></span> will not be able to open them. You can
do that with an entry similar to:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">CONFIGURE_ARGS+=--with-html-dir=${PREFIX}/share/gtk-doc/...</pre>
</li>
</ul></div>
<p>GNOME uses multiple <span class="emphasis"><em>shared</em></span> directories and
files under the installation prefix to maintain databases. In this
context, shared means that those exact same directories and files are
used among several different packages, leading to conflicts in the
<code class="filename">PLIST</code>. pkgsrc currently includes functionality to
handle the most common cases, so you have to forget about using
<code class="literal">@unexec ${RMDIR}</code> lines in your file lists and
omitting shared files from them. If you find yourself doing those,
<span class="emphasis"><em>your package is most likely incorrect</em></span>.</p>
<p>The following table lists the common situations that result in
using shared directories or files. For each of them, the appropriate
solution is given. After applying the solution be sure to
<span class="emphasis"><em>regenerate the package's file list</em></span> with
<span class="command"><strong>make print-PLIST</strong></span> and ensure it is correct.</p>
<div class="table">
<a name="plist-handling"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 23.1. PLIST handling for GNOME packages</b></p>
<div class="table-contents"><table summary="PLIST handling for GNOME packages" border="1">
<colgroup>
<col>
<col>
</colgroup>
<thead><tr>
<th>If the package...</th>
<th>Then...</th>
</tr></thead>
<tbody>
<tr>
<td>Installs OMF files under <code class="filename">share/omf</code>.</td>
<td>See <a class="xref" href="#scrollkeeper-data-files" title="19.6.10. Packages installing scrollkeeper/rarian data files">Section 19.6.10, “Packages installing scrollkeeper/rarian data files”</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Installs icons under the
<code class="filename">share/icons/hicolor</code> hierarchy or updates
<code class="filename">share/icons/hicolor/icon-theme.cache</code>.</td>
<td>See <a class="xref" href="#hicolor-theme" title="19.6.19. Packages installing hicolor theme icons">Section 19.6.19, “Packages installing hicolor theme icons”</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Installs files under
<code class="filename">share/mime/packages</code>.</td>
<td>See <a class="xref" href="#mime-database" title="19.6.14. Packages installing extensions to the MIME database">Section 19.6.14, “Packages installing extensions to the MIME database”</a>.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>Installs <code class="filename">.desktop</code> files under
<code class="filename">share/applications</code> and these include MIME
information.</td>
<td>See <a class="xref" href="#desktop-files" title="19.6.20. Packages installing desktop files">Section 19.6.20, “Packages installing desktop files”</a>.</td>
</tr>
</tbody>
</table></div>
</div>
<br class="table-break">
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="full-update"></a>23.3. Updating GNOME to a newer version</h2></div></div></div>
<p>When seeing GNOME as a whole, there are two kinds of
updates:</p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term">Major update</span></dt>
<dd>
<p>Given that there is still a very long way for GNOME 3 (if it
ever appears), we consider a major update one that goes from a
<code class="literal">2.X</code> version to a <code class="literal">2.Y</code> one,
where <code class="literal">Y</code> is even and greater than
<code class="literal">X</code>. These are hard to achieve because they
introduce lots of changes in the components' code and almost all
GNOME distfiles are updated to newer versions. Some of them can
even break API and ABI compatibility with the previous major
version series. As a result, the update needs to be done all at
once to minimize breakage.</p>
<p>A major update typically consists of around 80 package
updates and the addition of some new ones.</p>
</dd>
<dt><span class="term">Minor update</span></dt>
<dd>
<p>We consider a minor update one that goes from a
<code class="literal">2.A.X</code> version to a <code class="literal">2.A.Y</code>
one where <code class="literal">Y</code> is greater than
<code class="literal">X</code>. These are easy to achieve because they do
not update all GNOME components, can be done in an incremental way
and do not break API nor ABI compatibility.</p>
<p>A minor update typically consists of around 50 package
updates, although the numbers here may vary a lot.</p>
</dd>
</dl></div>
<p>In order to update the GNOME components in pkgsrc to a new stable
release (either major or minor), the following steps should be
followed:</p>
<div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1">
<li class="listitem">
<p>Get a list of all the tarballs that form the new release by
using the following commands. These will leave the full list of the
components' distfiles into the <code class="filename">list.txt</code>
file:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>echo ls "*.tar.bz2" | \
ftp -V ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/platform/x.y/x.y.z/sources/ | \
awk '{ print $9 }' >list.txt</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>echo ls "*.tar.bz2" | \
ftp -V ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/desktop/x.y/x.y.z/sources/ | \
awk '{ print $9 }' >>list.txt</code></strong></pre>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Open each meta package's <code class="filename">Makefile</code> and
bump their version to the release you are updating them to. The
three meta packages should be always consistent with versioning.
Obviously remove any <code class="varname">PKGREVISION</code>s that might be
in them.</p></li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>For each meta package, update all its
<code class="varname">DEPENDS</code> lines to match the latest versions as
shown by the above commands. Do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> list any
newer version (even if found in the FTP) because the meta packages
are supposed to list the exact versions that form a specific GNOME
release. Exceptions are permitted here if a newer version solves a
serious issue in the overall desktop experience; these typically
come in the form of a revision bump in pkgsrc, not in newer versions
from the developers.</p>
<p>Packages not listed in the <code class="filename">list.txt</code> file
should be updated to the latest version available (if found in
pkgsrc). This is the case, for example, of the dependencies on the
GNU Autotools in the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/meta-pkgs/gnome-devel/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">meta-pkgs/gnome-devel</code></a> meta package.</p>
</li>
<li class="listitem">
<p>Generate a patch from the modified meta packages and extract the
list of "new" lines. This will provide you an outline on what
packages need to be updated in pkgsrc and in what order:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">%</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cvs diff -u gnome-devel gnome-base gnome | grep '^+D' >todo.txt</code></strong></pre>
</li>
<li class="listitem"><p>For major desktop updates it is recommended to zap all your
installed packages and start over from scratch at this point.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Now comes the longest step by far: iterate over the contents
of <code class="filename">todo.txt</code> and update the packages listed in
it in order. For major desktop updates none of these should be
committed until the entire set is completed because there are chances
of breaking not-yet-updated packages.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Once the packages are up to date and working, commit them to
the tree one by one with appropriate log messages. At the end,
commit the three meta package updates and all the corresponding
changes to the <code class="filename">doc/CHANGES-<YEAR></code> and
<a href="http://cvsweb.NetBSD.org/bsdweb.cgi/pkgsrc/doc/TODO?rev=HEAD&content-type=text/x-cvsweb-markup" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgsrc/doc/TODO</code></a> files.</p></li>
</ol></div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="patching"></a>23.4. Patching guidelines</h2></div></div></div>
<p>GNOME is a very big component in pkgsrc which approaches 100
packages. Please, it is very important that you always, always,
<span class="strong"><strong>always</strong></span> feed back any portability
fixes you do to a GNOME package to the mainstream developers (see <a class="xref" href="#components.patches.feedback" title="11.3.5. Feedback to the author">Section 11.3.5, “Feedback to the author”</a>). This is the only way to get
their attention on portability issues and to ensure that future versions
can be built out-of-the box on NetBSD. The less custom patches in
pkgsrc, the easier further updates are. Those developers in charge of
issuing major GNOME updates will be grateful if you do that.</p>
<p>The most common places to report bugs are the <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.gnome.org/" target="_top">GNOME's Bugzilla</a> and the <a class="ulink" href="http://bugzilla.freedesktop.org/" target="_top">freedesktop.org's
Bugzilla</a>. Not all components use these to track bugs, but most
of them do. Do not be short on your reports: always provide detailed
explanations of the current failure, how it can be improved to achieve
maximum portability and, if at all possible, provide a patch against CVS
head. The more verbose you are, the higher chances of your patch being
accepted.</p>
<p>Also, please avoid using preprocessor magic to fix portability
issues. While the FreeBSD GNOME people are doing a great job in porting
GNOME to their operating system, the official GNOME sources are now
plagued by conditionals that check for <code class="varname">__FreeBSD__</code>
and similar macros. This hurts portability. Please see our patching
guidelines (<a class="xref" href="#components.patches.guidelines" title="11.3.4. Patching guidelines">Section 11.3.4, “Patching guidelines”</a>) for more
details.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="part">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">
<a name="infrastructure"></a>Part III. The pkgsrc infrastructure internals</h1></div></div></div>
<div class="partintro">
<div></div>
<p>This part of the guide deals with everything
from the infrastructure that is behind the interfaces described
in the developer's guide. A casual package maintainer should not
need anything from this part.</p>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#infr.design">24. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef">24.1. The meaning of variable definitions</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef.problems">24.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.var">24.3. Variable evaluation</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.load">24.3.1. At load time</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.run">24.3.2. At runtime</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.varspec">24.4. How can variables be specified?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.design.intf">24.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.proc">24.5.1. Procedures with parameters</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.action">24.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.order">24.6. The order in which files are loaded</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.prefs">24.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.pkg">24.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code></a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#regression">25. Regression tests</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.descr">25.1. The regression tests framework</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.run">25.2. Running the regression tests</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.new">25.3. Adding a new regression test</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.override">25.3.1. Overridable functions</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.helper">25.3.2. Helper functions</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="chapter"><a href="#porting">26. Porting pkgsrc</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.opsys">26.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.compiler">26.2. Adding support for a new compiler</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="infr.design"></a>Chapter 24. Design of the pkgsrc infrastructure</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef">24.1. The meaning of variable definitions</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.vardef.problems">24.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.var">24.3. Variable evaluation</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.load">24.3.1. At load time</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.var.run">24.3.2. At runtime</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.varspec">24.4. How can variables be specified?</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.design.intf">24.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.proc">24.5.1. Procedures with parameters</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.design.intf.action">24.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#infr.order">24.6. The order in which files are loaded</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.prefs">24.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code></a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#infr.order.pkg">24.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code></a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl>
</div>
<p>The pkgsrc infrastructure consists of many small Makefile
fragments. Each such fragment needs a properly specified
interface. This chapter explains how such an interface looks
like.</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="infr.vardef"></a>24.1. The meaning of variable definitions</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Whenever a variable is defined in the pkgsrc
infrastructure, the location and the way of definition provide
much information about the intended use of that variable.
Additionally, more documentation may be found in a header
comment or in this pkgsrc guide.</p>
<p>A special file is
<code class="filename">mk/defaults/mk.conf</code>, which lists all
variables that are intended to be user-defined. They are either
defined using the <code class="literal">?=</code> operator or they are
left undefined because defining them to anything would
effectively mean <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">yes</span>”</span>. All these variables may be
overridden by the pkgsrc user in the <code class="varname">MAKECONF</code>
file.</p>
<p>Outside this file, the following conventions apply:
Variables that are defined using the <code class="literal">?=</code>
operator may be overridden by a package.</p>
<p>Variables that are defined using the <code class="literal">=</code>
operator may be used read-only at run-time.</p>
<p>Variables whose name starts with an underscore must not be
accessed outside the pkgsrc infrastructure at all. They may
change without further notice.</p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>These conventions are currently not applied
consistently to the complete pkgsrc
infrastructure.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="infr.vardef.problems"></a>24.2. Avoiding problems before they arise</h2></div></div></div>
<p>All variables that contain lists of things should default
to being empty. Two examples that do not follow this rule are
<code class="varname">USE_LANGUAGES</code> and
<code class="varname">DISTFILES</code>. These variables cannot simply be
modified using the <code class="literal">+=</code> operator in package
<code class="filename">Makefile</code>s (or other files included by
them), since there is no guarantee whether the variable is
already set or not, and what its value is. In the case of
<code class="varname">DISTFILES</code>, the packages <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">know</span>”</span>
the default value and just define it as in the following
example.</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
DISTFILES= ${DISTNAME}${EXTRACT_SUFX} additional-files.tar.gz
</pre>
<p>Because of the selection of this default value, the same
value appears in many package Makefiles. Similarly for
<code class="varname">USE_LANGUAGES</code>, but in this case the default
value (<span class="quote">“<span class="quote"><code class="literal">c</code></span>”</span>) is so short that it
doesn't stand out. Nevertheless it is mentioned in many
files.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="infr.var"></a>24.3. Variable evaluation</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="infr.var.load"></a>24.3.1. At load time</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Variable evaluation takes place either at load time or at
runtime, depending on the context in which they occur. The
contexts where variables are evaluated at load time are:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p>The right hand side of the <code class="literal">:=</code>
and <code class="literal">!=</code> operators,</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Make directives like <code class="literal">.if</code> or
<code class="literal">.for</code>,</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p>Dependency lines.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>A special exception are references to the iteration
variables of <code class="literal">.for</code> loops, which are expanded
inline, no matter in which context they appear.</p>
<p>As the values of variables may change during load time,
care must be taken not to evaluate them by accident. Typical
examples for variables that should not be evaluated at load time
are <code class="varname">DEPENDS</code> and
<code class="varname">CONFIGURE_ARGS</code>. To make the effect more
clear, here is an example:</p>
<pre class="programlisting">
CONFIGURE_ARGS= # none
CFLAGS= -O
CONFIGURE_ARGS+= CFLAGS=${CFLAGS:Q}
CONFIGURE_ARGS:= ${CONFIGURE_ARGS}
CFLAGS+= -Wall
</pre>
<p>This code shows how the use of the <code class="literal">:=</code>
operator can quickly lead to unexpected results. The first
paragraph is fairly common code. The second paragraph evaluates
the <code class="varname">CONFIGURE_ARGS</code> variable, which results in
<code class="literal">CFLAGS=-O</code>. In the third paragraph, the
<code class="literal">-Wall</code> is appended to the
<code class="varname">CFLAGS</code>, but this addition will not appear in
<code class="varname">CONFIGURE_ARGS</code>. In actual code, the three
paragraphs from above typically occur in completely unrelated
files.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="infr.var.run"></a>24.3.2. At runtime</h3></div></div></div>
<p>After all the files have been loaded, the values of the
variables cannot be changed anymore. Variables that are used in
the shell commands are expanded at this point.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="infr.varspec"></a>24.4. How can variables be specified?</h2></div></div></div>
<p>There are many ways in which the definition and use of a
variable can be restricted in order to detect bugs and
violations of the (mostly unwritten) policies. See the
<code class="literal">pkglint</code> developer's documentation for further
details.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="infr.design.intf"></a>24.5. Designing interfaces for Makefile fragments</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Most of the <code class="filename">.mk</code> files fall into one
of the following classes. Cases where a file falls into more
than one class should be avoided as it often leads to subtle
bugs.</p>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="infr.design.intf.proc"></a>24.5.1. Procedures with parameters</h3></div></div></div>
<p>In a traditional imperative programming language some of
the <code class="filename">.mk</code> files could be described as
procedures. They take some input parameters and—after
inclusion—provide a result in output parameters. Since all
variables in <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s have global scope
care must be taken not to use parameter names that have already
another meaning. For example, <code class="varname">PKGNAME</code> is a
bad choice for a parameter name.</p>
<p>Procedures are completely evaluated at preprocessing time.
That is, when calling a procedure all input parameters must be
completely resolvable. For example,
<code class="varname">CONFIGURE_ARGS</code> should never be an input
parameter since it is very likely that further text will be
added after calling the procedure, which would effectively apply
the procedure to only a part of the variable. Also, references
to other variables wit will be modified after calling the
procedure.</p>
<p>A procedure can declare its output parameters either as
suitable for use in preprocessing directives or as only
available at runtime. The latter alternative is for variables
that contain references to other runtime variables.</p>
<p>Procedures shall be written such that it is possible to
call the procedure more than once. That is, the file must not
contain multiple-inclusion guards.</p>
<p>Examples for procedures are
<code class="filename">mk/bsd.options.mk</code> and
<code class="filename">mk/buildlink3/bsd.builtin.mk</code>. To express
that the parameters are evaluated at load time, they should be
assigned using the <code class="literal">:=</code> operator, which should
be used only for this purpose.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="infr.design.intf.action"></a>24.5.2. Actions taken on behalf of parameters</h3></div></div></div>
<p>Action files take some input parameters and may define
runtime variables. They shall not define loadtime variables.
There are action files that are included implicitly by the
pkgsrc infrastructure, while other must be included
explicitly.</p>
<p>An example for action files is
<code class="filename">mk/subst.mk</code>.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="infr.order"></a>24.6. The order in which files are loaded</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Package <code class="filename">Makefile</code>s usually consist of
a set of variable definitions, and include the file
<code class="filename">../../mk/bsd.pkg.mk</code> in the very last line.
Before that, they may also include various other
<code class="filename">*.mk</code> files if they need to query the
availability of certain features like the type of compiler or
the X11 implementation. Due to the heavy use of preprocessor
directives like <code class="literal">.if</code> and
<code class="literal">.for</code>, the order in which the files are loaded
matters.</p>
<p>This section describes at which point the various files
are loaded and gives reasons for that order.</p>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="infr.order.prefs"></a>24.6.1. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code>
</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The very first action in <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code>
is to define some essential variables like
<code class="varname">OPSYS</code>, <code class="varname">OS_VERSION</code> and
<code class="varname">MACHINE_ARCH</code>.</p>
<p>Then, the user settings are loaded from the file specified
in <code class="varname">MAKECONF</code>, which is usually <a class="link" href="#mk.conf"><code class="filename">mk.conf</code></a>.
After that, those variables
that have not been overridden by the user are loaded from
<code class="filename">mk/defaults/mk.conf</code>.</p>
<p>After the user settings, the system settings and platform
settings are loaded, which may override the user
settings.</p>
<p>Then, the tool definitions are loaded. The tool wrappers
are not yet in effect. This only happens when building a
package, so the proper variables must be used instead of the
direct tool names.</p>
<p>As the last steps, some essential variables from the
wrapper and the package system flavor are loaded, as well as the
variables that have been cached in earlier phases of a package
build.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="infr.order.pkg"></a>24.6.2. The order in <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.mk</code>
</h3></div></div></div>
<p>First, <code class="filename">bsd.prefs.mk</code> is loaded.</p>
<p>Then, the various <code class="filename">*-vars.mk</code> files are
loaded, which fill default values for those variables that have
not been defined by the package. These variables may later
be used even in unrelated files.</p>
<p>Then, the file <code class="filename">bsd.pkg.error.mk</code>
provides the target <code class="literal">error-check</code> that is added
as a special dependency to all other targets that use
<code class="varname">DELAYED_ERROR_MSG</code> or
<code class="varname">DELAYED_WARNING_MSG</code>.</p>
<p>Then, the package-specific hacks from
<code class="filename">hacks.mk</code> are included.</p>
<p>Then, various other files follow. Most of them don't have
any dependencies on what they need to have included before or
after them, though some do.</p>
<p>The code to check <code class="varname">PKG_FAIL_REASON</code> and
<code class="varname">PKG_SKIP_REASON</code> is then executed, which
restricts the use of these variables to all the files that have
been included before. Appearances in later files will be
silently ignored.</p>
<p>Then, the files for the main targets are included, in the
order of later execution, though the actual order should not
matter.</p>
<p>At last, some more files are included that don't set any
interesting variables but rather just define make targets to be
executed.</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="regression"></a>Chapter 25. Regression tests</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.descr">25.1. The regression tests framework</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.run">25.2. Running the regression tests</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#regression.new">25.3. Adding a new regression test</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.override">25.3.1. Overridable functions</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#regression.fun.helper">25.3.2. Helper functions</a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
</dl>
</div>
<p>The pkgsrc infrastructure consists of a large codebase,
and there are many corners where every little bit of a file is
well thought out, making pkgsrc likely to fail as soon as
anything is changed near those parts. To prevent most changes
from breaking anything, a suite of regression tests should go
along with every important part of the pkgsrc infrastructure.
This chapter describes how regression tests work in pkgsrc and
how you can add new tests.</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="regression.descr"></a>25.1. The regression tests framework</h2></div></div></div>
<p></p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="regression.run"></a>25.2. Running the regression tests</h2></div></div></div>
<p>You first need to install the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkg_regress/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkg_regress</code></a> package, which
provides the <span class="command"><strong>pkg_regress</strong></span> command. Then you
can simply run that command, which will run all tests in the
<code class="filename">regress</code> category.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="regression.new"></a>25.3. Adding a new regression test</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Every directory in the <code class="filename">regress</code>
category that contains a file called <code class="filename">spec</code>
is considered a regression test. This file is a shell program
that is included by the <span class="command"><strong>pkg_regress</strong></span> command.
The following functions can be overridden to suit your
needs.</p>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="regression.fun.override"></a>25.3.1. Overridable functions</h3></div></div></div>
<p>These functions do not take any parameters. They are all
called in <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">set -e</span>”</span> mode, so you should be careful
to check the exitcodes of any commands you run in the
test.</p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">do_setup()</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This function prepares the environment for the
test. By default it does nothing.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">do_test()</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This function runs the actual test. By default,
it calls <code class="varname">TEST_MAKE</code> with the arguments
<code class="varname">MAKEARGS_TEST</code> and writes its output including
error messages into the file
<code class="varname">TEST_OUTFILE</code>.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">check_result()</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This function is run after the test and is
typically used to compare the actual output from the one that is
expected. It can make use of the various helper functions from
the next section.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">do_cleanup()</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This function cleans everything up after the
test has been run. By default it does nothing.</p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="regression.fun.helper"></a>25.3.2. Helper functions</h3></div></div></div>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">exit_status(expected)</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This function compares the exitcode of the
<span class="command"><strong>do_test()</strong></span> function with its first parameter.
If they differ, the test will fail.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">output_require(regex...)</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This function checks for each of its parameters
if the output from <span class="command"><strong>do_test()</strong></span> matches the
extended regular expression. If it does not, the test will
fail.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="varname">output_prohibit(regex...)</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This function checks for each of its parameters
if the output from <span class="command"><strong>do_test()</strong></span> does
<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> match the extended regular expression.
If any of the regular expressions matches, the test will
fail.</p></dd>
</dl></div>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="chapter">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title">
<a name="porting"></a>Chapter 26. Porting pkgsrc</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.opsys">26.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#porting.compiler">26.2. Adding support for a new compiler</a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<p>The pkgsrc system has already been ported to many
operating systems, hardware architectures and compilers. This
chapter explains the necessary steps to make pkgsrc even more
portable.</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="porting.opsys"></a>26.1. Porting pkgsrc to a new operating system</h2></div></div></div>
<p>To port pkgsrc to a new operating system (called
<code class="literal">MyOS</code> in this example), you need to touch the
following files:</p>
<div class="variablelist"><dl class="variablelist">
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">pkgtools/bootstrap-mk-files/files/mods/<em class="replaceable"><code>MyOS</code></em>.sys.mk</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This file contains some basic definitions, for
example the name of the C
compiler.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">mk/bsd.prefs.mk</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>Insert code that defines the variables
<code class="varname">OPSYS</code>, <code class="varname">OS_VERSION</code>,
<code class="varname">LOWER_OS_VERSION</code>,
<code class="varname">LOWER_VENDOR</code>,
<code class="varname">MACHINE_ARCH</code>, <code class="varname">OBJECT_FMT</code>,
<code class="varname">APPEND_ELF</code>, and the other variables that
appear in this file.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">mk/platform/<em class="replaceable"><code>MyOS</code></em>.mk</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This file contains the platform-specific
definitions that are used by pkgsrc. Start by copying one of the
other files and edit it to your
needs.</p></dd>
<dt><span class="term"><code class="filename">mk/tools/tools.<em class="replaceable"><code>MyOS</code></em>.mk</code></span></dt>
<dd><p>This file defines the paths to all the tools
that are needed by one or the other package in pkgsrc, as well
as by pkgsrc itself. Find out where these tools are on your
platform and add them.</p></dd>
</dl></div>
<p>Now, you should be able to build some basic packages, like
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/lang/perl5/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">lang/perl5</code></a>, <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/shells/bash/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">shells/bash</code></a>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="porting.compiler"></a>26.2. Adding support for a new compiler</h2></div></div></div>
<p>TODO</p>
</div>
</div>
</div>
<div class="appendix">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">
<a name="examples"></a>Appendix A. A simple example package: bison</h1></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#example-files">A.1. files</a></span></dt>
<dd><dl>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#example-Makefile">A.1.1. Makefile</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#example-descr">A.1.2. DESCR</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#example-plist">A.1.3. PLIST</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#checking-package-with-pkglint">A.1.4. Checking a package with <span class="command"><strong>pkglint</strong></span></a></span></dt>
</dl></dd>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#steps-for-b-i-p">A.2. Steps for building, installing, packaging</a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<p>We checked to find a piece of software that wasn't in the packages
collection, and picked GNU bison. Quite why someone would want to have
<span class="command"><strong>bison</strong></span> when Berkeley <span class="command"><strong>yacc</strong></span> is already
present in the tree is beyond us, but it's useful for the purposes of
this exercise.</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="example-files"></a>A.1. files</h2></div></div></div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="example-Makefile"></a>A.1.1. Makefile</h3></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting">
# $NetBSD$
#
DISTNAME= bison-1.25
CATEGORIES= devel
MASTER_SITES= ${MASTER_SITE_GNU}
MAINTAINER= pkgsrc-users@NetBSD.org
HOMEPAGE= http://www.gnu.org/software/bison/bison.html
COMMENT= GNU yacc clone
GNU_CONFIGURE= yes
INFO_FILES= yes
.include "../../mk/bsd.pkg.mk"
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="example-descr"></a>A.1.2. DESCR</h3></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting">
GNU version of yacc. Can make re-entrant parsers, and numerous other
improvements. Why you would want this when Berkeley <a class="citerefentry" href="http://netbsd.gw.com/cgi-bin/man-cgi?yacc+1+NetBSD-5.0.1+i386"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">yacc</span>(1)</span></a> is part
of the NetBSD source tree is beyond me.
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="example-plist"></a>A.1.3. PLIST</h3></div></div></div>
<pre class="programlisting">
@comment $NetBSD$
bin/bison
man/man1/bison.1.gz
share/bison.simple
share/bison.hairy
</pre>
</div>
<div class="sect2">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title">
<a name="checking-package-with-pkglint"></a>A.1.4. Checking a package with <span class="command"><strong>pkglint</strong></span>
</h3></div></div></div>
<p>The NetBSD package system comes with
<a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/pkgtools/pkglint/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">pkgtools/pkglint</code></a>
which helps to check the contents of these
files. After installation it is quite easy to use, just change to the
directory of the package you wish to examine and execute
<span class="command"><strong>pkglint</strong></span>:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">$</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>pkglint</code></strong>
looks fine.</pre>
<p>Depending on the supplied command line arguments (see pkglint(1)),
more checks will be performed. Use e.g. <span class="command"><strong>pkglint -Call
-Wall</strong></span> for a very thorough check.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="steps-for-b-i-p"></a>A.2. Steps for building, installing, packaging</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Create the directory where the package lives,
plus any auxiliary directories:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd /usr/pkgsrc/lang</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mkdir bison</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>cd bison</code></strong>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>mkdir patches</code></strong></pre>
<p>Create <code class="filename">Makefile</code>, <code class="filename">DESCR</code> and
<code class="filename">PLIST</code> (see <a class="xref" href="#components" title="Chapter 11. Package components - files, directories and contents">Chapter 11, <i>Package components - files, directories and contents</i></a>)
then continue with fetching the distfile:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make fetch</code></strong>
>> bison-1.25.tar.gz doesn't seem to exist on this system.
>> Attempting to fetch from ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu//.
Requesting ftp://prep.ai.mit.edu/pub/gnu//bison-1.25.tar.gz (via ftp://orpheus.amdahl.com:80/)
ftp: Error retrieving file: 500 Internal error
>> Attempting to fetch from ftp://wuarchive.wustl.edu/systems/gnu//.
Requesting ftp://wuarchive.wustl.edu/systems/gnu//bison-1.25.tar.gz (via ftp://orpheus.amdahl.com:80/)
ftp: Error retrieving file: 500 Internal error
>> Attempting to fetch from ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/distfiles//.
Requesting ftp://ftp.freebsd.org/pub/FreeBSD/distfiles//bison-1.25.tar.gz (via ftp://orpheus.amdahl.com:80/)
Successfully retrieved file.</pre>
<p>Generate the checksum of the distfile into
<code class="filename">distinfo</code>:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make makedistinfo</code></strong></pre>
<p>Now compile:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make</code></strong>
>> Checksum OK for bison-1.25.tar.gz.
===> Extracting for bison-1.25
===> Patching for bison-1.25
===> Ignoring empty patch directory
===> Configuring for bison-1.25
creating cache ./config.cache
checking for gcc... cc
checking whether we are using GNU C... yes
checking for a BSD compatible install... /usr/bin/install -c -o bin -g bin
checking how to run the C preprocessor... cc -E
checking for minix/config.h... no
checking for POSIXized ISC... no
checking whether cross-compiling... no
checking for ANSI C header files... yes
checking for string.h... yes
checking for stdlib.h... yes
checking for memory.h... yes
checking for working const... yes
checking for working alloca.h... no
checking for alloca... yes
checking for strerror... yes
updating cache ./config.cache
creating ./config.status
creating Makefile
===> Building for bison-1.25
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g LR0.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g allocate.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g closure.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g conflicts.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g derives.c
cc -c -DXPFILE=\"/usr/pkg/share/bison.simple\" -DXPFILE1=\"/usr/pkg/share/bison.hairy\" -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -g ./files.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g getargs.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g gram.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g lalr.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g lex.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g main.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g nullable.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g output.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g print.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g reader.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g reduce.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g symtab.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g warshall.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g version.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g getopt.c
cc -c -DSTDC_HEADERS=1 -DHAVE_STRING_H=1 -DHAVE_STDLIB_H=1 -DHAVE_MEMORY_H=1 -DHAVE_ALLOCA=1 -DHAVE_STRERROR=1 -I./../include -g getopt1.c
cc -g -o bison LR0.o allocate.o closure.o conflicts.o derives.o files.o getargs.o gram.o lalr.o lex.o main.o nullable.o output.o print.o reader.o reduce.o symtab.o warshall.o version.o getopt.o getopt1.o
./files.c:240: warning: mktemp() possibly used unsafely, consider using mkstemp()
rm -f bison.s1
sed -e "/^#line/ s|bison|/usr/pkg/share/bison|" < ./bison.simple > bison.s1</pre>
<p>Everything seems OK, so install the files:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make install</code></strong>
>> Checksum OK for bison-1.25.tar.gz.
===> Installing for bison-1.25
sh ./mkinstalldirs /usr/pkg/bin /usr/pkg/share /usr/pkg/info /usr/pkg/man/man1
rm -f /usr/pkg/bin/bison
cd /usr/pkg/share; rm -f bison.simple bison.hairy
rm -f /usr/pkg/man/man1/bison.1 /usr/pkg/info/bison.info*
install -c -o bin -g bin -m 555 bison /usr/pkg/bin/bison
/usr/bin/install -c -o bin -g bin -m 644 bison.s1 /usr/pkg/share/bison.simple
/usr/bin/install -c -o bin -g bin -m 644 ./bison.hairy /usr/pkg/share/bison.hairy
cd .; for f in bison.info*; do /usr/bin/install -c -o bin -g bin -m 644 $f /usr/pkg/info/$f; done
/usr/bin/install -c -o bin -g bin -m 644 ./bison.1 /usr/pkg/man/man1/bison.1
===> Registering installation for bison-1.25</pre>
<p>You can now use bison, and also - if you decide so - remove it with
<span class="command"><strong>pkg_delete bison</strong></span>. Should you decide that you want a
binary package, do this now:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make package</code></strong>
>> Checksum OK for bison-1.25.tar.gz.
===> Building package for bison-1.25
Creating package bison-1.25.tgz
Registering depends:.
Creating gzip'd tar ball in '/u/pkgsrc/lang/bison/bison-1.25.tgz'</pre>
<p>Now that you don't need the source and object files
any more, clean up:</p>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make clean</code></strong>
===> Cleaning for bison-1.25</pre>
</div>
</div>
<div class="appendix">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">
<a name="logs"></a>Appendix B. Build logs</h1></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#logs.building">B.1. Building figlet</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#logs.package">B.2. Packaging figlet</a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="logs.building"></a>B.1. Building figlet</h2></div></div></div>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make</code></strong>
===> Checking for vulnerabilities in figlet-2.2.1nb2
=> figlet221.tar.gz doesn't seem to exist on this system.
=> Attempting to fetch figlet221.tar.gz from ftp://ftp.figlet.org/pub/figlet/program/unix/.
=> [172219 bytes]
Connected to ftp.plig.net.
220 ftp.plig.org NcFTPd Server (licensed copy) ready.
331 Guest login ok, send your complete e-mail address as password.
230-You are user #5 of 500 simultaneous users allowed.
230-
230- ___ _ _ _
230- | _| |_ ___ ___| |_|___ ___ ___ ___
230- | _| _| . |_| . | | | . |_| . | _| . |
230- |_| |_| | _|_| _|_|_|_ |_|___|_| |_ |
230- |_| |_| |___| |___|
230-
230-** Welcome to ftp.plig.org **
230-
230-Please note that all transfers from this FTP site are logged. If you
230-do not like this, please disconnect now.
230-
230-This archive is available via
230-
230-HTTP: http://ftp.plig.org/
230-FTP: ftp://ftp.plig.org/ (max 500 connections)
230-RSYNC: rsync://ftp.plig.org/ (max 30 connections)
230-
230-Please email comments, bug reports and requests for packages to be
230-mirrored to ftp-admin@plig.org.
230-
230-
230 Logged in anonymously.
Remote system type is UNIX.
Using binary mode to transfer files.
200 Type okay.
250 "/pub" is new cwd.
250-"/pub/figlet" is new cwd.
250-
250-Welcome to the figlet archive at ftp.figlet.org
250-
250- ftp://ftp.figlet.org/pub/figlet/
250-
250-The official FIGlet web page is:
250- http://www.figlet.org/
250-
250-If you have questions, please mailto:info@figlet.org. If you want to
250-contribute a font or something else, you can email us.
250
250 "/pub/figlet/program" is new cwd.
250 "/pub/figlet/program/unix" is new cwd.
local: figlet221.tar.gz remote: figlet221.tar.gz
502 Unimplemented command.
227 Entering Passive Mode (195,40,6,41,246,104)
150 Data connection accepted from 84.128.86.72:65131; transfer starting for figlet221.tar.gz (172219 bytes).
38% |************** | 65800 64.16 KB/s 00:01 ETA
226 Transfer completed.
172219 bytes received in 00:02 (75.99 KB/s)
221 Goodbye.
=> Checksum OK for figlet221.tar.gz.
===> Extracting for figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Required installed package ccache-[0-9]*: ccache-2.3nb1 found
===> Patching for figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Applying pkgsrc patches for figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Overriding tools for figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Creating toolchain wrappers for figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Configuring for figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Building for figlet-2.2.1nb2
gcc -O2 -DDEFAULTFONTDIR=\"/usr/pkg/share/figlet\" -DDEFAULTFONTFILE=\"standard.flf\" figlet.c zipio.c crc.c inflate.c -o figlet
chmod a+x figlet
gcc -O2 -o chkfont chkfont.c
=> Unwrapping files-to-be-installed.
<code class="prompt">#</code>
<code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make install</code></strong>
===> Checking for vulnerabilities in figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Installing for figlet-2.2.1nb2
install -d -o root -g wheel -m 755 /usr/pkg/bin
install -d -o root -g wheel -m 755 /usr/pkg/man/man6
mkdir -p /usr/pkg/share/figlet
cp figlet /usr/pkg/bin
cp chkfont /usr/pkg/bin
chmod 555 figlist showfigfonts
cp figlist /usr/pkg/bin
cp showfigfonts /usr/pkg/bin
cp fonts/*.flf /usr/pkg/share/figlet
cp fonts/*.flc /usr/pkg/share/figlet
cp figlet.6 /usr/pkg/man/man6
===> Registering installation for figlet-2.2.1nb2
<code class="prompt">#</code></pre>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="logs.package"></a>B.2. Packaging figlet</h2></div></div></div>
<pre class="screen"><code class="prompt">#</code> <strong class="userinput"><code>make package</code></strong>
===> Checking for vulnerabilities in figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Packaging figlet-2.2.1nb2
===> Building binary package for figlet-2.2.1nb2
Creating package /home/cvs/pkgsrc/packages/i386/All/figlet-2.2.1nb2.tgz
Using SrcDir value of /usr/pkg
Registering depends:.
<code class="prompt">#</code></pre>
</div>
</div>
<div class="appendix">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">
<a name="ftp-layout"></a>Appendix C. Directory layout of the pkgsrc FTP server</h1></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ftp-distfiles">C.1. <code class="filename">distfiles</code>: The distributed source files</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ftp-misc">C.2. <code class="filename">misc</code>: Miscellaneous things</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ftp-packages">C.3. <code class="filename">packages</code>: Binary packages</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ftp-reports">C.4. <code class="filename">reports</code>: Bulk build reports</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#ftp-source">C.5. <code class="filename">current</code>,
<code class="filename">pkgsrc-20<em class="replaceable"><code>xx</code></em>Q<em class="replaceable"><code>y</code></em></code>:
source packages</a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<p>As in other big projects, the directory layout of pkgsrc
is quite complex for newbies. This chapter explains where you
find things on the FTP server. The base directory on
<code class="filename">ftp.NetBSD.org</code> is <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/" target="_top"><code class="filename">/pub/pkgsrc/</code></a>.
On other servers it may be different, but inside this directory,
everything should look the same, no matter on which server you
are. This directory contains some subdirectories, which are
explained below.</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="ftp-distfiles"></a>C.1. <code class="filename">distfiles</code>: The distributed source files</h2></div></div></div>
<p>The directory <code class="filename">distfiles</code> contains lots
of archive files from all pkgsrc packages, which are mirrored
here. The subdirectories are called after their package names
and are used when the distributed files have names that don't
explicitly contain a version number or are otherwise too generic
(for example <code class="filename">release.tar.gz</code>).</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="ftp-misc"></a>C.2. <code class="filename">misc</code>: Miscellaneous things</h2></div></div></div>
<p>This directory contains things that individual pkgsrc
developers find worth publishing.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="ftp-packages"></a>C.3. <code class="filename">packages</code>: Binary packages</h2></div></div></div>
<p>This directory contains binary packages for the various
platforms that are supported by pkgsrc.
Each subdirectory is of the form <em class="replaceable"><code>OPSYS</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>ARCH</code></em>/<em class="replaceable"><code>OSVERSION_TAG</code></em>. The meaning of these variables is:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">OPSYS</code> is the name of the
operating system for which the packages have been built. The
name is taken from the output of the <span class="command"><strong>uname</strong></span>
command, so it may differ from the one you are used to
hear.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">ARCH</code> is the hardware
architecture of the platform for which the packages have been
built. It also includes the <code class="varname">ABI</code> (Application
Binary Interface) for platforms that have several of
them.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">OSVERSION</code> is the version of
the operating system. For version numbers that change often (for
example NetBSD-current), the often-changing part should be
replaced with an <code class="literal">x</code>, for example
<code class="literal">4.99.x</code>.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="varname">TAG</code> is either
<code class="literal">20<em class="replaceable"><code>xx</code></em>Q<em class="replaceable"><code>y</code></em></code>
for a stable branch, or <code class="literal">head</code> for packages
built from the HEAD branch. The latter should only be used when
the packages are updated on a regular basis. Otherwise the date
from checking out pkgsrc should be appended, for example
<code class="literal">head_20071015</code>.</p></li>
</ul></div>
<p>The rationale for exactly this scheme is that the pkgsrc users looking for binary packages
can quickly click through the directories on the
server and find the best binary packages for their machines. Since they
usually know the operating system and the hardware architecture, OPSYS
and ARCH are placed first. After these choices, they can select the
best combination of OSVERSION and TAG together, since it is usually the
case that packages stay compatible between different version of the
operating system.</p>
<p>In each of these directories, there is a
whole binary packages collection for a specific platform. It has a directory called
<code class="filename">All</code> which contains all binary packages.
Besides that, there are various category directories that
contain symbolic links to the real binary packages.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="ftp-reports"></a>C.4. <code class="filename">reports</code>: Bulk build reports</h2></div></div></div>
<p>Here are the reports from bulk builds, for those who want
to fix packages that didn't build on some of the platforms. The
structure of subdirectories should look like the one in <a class="xref" href="#ftp-packages" title="C.3. packages: Binary packages">Section C.3, “<code class="filename">packages</code>: Binary packages”</a>.</p>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="ftp-source"></a>C.5. <code class="filename">current</code>,
<code class="filename">pkgsrc-20<em class="replaceable"><code>xx</code></em>Q<em class="replaceable"><code>y</code></em></code>:
source packages</h2></div></div></div>
<p>These directories contain the <span class="quote">“<span class="quote">real</span>”</span> pkgsrc,
that is the files that define how to create binary packages from
source archives.</p>
<p>The directory <code class="filename">pkgsrc</code> contains a
snapshot of the CVS repository, which is updated regularly. The
file <code class="filename">pkgsrc.tar.gz</code> contains the same as the
directory, ready to be downloaded as a whole.</p>
<p>In the directories for the quarterly branches, there is an
additional file called
<code class="filename">pkgsrc-20<em class="replaceable"><code>xx</code></em>Q<em class="replaceable"><code>y</code></em>.tar.gz</code>,
which contains the state of pkgsrc when it was branched.</p>
</div>
</div>
<div class="appendix">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title">
<a name="editing"></a>Appendix D. Editing guidelines for the pkgsrc guide</h1></div></div></div>
<div class="toc">
<p><b>Table of Contents</b></p>
<dl>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#targets">D.1. Make targets</a></span></dt>
<dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#procedure">D.2. Procedure</a></span></dt>
</dl>
</div>
<p>This section contains information on editing the pkgsrc
guide itself.</p>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="targets"></a>D.1. Make targets</h2></div></div></div>
<p>The pkgsrc guide's source code is stored in
<code class="filename">pkgsrc/doc/guide/files</code>, and several files
are created from it:</p>
<div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; ">
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">pkgsrc/doc/pkgsrc.txt</code></p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><code class="filename">pkgsrc/doc/pkgsrc.html</code></p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://www.NetBSD.org/docs/pkgsrc/" target="_top">http://www.NetBSD.org/docs/pkgsrc/</a></p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://www.NetBSD.org/docs/pkgsrc/pkgsrc.pdf" target="_top">http://www.NetBSD.org/docs/pkgsrc/pkgsrc.pdf</a>:
The PDF version of the pkgsrc guide.</p></li>
<li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://www.NetBSD.org/docs/pkgsrc/pkgsrc.ps" target="_top">http://www.NetBSD.org/docs/pkgsrc/pkgsrc.ps</a>:
PostScript version of the pkgsrc guide.</p></li>
</ul></div>
</div>
<div class="sect1">
<div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both">
<a name="procedure"></a>D.2. Procedure</h2></div></div></div>
<p>The procedure to edit the pkgsrc guide is:</p>
<div class="procedure"><ol class="procedure" type="1">
<li class="step"><p>Make sure you have the packages needed to
regenerate the pkgsrc guide (and other XML-based NetBSD
documentation) installed. These are automatically installed when
you install the <a href="ftp://ftp.NetBSD.org/pub/pkgsrc/current/pkgsrc/meta-pkgs/pkgsrc-guide-tools/README.html" target="_top"><code class="filename">meta-pkgs/pkgsrc-guide-tools</code></a> package.</p></li>
<li class="step"><p>Run <span class="command"><strong>cd doc/guide</strong></span> to get to the
right directory. All further steps will take place
here.</p></li>
<li class="step"><p>Edit the XML file(s) in
<code class="filename">files/</code>.</p></li>
<li class="step"><p>Run <span class="command"><strong>bmake</strong></span> to check the pkgsrc
guide for valid XML and to build the final output files. If you
get any errors at this stage, you can just edit the files, as
there are only symbolic links in the working directory, pointing
to the files in <code class="filename">files/</code>.</p></li>
<li class="step"><p><span class="command"><strong>(cd files && cvs
commit)</strong></span></p></li>
<li class="step"><p>Run <span class="command"><strong>bmake clean && bmake</strong></span> to
regenerate the output files with the proper RCS
Ids.</p></li>
<li class="step">
<p>Run <span class="command"><strong>bmake regen</strong></span> to install and
commit the files in both <code class="filename">pkgsrc/doc</code> and
<code class="filename">htdocs</code>.</p>
<div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;">
<h3 class="title">Note</h3>
<p>If you have added, removed or renamed some chapters,
you need to synchronize them using <span class="command"><strong>cvs add</strong></span> or
<span class="command"><strong>cvs delete</strong></span> in the htdocs
directory.</p>
</div>
</li>
</ol></div>
</div>
</div>
</div></body>
</html>
|
